Skip to main content

Full text of "The Improvement Era"

See other formats


TMmprouement  Era 


"■ ;i"  ."■  ■  '  .  "   ■■'.'    A, 


RETURN     POSTAGE    GUARANTEED 
SA 


—>—--"-"—         t  -    -  -  ,—..-..   ^   ~„, 


THE  "CAN-DO" 
ROPE  TRICK 

by  Speedy  and 
Flexy  Flame 


The  object,  Mrs.  Home- 
maker,  is  to  prove  that 
you  really  can  prepare  a 
scrumptious  meal  WITH 
ONE  HAND  TIED  BEHIND 
YOU. .  .in  a  New  Freedom 
gas  -  equipped   kitchen. 


Think  what  YOU  could  accom- 
plish with  BOTH  hands  .  .  .  in 
a  time  and  work-saver  like  the 
kitchen  below  with  adjacent 
laundry  room  (left).  And  how 
you  would  enjoy  the  AUTO- 
MATIC gas  range,  SILENT  gas 
refrigerator  and  UNLIMITED 
hot  water!  By  the  way,  what 
color  scheme  would  YOU  choose 
for  this  charming  design? 


J 


V/e  women  like  the  cheery  BLUE 
FLAME  that  we  can  SEE.  Gas  is 
so  flexible,  so  easily  controlled, 
you  can  run  the  entire  scale  of 
cooking  temperatures  as  easily 
as  striking  notes  on  a  piano. 
Modern  gas  cooking,  refrigera- 
tion and  water  service  indeed 
make  home  happier,  assure  NEW 
FREEDOM  from  work  and  worry, 
for  you  and  me! 


W^ 


MOUNTAIN     FUEL     SUPPLY     COMPANY 

Serving  Twenty-six  Utah  and  Wyoming  Communities 


eB 

By  DR.  FRANKLIN  S.  HARRIS,  JR. 

'"Phe  delta  region  which  includes  Can- 
ton, China,  is  so  crowded  that 
there  are  over  three  thousand  people 
for  each  square  mile.  With  such  press- 
ing together  on  the  land  about  two  hun- 
dred thousand  of  the  people  live  in 
boats. 


Tt  is  estimated  that  Thomas  Jefferson 
wrote  about  1 8,000  letters  during  his 
life,  and  about  26,000  letters  were  writ- 
ten to  him. 


A  ncient  Egyptian  women  at  parties 
wore  lotus  flowers  in  their  hair, 
trailing  over  their  foreheads,  and  placed 
a  cake  of  scented  ointment  in  a  light 
framework  on  their  heads.  The  oint- 
ment gradually  melted  and  ran  over  the 
head  and  down  into  the  hair,  giving  off 
a  pleasant  aroma  and  producing  a  sen- 
sation of  pleasant  coolness. 

4 : 

HPhe  hair  spring  of  a  watch  is  so-called 

because  hog  bristles  were  first  used. 
In  these  early  springs  one  end  of  the 
short  stiff  bristle  was  made  fast,  and  the 
other  bent  back  and  forth  by  the  bal- 
ance as  it  swung  to  and  fro,  giving  an 
action  like  a  small  pendulum  to  keep 
the  watch  running  at  the  same  rate. 
Fine  steel  wire  was  soon  substituted 
and  coiled  to  make  it  last  longer. 

4 

An    interesting    method   of   stopping 

sand  from  shifting  has  been  de- 
veloped at  the  Physico-Agronomical 
Institute  in  Leningrad,  Russia.  A  ton  of 
bitumen  is  sprayed  over  two  and  a  half 
acres  of  sand,  consolidating  the  top 
surface  and  preventing  the  sand  from 
moving.  The  surface  lasts  for  three 
years  and  will  withstand  winds  up  to 
fifty  miles  an  hour.  For  cultivation  the 
land  can  be  treated  in  strips,  or  the 
seeds  planted  under  the  treated  layer. 

4 

fVNE  species  of  skate  in  the  Indian 

Ocean  grows  to  over  eighteen  feet 
across  its  heart-like  shape  and  may 
weigh  twelve  hundred  pounds.  The 
eggs  laid  are  almost  square  with  corners 
forming  curved  points  or  horns. 

4 

Coda  water  and  soda  fountains  get 

their  names  from  a  beverage  served 
at  least  as  early  as  the  eighteenth  cen- 
tury consisting  of  a  weak  solution  of 
sodium  bicarbonate  with  some  acid  to 
cause  effervescence.  Common  "soda 
water"  is  now  made  by  dissolving  car- 
bon dioxide  gas  under  pressure. 

JANUARY  1947 


SOUP 

Swoosh!  It's  the  last  exciting 

down-mountain  run  of  a  thrill-packed 

day . . .  down,  down  to  the  goal.    Then 

refreshment  at  the  lodge.    And  what  for 

lunch?  Um-m-big  steaming  bowls  of 

Tomato  Soup  and  a  heap  of  those  flaky, 

appetizing  Saltines  by  Purity. 

There's  a  meal  for 

mountaineers! 


UrtfftJL 

T8ES  -F8I. 


F  8  ft  1  T  Y      8  1  $  C  U  IT      CO  Wl  P  AN  Y    «    $  A  I T      I  ft  K I 


1 


*Jke   L^c 


over 


"rTlHE  Tragedy  of 
Winter  Quar- 
ters" stands  guard 
over  the  little  cemetery 
at  Florence,  Nebraska. 
It  is  the  work  of  Dr. 
Avard  Fairbanks  and 
depicts  the  grief  of 
those  called  upon  to 
mourn  the  loss  of  their 
loved  ones,  some  six 
thousand  of  whom  died 
en  route  from  exposure 
and  travel  hardships, 
and  nearly  six  hundred 
of  whom  lie  buried  in 
the  Pioneer  cemetery 
at  Florence.  The  sculp- 
tor is  himself  a  des- 
cendent  of  some  of 
those  Pioneers  who  lie 
buried  in  the  cemetery. 
Formerly  with  the 
Division  of  Fine  Arts 
at  the  University  of 
Michigan,  he  has  re- 
cently been  appointed 
head  of  the  newly 
created  School  of  Fine 
Arts  at  the  University 
of  Utah. 

This  photograph  was 
adapted  for  cover  use 
by  Charles  Jacobsen. 


Editors 

George  Albert  Smith 
John  A.  Widtsoe 

Managing  Editor 

Richard  L.  Evans 

Associate  Editor 

Marba  C.  Josephson 

General  Manager 

George  Q.  Morris 

Associate  Manager 

Lucy  G.  Cannon 

Business  Manager 

John  D.  Giles 

Editorial  Associates 

Elizabeth  J.  Moffitt 
Albert  LZobell,  Jr. 
Harold  Lundstrom 

National  Advertising 
Representatives 

Francis  M.  Mayo, 
Salt  Lake  City 

Edward  S.  Townsend, 

San  Francisco  and 

Los  Angeles 
Dougan  and  Bolle, 

Chicago  and 

New  York 

Member,  Audit  Bureau  of 
Circulations 


QmprdTeiiieufbra 


JANUARY    1947 


VOLUME  50,  NO.  1 


"THE     VOICE     OF     THE     CHURCH" 

Official  Organ  of  the  Priesthood  Quorums,  Mutual  Improvement 

Associations,  Department  of  Education,  Music  Committee,  Ward 

Teachers,  and  Other  Agencies  of  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of 

Latter-day  Saints 


Greetings  from  the  First  Presidency 


9* 


12 


L^hurch  +jrea£i 


Ure5 


The  Presiding  Bishopric  Reorganized 10 

How  the  Desert  Was  Tamed — Part  I John  A*  Widstoe  14 

The  Joseph  Smith  Monument  at  South  Royalton 

A,  G.  Whitham  18 

Formation  of  the  Line  of  March Albert  L.  Zobell,  Jr.  29 

Evidences  and  Reconciliations:    CXIH — Did  Joseph  Smith 

Plan  the  Westward  Migration  of  the  Church? 

John  A.  Widtsoe  33 

Aaronic _ 44 

No-Liquor-Tobacco  Column. 43 

Ward  Teaching 45 

Genealogy   46 

Field  Photos 64 


Clipping  Praises  "Mormons"  ....  4 
Statement  from  Brigham  Young 
Concerning  the  Holy  Ghost....  5 

The  Church  Moves  On 30 

Priesthood:  Melchizedek  42 


:t 


eatures 


Special  *jft 

New  Year  Celebrations  in  Pioneer  Times..E.  Cecil  McGavin  19 

Let's  Talk  It  Over Mary  Brentnall  20 

"Scouts  of  the  World — Building  for  Tomorrow" 

Rock  M.  Kirkham  21 

Pilgrims  of  the  West Jessie  M.  Sherwood  22 

She  Shall  Lire Alvin  D,  Day  23 

The  Spoken  Word  from  Temple  Square Richard  L.  Evans  24 

Elements  of  Success  in  the  Classroom M,  Lynn  Bennion  28 


Exploring  the  Universe,  Frank- 
lin S.  Harris,  Jr 1 

Bread,  R.  A.  McCance  3 

These  Times,  G.  Homer  Durham  6 

On  Benjamin  Franklin  8 

Your  Executor,  Joseph  H.  Wes- 
ton    9 

Homing:    Hunger    for   Beauty, 
Irma  Dovey  34 


Help  Your  Red  Cross 34 

Cook's  Corner,  Josephine  B. 

Nichols  34 

Handy  Hints  „ 35 

I'm    Not    a    Juvenile    Delin- 
quent, Eileen  Gibbons  36 

On  the  Bookrack ....40 

Your  Page  and  Ours 64 


C~ditorial5 


lonald 

Centennial  Horizon 32 

Building  Anew Marba  C.  Josephson  32 

S5torie6}  J-'oetru 

Hole  in  the  Rock — Chapter  I Anna  Prince  Redd  16 

Green  Hill  Far  Away Dorothy  Clapp  Robinson  26 

The  "Vallev  Forge"  of  Mormondom J.  N.  Washburn  48 


Need,  Helen  Maring 4 

Kneel    to    Rise,     Pauline    Tyson 

Stephens  — 6 

The  Lesson,  Elaine  V.  Emans....  8 
Lights,  Lalia  M.  Thornton  10 


Frontispiece:  Living  Challenge, 
Eva  Willes  Wangsgaard  ....1 1 

Poetry  Page 41 

Home,  Miranda  Snow  Walton  51 
In  Old  Nauvoo,  Georgia  Moore 
Eberling   55 


Change  of  Address: 

Fifteen  days'  notice  re- 
quired for  change  of  ad- 
dress. When  ordering  a 
change,  please  include 
address  slip  from  a 
recent  issue  of  the  maga- 
zine. Address  changes 
cannot  be  made  unless 
the  old  address  as  well  as 
the  new  one  is  included. 

Executive  and  Editorial 
Offices: 

50  North  Main  Street, 
Salt  Lake  City  1,  Utah. 

Copyright  1947  by  Mu- 
tual Funds,  Inc.,  a  Cor- 
poration of  the  Young 
Men's  Mutual  Improve- 
ment Association  of  the 
Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of 
Latter-day  Saints.  All 
rights  reserved.  Subscrip- 
tion price,  $2.00  a  year, 
in  advance;  20c  single 
copy. 

Entered  at  the  Post 
Office,  Salt  Lake  City, 
Utah,  as  second-class 
matter.  Acceptance  for 
mailing  at  special  rate  of 
postage  provided  for  in 
section  1103,  Act  of  Oc- 
tober, 1917,  authorized 
July  2,  1918. 

The  Improvement  Era 
is  not  responsible  for  un- 
solicited manuscripts,  but 
welcomes  contributions. 

All  manuscripts  must  be 
accompanied    by    suffi- 
cient postage  for  delivery 
and  return. 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


p>x«theu 


You  don't  need  Aladdin's  lamp 
when  you  wish  truly  wonderful 
food.  All  you  need  to  do  is  open 
a  handy  jar  of 

LYNDEN  Boned  TURKEY 

Here  are  the  makings  of  the  feast 
— serve  it  in  salads,  hot  dishes  or  in 
sandwiches,  just  as  it  comes  from 
the  jar. 

The  next  time  company  drops  in— 
or  when  you  wish  to  give  your  family 
a  treat,  just  try  serving  it  this  way: 

'HutikeAf   G<VUt  Pudding 


2  tbs.  fat 
2  tbs.  flour 
1  y2  cups  mNk 
1  y2  tsps.  salt 
Dash  pepper 
1   5y2-oz.  jar 
lynden  Boned 
Turkey 


3  to  4  tbs.  diced 
green  pepper 
or  finely  sliced 
pimiento 

2  cups  cooked 
whole  kernel 
corn 

3  eggs,  beaten 
separately 


Make  white  sauce  of  fat,  flour,  milk, 
seasonings..  Cook  until  thickened.  Add 
turkey,  green  pepper  or  pimiento,  and 
corn.  Remove  from  heat.  Stir  a  little  of 
the  hot  mixture  into  beaten  egg  yolks. 
Add  to  rest  of  hot  mixture.  Fold  in 
stiffly  beaten  whites.  Turn  into  greased 
1  '/2  qt.  casserole.  Bake  at  325°  F.  1 
hour,  or  until  set.  4  servings. 


BREAD 


Artificial  enrichment  is  undesirable 
By  R.  A.  McCance,  M.D. 

A  major  nutritional  reform  in  the 
British  Isles  during  the  shipping 
crisis  of  1940-1942  was  adoption 
of  eighty-five  percent  extraction  flour. 
The  change  from  seventy  percent  ex- 
traction supplied  B  vitamins,  a  good 
protein  mixture  and  additional  iron. 
Maintaining  a  high  extraction  rate  of 
flour  is  easier,  safer,  and  cheaper  than 
milling  to  low  extraction  and  adding 
synthetic  substitutes,  says  R.  A.  Mc- 
Cance, M.D.,  of  the  University  of 
Cambridge,  England.  Not  all  the  valu- 
able amino  acids,  minerals,  and  vitamins 
removed  with  the  outer  parts  of  the 
grain  can  be  replaced,  and  artificial  en- 
richment is  biologically  and  nutritional- 
ly unsound. 

The  wheat  grain  consists  of  12.3  per- 
cent (by  weight)  hard,  fibrous  outer 
layers,  or  bran;  eighty-five  percent  en- 
dosperm, containing  protein  and  carbo- 
hydrate; and  2.7  percent  wheat  germ, 
high  in  phosphorus  and  thiamin.  Other 
constituents  of  the  seed  are  fat,  iron, 
calcium,  potassium,  riboflavin,  and 
nicotinic  acid. 

Keeping-qualities  of  high  extraction 
flour  are  poor  because  of  the  presence 
of  wheat  germ.  Loaves  from  eighty- 
five  percent  extraction  flour  become 
moldy  quicker  than  do  the  whiter,  drier 
loaves  made  from  seventy  percent  flour. 
These  factors,  important  for  large  users, 
seldom  concern  the  housewife. 

The  public,  and,  therefore,  the  bakers 
and  millers,  prefer  flour  producing  a 
white,  lightweight  loaf  with  large  vol- 
ume and  uniform  texture.  Flour  of  this 
type  has  "strength,"  a  quality  varying 
in  direct  proportion  to  the  protein  con- 
tent. Canadian  wheat,  with  fourteen 
percent  protein,  makes  a  strong  flour; 
English  wheat,  with  eight  to  ten  per- 
cent protein,  makes  a  weak  flour,  more 
suitable  for  crackers  than  for  bread. 

The  greater  part  of  wheat  protein  is 
supplied  by  the  endosperm.  A  mixture 
of  bran  and  germ  weakens  flour  for  bak- 
ing. From  time  immemorial,  bakers  have 
discarded  as  much  as  possible  of  the 
outer  layer.  With  eighty-five  percent 
extraction  most  of  the  bran  and  much 
of  the  mineral  content  are  removed,  but 
the  greater  part  of  the  germ  and  some 
of  the  outer  endosperm  are  retained 
and  iron  and  vitamins  are  not  seriously 
reduced.  By  seventy-five  percent  ex- 
traction, the  germ,  including  much  thi- 
amine, is  removed.  In  flour  of  seventy 
percent  extraction,  protein  is  almost  as 
abundant  as  in  whole  wheat. 

•Abstract  by   Modern    Medicine  of  "Bread"    by  R. 
A.  McCance,  from  Lancet  250:77-81.  January  19.  1946. 


THERE'S  A 
TRIP. 


32    n 

m       \               M 
**^                        1       \            I 

I        \                  B             \     #•>    1 

-  , 

^;\^  IN 

A  YODR6 

"vAFUTUHE 

$m& 


gSi         jl  »>}> 


There's  no  reason  to  delay 
that  trip  you've  wanted 
to  take.  With  Western 
Pacific  the  future  is  now. 
And  W.P.  travelers  are 
enjoying  service  that 
measures  up  to  the  finest 
traditions  of  American 
rail  travel. 

When  you  go  West  go 
Western  Pacific.the  direct 
route  to  San  Francisco. 

For  information  call 

H.  R.  COULAM,  General  Agent 

48  South  Main  Street 

Phone  4-6531 


JANUARY  1947 


Bye,  baby  bunting, 
Daddy's  gone  a-hunting, 
To  get  a  little  rabbit's  skin 
To  wrap  the  baby  bunting  in. 


Bye,  baby  bunting, 
Daddy's  back  from  hunting, 
He  landed  'baby'  modern  swag, 
He  has  Fels-Naptha  'in  the  bag/ 

Even  if  a  man  can't 

manage  mink  these  days, 

he  might  do  a  fair  job 

just  keeping  'the  little 

woman'  in  Fels-Naptha. 

To  a  housekeeper 

faced  with  a  big  wash 

this  grand  laundry  soap  is  almost  priceless. 

There's  magic  in  the  simple  word  naptha— when 
it's  blended  with  good  mild  soap,  the  Fels  way. 
Magic  that   makes  dirt  do  a  disappearing  act- 
that  makes  your  washing  machine 
a  'quick  change'  performer. 

When  buying  laundry  soap  means  hunting  instead  of 
shopping— Fels-Naptha  is  the  prize  'catch.' 

:els -Naptha  Soap 

ban/shes"tattlb-tal£  gray 


Clipping  Praises 
"Mormons" 


From  Elder  Ezra  Taft  Benson  of  the 
Council  of  the  Twelve  came  this 
interesting  item   from  London  Tit 
Bits,  October  18,  1946: 

Good  Health!  We're  Living 
Like  "Mormons" 

"Decently  published  statistics  have 
raised  one  of  the  most  astonishing 
health  mysteries  in  the  history  of  mod- 
ern medicine.  They  show  that  the 
"Mormons"— -whom  it  should  be  added 
are  in  these  days  almost  entirely  mono- 
gamous— enjoy  better  health  and  im- 
munity from  disease  than  any  other 
community  in  the  world.  The  "Mor- 
mon"— or  Latter-day  Saint — figures 
have  been  compared  with  the  average 
of  the  six  leading  nations  of  the  world, 
with  the  following  result  (the  "Mor- 
mon" figures  are  given  second)  : 

Diseases  of  the  circulatory 

system   196         115 

Kidney  disease 44  23 

Tuberculosis  120 

Cancer  119  47 

Diseases  of  the  digestive 

system   73  56 

{The  death  rate  of  "Mormons" 

is    8.1    compared    with    the 

other  nations  13.8.) 

A  partial  explanation,  but  only  par- 
tial, is  that  Utah,  where  they  live,  has 
an  unusually  healthy  climate,  more  per- 
tinent is  the  fact  that  the  "Mormons" 
strictly  adhere  to  the  rigid  rules  of 
hygiene  laid  down  by  one  of  their 
founders.  Another  point  is  the  fact  that 
their  rules  of  living  permit  no  alcohol, 
no  tobacco  or  coffee,  little  meat,  plenty 
of  fruit  and  vegetables.  The  "Mor- 
mons" claim  that  anyone  who  follows 
their  health  and  living  rules  would  have 
as  good  a  chance  of  escaping  disease  as 
they  have. 

Certainly  food  conditions  over  here 
help  so  far  as  the  present  difficulty  of 
obtaining  spirits  and  cigarets  are  con- 
cerned. 


NEED 
By  Helen  Mating 

Truly  I  am  a  newcomer, 
Trusting  the  hope  and  the  word, 
Need  of  the  bounty  of  summer 

Cries  in  my  heart  like  a  bird, 
Need  of  the  autumn's  strange  glowing,. 

Need  of  the  winter's  white  rime, 
Need  of  the  spring  and  the  sowing, 
And  faith  in  the  cycles  of  time. 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Statement   from    vSriaham     Ujl 
L^oncerninq    the 


ount 


HOLY  GHOST 


I  would  rather  hear  men  tell  their 
own  experience,  and  testify  that  Jo- 
seph was  a  Prophet  of  the  Lord,  and 
that  the  Book  of  Mormon,  the  Bible, 
and  other  revelations  of  God  are  true; 
that  they  know  it  by  the  gift  and  power 
of  God;  that  they  have  conversed  with 
angels,  have  had  the  power  of  the  Holy 
Ghost  upon  them,  giving  them  visions 
and  revelations,  than  hear  any  other 
kind  of  preaching  that  ever  saluted  my 
ears.  If  I  could  command  the  language 
and  eloquence  of  the  angels  of  God,  I 
would  tell  you  why,  but  the  eloquence 
of  angels  never  can  convince  any  per- 
son that  God  lives,  and  makes  truth 
the  habitation  of  his  throne,  independ- 
ent of  that  eloquence  being  clothed 
with  the  power  of  the  Holy  Ghost;  in 
the  absence  of  this  it  would  be  a  com- 
bination of  useless  sounds.  What  is  it 
that  convinces  man?  It  is  the  influence 
of  the  Almighty,  enlightening  his  mind, 
giving  instruction  to  the  understanding. 
When  that  inhabits  the  body,  that 
which  comes  from  the  regions  of  glory 
is  enlightened  by  the  influence,  power, 
and  Spirit  of  the  Father  of  light,  it 
swallows  up  the  organization  which 
pertains  to  this  world.  Those  who  are 
governed  by  this  influence  lose  sight 
of  all  things  pertaining  to  mortality; 
they  are  wholly  influenced  by  the  pow- 
er of  eternity,  and  lose  sight  of  time. 
All  the  honor,  wisdom,  strength,  and 
whatsoever  is  considered  desirable 
among  men,  yea,  all  that  pertains  to  this 
organization,  which  is  in  any  way  in- 
dependent of  that  which  came  from  the 
Father  of  our  spirits,  is  obliterated  to 
them,  and  they  hear  and  understand  by 
the  same  power  and  spirit  that  clothe 
the  Deity,  and  the  holy  beings  in  his 
presence.  Anything  besides  that  influ- 
ence, will  fail  to  convince  any  person  of 
the  truth  of  the  gospel  of  salvation. 
This  is  the  reason  why  I  love  to  hear 
men  testify  to  the  various  operations  of 
the  Holy  Spirit  upon  them — it  is  at  once 
interesting  and  instructive.  When  a  sub- 
ject is  treated  upon  with  all  the  calcula- 
tion, method,  tact,  and  cunning  of  men, 
with  the  effusions  of  worldly  eloquence, 
before  a  congregation  endowed  with 
the  power  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  and  filled 
with  the  light  of  eternity,  they  can  un- 
derstand the  subject,  trace  its  bearings, 
place  all  its  parts  where  they  belong, 
and  dispose  of  it  according  to  the  un- 
alterable laws  of  truth.  This  makes  all 
subjects  interesting  and  instructive  to 
{Concluded  on  page  47) 

JANUARY  1947 


It's  Got  Everything 


Jllll 

mm 


■■«■■■■ 


&■;:;■ 


Everything   You've   Been   Wanting 
.  .  in  a  LOW-COST  Tractor 

•  Why  be  satisfied  with  anything  less  complete,  less  convenient, 
less  capable,  when  you  can  get  the  Case  "VAC"  at  a  popular 
price?  It's  the  only  tractor  in  its  size  and  price  class  that  gives  you 
as  regular  or  optional  equipment  all  of  these  things: 

Full  2-row  power,  plenty  for  two  plow  bottom's  under  ordinary 
conditions,  one  where  plowing  is  tough.  Four  forward  gear  speeds, 
to  make  the  most  of  eager  engine  power  in  every  field  job  and  in 
safe,  swift  hauling.  Case  valve-in-head  engine  that  holds  its  steady 
pull  when  throttled  down,  saves  gear-shifting.  Case  full-swinging 
drawbar  that  makes  turns  shorter,  easier,  with  fjull  load;  locks 
itself  rigid  when  backing. 

Cultivators  for  the  "VAC"  are  up  in  front,  easy  to  see.  Culti- 
vator, engine  and  axle  all  have  big  crop  clearance.JHbydraulic  lift 
controls  implements  at  a  touch.  Quick-dodge  steering  and  sure- 
footed traction  for  fast,  close  cultivation.  Right-side  belt  pulley, 
toe-touch  turning  brakes,  deep-cushioned  safety  seat,  electric 
starter  and  lights — all  make  more  comfort,  more  convenience. 

Production  of  "VAC"  tractors  is  in  full  swing,  but  thousands 
of  farmers  want  them.  For  latest  information  on  tractors  and 
implements,  see  your  Case  dealer.  J.  I.  Case  Co.,  Racine,  Wis. 


The  year  around — regard- 
less of  time  or  season — 
Mrs.  J.  G.  McDonald's 
world  -  famous  chocolates 
are  part  of  the  party.  Just 
add  guests  and  serve  .  .  . 
for  here  is  hospitality  known 
the  world  around.  Yes,  for 
every  occasion,  Mrs.  J.  G. 
McDonald's  Chocolates  al- 
ways are  in  good  taste. 


OWKfO    jjjj    OPUATtD   ir    MIS    1   j,  UiPOHMD    tKP  I    KilL    MiOOHUO 


By  DR.  G.  HOMER  DURHAM 

Director  of  the  Institute  of  Government, 
University  of  Utah 

/""•an  we  turn  to  the  "right"?  Regardless 
V*  of  the  outcome  of  the  1946  con- 
gressional elections  in  the  United 
States,  history  will  probably  record 
this  as  one  of  the  major  questions  of 
the  campaign.  As  the  United  States 
and  the  Soviet  Union  face  each  other 
across  Europe,  many  persons  state 
their  belief  that  a  "right  turn"  is  not 
only  necessary  for  the  American  do- 
mestic economy,  but  also  vital  in 
clarifying  the  issues — hence  that 
sought-for  basis  of  non-compromising 
cooperation  instead  of  conflict — be- 
tween ourselves  and  the  Soviets. 


tional  Labor  Relations  Act)  of  1935. 
Sustained  by  the  Supreme  Court  in 
1937,  this  act  requires  each  employer 
in  interstate  commerce  ( which  includes 
virtually  every  basic  industrial  activity) 
to  deal  with  organized  labor  if  labor 
wishes  to  organize  in  his  plant.  The 
employer  has  no  choice  in  the  matter. 
It  is  the  law  of  the  land.  This  is  the 
basis  for  the  expansion  of  organized 
labor  to  fifteen  million  members  in 
unions  of  nationwide  scope. 


'"Phe  Democratic  party,  since  1933,  has 
claimed  to  be  the  world's  cham- 
pion of  political  democracy  in  meet- 
ing the  imperatives  of  industrial,  col- 
lectivizing society;  in  reconciling  lib- 
erty with  "planning"  and  the  gigantic 
programs  for  modern  public  welfare. 
The  Republican  party,  beginning  con- 
certed opposition  to  the  "New  Deal" 
with  whispers  of  "communistic,"  in 
1936,  has  increasingly  charged  that 
democratic  policies  are  leading  down 
the  road  to  communism  or  socialism. 
The  1946  congressional  elections  will 
bear  some  long  time  scrutiny  in  terms 
of  public  attitudes  on  this  charge. 
Prior  to  1946,  the  fact  that  the  Demo- 
cratic party,  while  disavowing  support 
from  socialist  and  communist  groups, 
nevertheless  received  and  benefited 
from  them,  has  not  seemed  to  impress 
the  majority  of  voters  that  there  is 
danger  of  the  Democratic  party  lead- 
ing the  nation  into  socialism.  The 
strength  of  the  "solid  south"  in  the 
last-named  party  has  always  afforded 
some  basis  for  this  view. 


"Cifteen  million  dues-paying  mem- 
bers,  plus  one  wife  or  husband  each, 
totals  thirty  million.  If  they  all  were  to 
vote  in  a  single  national  election,  their 
combined  strength  would  approximate 
thirty  million  votes.  The  greatest  num- 
ber of  people  ever  to  vote  in  a  single 
American  election  was  forty-nine 
million-plus  (1940).  It  doesn't  take  a 
course  in  differential  calculus  to  deter- 
mine that  if  thirty  million  people  voted 
as  a  unit,  they  would  constitute  a  ma- 
jority of  forty-nine  million. 


Tn  the  meantime,  Mr.  Truman  as 
*■  President,  appears  to  give  the  im- 
pression that  he,  personally,  would  like 
to  follow  a  middle-of-the-road  policy, 
but  that  he  dares  not  because  of  the 
veto  power  which  organized  labor 
holds  over  the  Democratic  party, 
viewed  as  a  national  body. 

A  "turn  to  the  right,"  nowadays,  as- 
^^  sumes  the  slackening  of  govern- 
ment enterprise,  a  lessening  of  govern- 
ment controls.  Will  Republican  ma- 
jorities in  Congress  slacken  the  pace, 
lessen  the  controls?  Take  O.P.A.  and 
strikes,  two  favorite  topics  for  exam- 
ple. 

> 

T-Jeavy  production  always  raises  the 

question  of  strikes.  The  basis  for 

the  present  phenomena  in  the  field  of 

labor  relations  is  the  Wagner  Act  (Na- 


Tt  is  a  fact,  however,  that  organized 
labor  does  not  vote  as  a  bloc.  It  is 
true  that  an  overwhelming  majority  has 
supported  the  Democratic  party.  (A 
signal  reason  for  past  Republican  fail- 
ures to  win  elections  is  the  size  of  that 
labor  vote,  lost  to  Republicans  largely 
since  the  days  of  Theodore  Roosevelt. ) 
But  most  of  organized  labor,  with  their 
wives  and  voting  children,  at  least 
thirty  million  strong,  would  certainly 
oppose  repeal  of  the  Wagner  Act. 

Can  we  get  production?  Can  we 
avoid  strikes? 

So  far  as  the  political  answers  to 
these  questions  are  concerned,  with 
O.P.A.  and  the  Wagner  Act  involved, 
the  decisions  rest  largely  with  Ameri- 
can workingmen  in  their  labor  organi- 
zations. Any  "turning  right"  will  in- 
volve their  consent,  or  a  considerable 
portion  thereof.  This  happens  to  be 
one  of  the  basic  political  facts  of  these 
times.  Is  there  a  "right  turn"  for  labor 
that  is  really  right?  Right  for  labor? 
Right  for  America?  Right  for  the  world 
in  the  basic  sense  of  goodness  more 
than  a  mere  shift  from  any  political 
"left."? 

This  is  the  question  of  the  hour. 


■  ♦  ■ 


6 


KNEEL  TO  RISE 
By  Pauline  Tyson  Stephens 

IF  thou  wouldst  rise  to  unknown  heights. 
Go  on  thy  knees  and  pray; 
For  man  in  deep  humility 
Is  on  the  upward  way. 

Yet  heed  the  message  further  still: 
Kneel  down,  but  do  not  stay; 
For  when  God  speaks  to  thee,  arise— 
Stand  ready  to  obey. 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


BOOK  S —  For  The  Centennial  Year 
RECREATE  The  Adventure 

KNOW  The  Pioneer  Personalities 

UNDERSTAND  Their  Motivation 
All  Captured  In  Great  Books! 


ADVENTURE: 


LIFE  AND  TRAVELS  OF  PARLEY 

P.  PRATT  52.50 

THREE  MORMON  CLASSICS  ....$2.50 
WESTWARD  AMERICA  $5.00 

by  Howard  R.  Driags 

UTAH  INDIAN  STORIES  $2.25 

by  Milton  R.  Hunter 

FAITH-PROMOTING  STORIES  ....$1.00 
THE  EXODUS  OF  MODERN 
ISRAEL $1.00 


THEIR  MOTIVATION: 


PROPHECIES  OF  JOSEPH  SMITH 

AND  THEIR  FULFILLMENT  $1.50 

THE  GOSPEL  „ $1.00 

by  B.  H.  Roberts 

HANDBOOK  OF  THE  RESTORA- 
TION    $2.50 

WORLD  RELIGIONS  IN  THE 

LIGHT  OF  MORMONISM  $2.00 

by  Thomas  C.  Romney 

UTAH,  THE  STORY  OF  HER 
PEOPLE  $2.75 

by  Milton  R.  Hunter 

ADDED  UPON $1.25 

by  Nephi  Andersen 

A  VOICE  FROM  THE  DUST $3.00 

KEY  TO  THEOLOGY $1.00 

by  Parley  P.  Pratt 

ORSON  PRATT'S  WORKS $2.50 

SIGNS  OF  THE  TIMES  $1.25 

by  Joseph  Fielding  Smith 

RESTORATION  OF  ALL  THINGS..$1.75 

by  Joseph  Fielding  Smith 

AN  UNDERSTANDABLE 

RELIGION $1.50 

by  John  A.  Widtsoe 

IN  THE  GOSPEL  NET      $1.25 

by  John  A.  Widtsoe 


PIONEER  PERSONALITIES: 

JOSEPH  SMITH  THE  PROPHET    $3.00 

by  Preston  Nibley 

JOSEPH  THE  PROPHET  $1.50 

by  Daryl  Chase 

HISTORY  OF  JOSEPH  SMITH  .  ..$2.50 

by  His  Mother 

BRIGHAM    YOUNG,   MAN    AND 

HIS  WORK $2.50 

by  Preston  Nibley 

BRIGHAM  YOUNG  THE  COLON- 
IZER  $3.00 

by  Milton  R.  Hunter 

DANIEL  H.  WELLS  $2.50 

by  B.  S.  Hinckley 

LIFE  OF  HEBER  C.  KIMBALL  $3.00 

by  Orson  F.  Whitney 

SWEET  LOVE  REMEMBERED    ..,$2.75 

by  Helen  Cortex  Stafford 

LIFE  OF  JOSEPH  F.  SMITH  $2.50 

by  Joseph  Fielding  Smith 

WITNESSES  OF  THE  BOOK  OF 

MORMON  $2.25 

by  Preston  Nibley 

FOR  THE  CHILDREN  AND  YOUTH: 

BEN    THE    WAGON    BOY    .... $1.50 

by  Ifoward  R.  Driggs 

- DENNIS   AND   THE   MORMON 

BATTALION $2.00 

by  Mabel  S.  Harmer 
_. STORY  OF  THE  MORMON  PIONEERS  ..$2.00 

by  Mabel  S.  Harmer 

FROM  PLOWBOY   TO   PROPHET   $1.25 

by  Wm.  A.  Morton 

PAHUTE    INDIAN    STORIES    $1.75 

by  William  R.  Palmer 

MUSICAL   ADVENTURES   .$1.25 

by  Moiselle  Renstrom 

RHYTHM    FUN    $1.00 

by  Moiselle  Renstrom 

MY  PICTURE  BOOK  OF  SONGS ....$2.50 

Gay,  Colorful,  New 

STORY  TO  TELL  _ _ $2.08 

YOUTH   AND   THE   CHURCH  $1.75 

by  Harold  B.  Lee 

._._  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  THE  CHURCH  ....    .75 

TRUTH   SEEKER   AND   MORMONISM   .    $1.00 


DESERET  BOOK  COMPANY 


44  East  South  Temple  St. 

Please  send   books  as  indicated  above.     Herewith  $ 

To , 

Name 


The  Book  Center  of  the  Intermountain  West' 
P.  O.  Box  958 


Salt  Lake  City  10.  Utah 


Address. 


City 


State 


JANUARY  1947 


7 


THE  GREAT  GIFT  BOOK  DF  THE  YEAR 

Nauvoo 

the  Beautiful 

by   E.  Cecil  McGavin 

A  true,  thrilling  historical  narrative  of 
the  origin  and  growth  of  Nauvoo,  with 
its  20,000  people  at  the  time  of  the 
martyrdom  of  Joseph  and  Hyrum  Smith. 
The  grim  epic  story  of  the  mobbing 
and  expulsion  of  these  loyal  American 
citizens;  the  destruction  of  their  homes; 
the  burning  of  their  temple;  their  Her- 
culean trek  across  plains  and  moun- 
tains; their  unflinching  fortitude  and 
glorious  achievements. 
Written  by  a  master  storyteller. 
A  wealth  of  new  material  heretofore 
unpublished. 

355    pages.    32    pages    of    photographs 
and  pictures. 

ORDER    NOW    Price   $3.00 

Postpaid 


THREE  MORMON 
CLASSICS 

Thrilling  stories  oi 
Wilford  Woodruff 
George  Q.  Cannon,  Jacob  Hamblin 
Price    $2.50         Postpaid 


HISTORY  OF 
JOSEPH  SMITH 

By  His  Mother 
LUCY  MACK  SMITH 

Price    $2.50       Postpaid 


S*#^it 


LIFE  OF  HEBER  C.  KIMBALL 

by  Orson    F.  Whitney 

Large  Gift  Edition,  520  pages 
Price    $3.00        Postpaid 

WITNESSES  OF  THE 
BOOK  OF  MORMON 

Compiled   by   Preston   Nibley 

Contains  a  wealth  of  documentary  evidence  and 
historical  information  which  is  invaluable  to  every 
Book  of  Mormon  student.  Printed  in  large  easy-to- 
read  type.  Price    $2.25  Postpaid 


■uvwww/wi/vv/wvw 


FILL  OUT  AND  MAIL  THIS  COUPON 


MUX/ww<AM\Annfuuv 


These  Fine 

Books  are  also 

For  Sale  at  all 

leading  book 

dealers. 

Order  your 
copy  TODAY 


STEVENS  &  WALLIS,  INC. 

36  Richards  St.,  Salt  Lake  City  1,  Utah 

Please  send  the  books  checked  below: 


□  Nauvoo     the     Beauti- 
ful    - $3.00 

□  The  Witnesses  of  the 
Book  of  Mormon  $2.25 

□  Life  of  Heber  C.  Kim- 
ball   $3.00 

Name    

Address   


□  Three    Mormon    Clas- 
sics    $2.50 

□  Life    of    Joseph    Smith 

By  His  Mother  $2.50 

□  Payment   enclosed. 

□  Send   C.O.D. 


Stevens&Wallis,ing 


PUBLISHERS  OF 
FINE  BOOKS 


&Z.       36!RieHARDS  STREET 
SALT  LAKE  CITY.  UTAH 





Your  cleaning 

PARtner! 


The  Quality  Soap  for 

PAR-ticular  Housewives 


ON 
BENJAMIN  FRANKLIN 


Richard  Saunders  was  the  fictitious 
compiler  of  the  almanac  which 
Benjamin  Franklin  edited  and  pub- 
lished from  1733  to  1758.  But  Poor 
Richard  soon  became  and  will  always 
be  Benjamin  Franklin.  Actually  Frank- 
lin invented  some  of  his  sayings,  bor- 
rowed more,  and  improved  most  of 
them  in  brevity  and  pungency.  Here 
are  a  few  of  the  thoughts  that  made 
Poor  Richard  famous : 

There  is  no  little  enemy. 

The  heart  of  the  fool  is  in  his  mouth, 
but  the  mouth  of  the  wise  man  is  in  his 
heart. 

Do  good  to  thy  friend  to  keep  him, 
to  thy  enemy  to  gain  him. 

Approve  not  of  him  who  commends 
all  you  say. 

A  little  house  well  filled,  a  little  farm 
well  tilled,  and  a  little  wife  well  willed, 
are  great  riches. 

Poverty  wants  some  things,  luxury 
many  things,  avarice  all  things. 

A  lie  stands  on  one  leg,  trutli  on  two. 

Sloth  and  silence  are  a  fool's  virtues. 

The  worst  wheel  of  the  cart  makes 
the  most  noise. 

Search  others  for  their  virtues,  thy- 
self for  thy  vices. 

He  that  falls  in  love  with  himself  will 
have  no  rivals. 

Sin  is  not  hurtful  because  it  is  forbid- 
den, but  it  is  forbidden  because  it  is 
hurtful. 

He  that  sows  thorns  should  not  go 
barefoot. 

Anger  is  never  without  a  reason,  but 
seldom  with  a  good  one. 

There  was  never  a  good  knife  made 
of  bad  steel. 

The  doors  of  wisdom  are  never  shut. 

Half  a  truth  is  often  a  great  lie. 


8 


THE  LESSON 
By  Elaine  V.  Emans 

Now  I  have  learned  that  unspecific  prayer 
Such  as,  "Lord,  help  me  through  this 
darkened  way 
Into  the  sun  again,"  or  "In  thy  care 
I  lay  my  problem,"  rather  than  to  say, 
"Please  send  me  this,"  or  "Let  that  come 

about" 
Is  wiser  and  more  trusting,  and  more  blest 
With  answer.   I  have  learned  to  pray  with- 
out 
Telling  the  Father  how,   when  he  knows 
best. 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


our 


(L^xecwtor 


•   By  JOSEPH   H.   WESTON 

DID  you  ever  think  about  your  estate, 
that    is,    the    aggregate    of   your 
property  and  affairs  at  the  time  of 
your  possible  death? 

If  the  friend,  relative,  or  trust  com- 
pany that  you  have  selected  as  your 
executor  were  today  called  upon  to  do 
his  duty,  what  would  be  expected  of 
him?  How  much  of  a  job  would  the 
winding    up   of  your   affairs  be?    How 


accurate  inventory  of  them.  Liquidate 
the  less  desirable  assets  to  provide 
funds  for  taxes,  claims,  legacies,  and 
similar  cash  requirements,  unless  the 
will  otherwise  directs. 

Take  charge  of  all  businesses  in- 
cluded in  the  estate.  Arrange  for  their 
management,  sale,  liquidation,  or  dis- 
tribution. 

Determine  whether  securities  ought 
to  be  sold  or  retained,  observing,  how- 
ever, the  provisions  of  the  will. 

Consider  all  claims  against  the 
estate  and  proceed  to  contest  with  liti- 
gation any  that  are  unjust  or  improper. 

Prepare  state  inheritance  and  federal 
estate  tax  returns,  and  settle  these 
liabilities. 


— Drawing  by   Charles   Jacobsen 

much  of  his  time  would  it  take?  Would 
you  be  conferring  an  honor  or  a 
drudgery  upon  him? 

Here  are  a  few  of  the  steps  necessary 
in  settling  an  estate: 

Locate  the  will  of  the  deceased.  As- 
certain if  it  is  the  last  one  which  he 
executed.    File  it  in  probate  court. 

Present  proof  to  the  court  as  to"  the 
legal  heirs.  Make  application  for  letters 
testamentary  and  the  oath  of  the  exec- 
utor. 

Assemble  all  personal  assets  of  the 
deceased,  take  possession  of  them  and 
hold  them  safely. 

Withdraw  bank  deposits.  Assemble 
securities  that  were  owned  by  the  de- 
ceased. Arrange  for  the  collection  of  all 
interest  and  dividends  due. 

Take  charge  of  the  real  estate.  Deter- 
mine the  situation  as  to  taxes  and  mort- 
gages against  the  property.  Inspect  the 
property  to  learn  its  condition.  Ar- 
range for  its  management  and  the  col- 
lection of  rents  or  other  income. 

File  necessary  papers  and  collect  all 
life  insurance  policies  that  have  been 
made  payable  to  the  estate. 

Collect  any  debts  due  the  estate. 
Proceed  with  litigation  in  this  capacity, 
if  necessary. 

Evaluate  all  assets  and  maintain  an 

JANUARY  1947 


Maintain  at  all  times  an  itemized 
statement  of  all  transactions,  which  is 
to  be  later  submitted  to  the  probate 
court  for  approval. 

Pay  legacies.  Deliver  specific  be- 
quests that  are  authorized  in  the  will. 
.  Defend  the  will  in  court  if  it  is  con- 
tested. 

Submit  a  final  accounting  and  report 
to  the  court. 

These,  then,  are  the  principal  steps  in 
settling  an  estate.  The  more  property 
and  the  more  widespread  your  interests, 
the  greater  the  details  involved  in  set- 
tlement following  your  death. 

These  are  the  things  that  you  would 
be  called  upon  to  do  if  a  friend  or  rela- 
tive named  you  as  his  executor.  This  is 
what  you  demand  of  a  friend  or  relative 
when  you  name  him  for  this  position 
of  responsibility. 

All  this,  plus  the  complicated  manner 
in  which  property  is  often  held  these 
days,  plus  the  great  amount  of  liquida- 
tion frequently  necessary  to  settle  in- 
heritance and  estate  tax  demands,  ex- 
plains the  rapid  devolution  of  most  of 
this  business  during  the  past  two  dec- 
ades onto  the  shoulders  of  trust  com- 
panies and  lawyers  who  are  especially 
trained  in  this  field. 

Like  jury  duty,  however,  this  task 
might  fall  to  any  responsible  citizen. 
Are  you  ready? 


Prelude  to  a 
"GOODNIGHT* 


As  you  open  the  door  of  your 
room  at  the  Hotel  Utah,  after  a  busy 
or  festive  evening,  there's  real  sat- 
isfaction in  seeing  that  your  bed 
has  been  turned  down,  a  soft  night 
lamp   cheerfully   glowing. 

This  is  our  way  of  saying  to  you 
"a  good  night  to  you,  and  pleasant 
dreams."  It  is  but  one  of  many 
extra  services  which  we  try  to  pro- 
vide for  your  complete  enjoyment 
of  your  stay  at  the  Hotel  Utah. 

Yes,   today   as   always — 

You're   Welcome 
At   the 
Utah! 


VL  PRESIDING  BISHOPRIC  & 


eomaviize 


i 


j 


■  IS  .^  ::  ::;-:■!:;■'■:;: 


70SFPH  L.  WIRTHLIN 
first  Counselor 


LE  GRAND  RICHARDS 
Presiding  Bishop 


THORPE    B.    ISAACSON 
Second  Counselor 


The  reorganization  of  the  Pre- 
siding Bishopric,  made  neces- 
sary by  the  death  of  Bishop 
Marvin  O.  Ashton  last  October  7, 
was  accomplished  December  14, 
when  the  First  Presidency  an- 
nounced that  Bishop  Joseph  L. 
Wirthlin,  formerly  second  counsel- 
or, had  been  advanced  to  first  coun- 
selor, and  Thorpe  B.  Isaacson  had 
been  chosen  as  the  new  second 
counselor  to  Presiding  Bishop  Le 
Grand  Richards. 

Bishop  Wirthlin  is  well  known  in 
every  corner  of  the  Church.  He  was 
first  sustained  as  second  counselor 
in  the  Presiding  Bishopric  at  the 
general  conference  in  April  1938, 
when  Presiding  Bishop  LeGrand 
Richards  was  first  sustained.  He  was 
then  the  president  of  the  Bonneville 
Stake.  In  the  years  that  have  fol- 
lowed, Bishop  Wirthlin  has  traveled 
throughout  the  Church,  attending 
the  stake  quarterly  conferences  as 
a  member  of  the  Presiding  Bishopric. 
He  is  now  advanced  to  the  position 
of  first  counselor  to  Bishop  Richards. 

Bishop  Isaacson  has  been  the  first 
counselor  in  the  Yale  Ward  bishop- 
ric of  the  Bonneville  Stake  in  Salt 
Lake  City  for  the  past  five  years. 
Prior  to  that  he  was  a  member  of  the 
stake  Sunday  School  board  and 
president  of  his  elders'  quorum. 

He  brings  to  his  new  position  a 
love  of  youth  and  of  mankind  which 
is  fortified  by  the  experience  of  fif- 
teen years  as  an  athletic  coach, 
teacher,  and  superintendent  of 
schools  in  Utah  and  Idaho.  In  his 
10 


own  basketball  days  at  Snow  Col- 
lege in  his  home  town  of  Ephraim, 
Utah,  he  was  selected  as  an  all-state 
basketball  guard.  His  interest  in 
sports  has  led  him  to  a  knowledge 
of  fishing,  baseball,  and  golf.  And 
what  boy  does  not  like  a  leader  who 
knows  the  feel  of  a  fish  on  the  end  of 
his  line,  or  enjoys  hearing  the  crack 
of  the  baseball  on  the  bat  when  the 
bases  are  loaded  and  the  score  is 
tied?  Bishop  Isaacson,  as  a  member 
of  the  Presiding  Bishopric,  will  as- 
sist in  the  direction  of  the  Aaronic 
Priesthood  activities  of  the  Church. 

In  recent  years  one  of  his  Church 
hobbies  has  been  the  adult  members 
of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood.  He 
knows  of  their  problems  and  sym- 
pathizes with  them.  He  now  finds 
that  he  has  been  assigned  the  wel- 
fare of  these  men,  as  the  specific  du- 
ties of  the  members  of  the  Presiding 
Bishopric  are  broken  down. 

In  height  and  appearance  he 
stands  as  a  man  among  men,  and  his 
personality  matches  that  height.  To 


•  Q  ■ 


LIGHTS 
By  Lalia  Mitchell  Thornton 

r  like  to  stand  on  a  lonely  hill 
*-  And  look  to  the  stars  above; 
But  on  wintry  nights,  'tis  the  window  lights, 
The  lights  of  town  that  I  love. 

And  I  would  sail  on  a  vessel  fine, 

With  the  moon  a  beacon  fair, 
Though  with  sea  for  dower  I  should  wish 
each  hour 

That  lights  of  the  town  were  there. 
I  fain  would  visit  the  cities  great, 

That  in  books  have  won  renown, 
But   if    forced   to   leave,    I   should   always 
grieve, 

For  window  lights  of  the  town. 


be  in  the  same  room  with  him  is  to 
catch  his  enthusiastic  yet  humble  ap- 
proach to  a  problem.  To  hear  him 
describe  a  project  is  to  create  the 
desire  to  get  behind  it  and  see  it 
through  to  completion. 

Bishop  Isaacson  left  the  field  of 
education  about  ten  years  ago  to 
enter  the  insurance  business.  There 
he  rose  rapidly,  and  at  the  time  of 
his  appointment  in  the  Presiding 
Bishopric  he  was  general  agent  of 
the  Lincoln  National  Life  Insurance 
Company  for  the  territory  embrac- 
ing Utah,  Idaho,  and  Nevada,  Two 
years  ago  the  president  of  his  com- 
pany designated  him  as  the  outstand- 
ing life  insurance  man  in  America. 

Bishop  Isaacson  was  born  Sep- 
tember 6,  1 898,  at  Ephraim,  Utah,  a 
son  of  Martin  and  Mary  Beal  Isaac- 
son. After  attending  the  schools  and 
Snow  College  there,  he  continued 
his  educational  pursuits  at  Brigham 
Young  University,  Utah  State  Agri- 
cultural College,  and  the  University 
of  California.  He  is  now  a  member 
of  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  Utah 
State  Agricultural  College,  Logan, 
and  as  such  is  charged  with  the 
school's  athletic  program. 

His  wife  is  the  former  Lulu 
Maughan  Jones,  whom  he  met  while 
teaching  school.  They  have  two 
children.  Mrs.  Joyce  Isaacson  Tribe, 
and  Elder  Richard  Alonzo  Isaac- 
son who  is  now  serving  in  the  New 
England  Mission. 

The  Church  welcomes  and  sus- 
tains Bishop  Thorpe  B.  Isaacson  in 
his  new  calling. 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


'Photograph 
bg 
Eva  Luoma 


3 


omething  immortal  is  around  me  here. 
In  earth  and  air,  yet  nowhere  visible, 

It  burns  and  throbs  and  clings.   Each  pioneer 
Contributed  a  part  before  he  fell 
A  victim  of  his  own  mortality. 
I've  felt  it  lift  my  chin  and  make  me  climb 
The  one  step  more  which  raised  my  eyes  to  see 
A  ray  that  pierced  the  velvet  folds  of  time. 


By 

Eva  Willes 
Wangsgaard 


The  hut  inadequate,  the  implement 

Handmade  and  crude,  and  measured  food — the  voiced 
And  written  word  have  traced  the  way  they  went. 
They  loved,  gave  birth;  they  sorrowed  and  rejoiced; 
And,  passing  on,  with  mortal  hands  they  threw 
Something  immortal  back  for  me  and  you. 


JANUARY  1947 


11 


-K 


Greetings 


-mm 


PWSIDENT  L  REUBEN  CLARK,  J> 


PRESIDENT  DAVID  O. 


McKAY 


PRESIDENT  GEORGE  ALBERT  SMITH 


•NCE  again  "the  inaudible  and  noiseless 
foot  of  Time"  marks  the  passing  of 
another  year.  Once  again  we  approach  the  most 
important  of  all  celebrations — the  anniversary  of 
the  birth  of  the  Babe  of  Bethlehem,  which  connotes, 
as  does  no  other  event  in  all  history,  Peace  and 
Good  Will. 

Looking  in  retrospect  over  the  last  twelve  months, 
members  of  the  Church  have  good  cause  for  grati- 
tude for  progress  made  and  success  achieved. 
Membership  has  increased — seven  new  stakes  and 
fifty-two  new  wards  have  been  organized — pros- 
pects are  brighter  for  building  materials  for  much 
needed  chapels — necessary  finances  are  available 
for  the  erection  of  such  edifices,  also  for  temple 
work,  for  all  phases  of  welfare  work,  for  Church 
schools,  for  the  furthering  of  priesthood  and  aux- 
iliary activity,  and  for  the  promulgation  of  the 
gospel  at  home  and  abroad.  Of  the  thirty-eight 
missions  organized  before  the  war,  thirty-six  are 
now  functioning,  and  appointments  are  under  ad- 
visement for  the  opening  of  the  other  two,  and  the 
establishing  also  of  two  new  missions  as  soon  as 


* 


conditions  are  more  propitious.  Evidences  of  un- 
daunted  faith  in  the  restored  gospel,  and  of  in- 
creased spirituality  are  manifest  by  individuals  and 
organizations  in  all  parts  of  the  Church — in  the 
Americas,  in  Europe,  and  in  the  islands  of  the 
Pacific. 

True,  the  enemy  of  all  righteousness  is  also  ac- 
tive. Whenever  he  discovers  a  weakness  in  the 
ranks  of  the  faithful,  he  strikes  and  strikes  hard, 
but  his  attacks  are  becoming  more  and  more  im- 
potent. 

Glancing  at  the  world  in  general,  we  see  peoples 
in  war-torn  nations  destitute,  discouraged,  dis- 
tracted, and  yearning  for  peace.  Common  people 
everywhere  are  sick  of  war.  Twice  in  a  generation 
the  cruelties,  the  beastliness  of  war  have  sickened 
the  heart  of  the  civilized  world.  Even  though  we 
think  we  know  the  causes,  and  supposedly  the  justi- 
fications of  these  worldwide  holocausts,  the  fact 
that  they  have  occurred  in  the  center  of  so-called 
Christian  lands  has  caused  millions  to  lose  faith  in 
the  nearness  of  the  millennium,  and  shattered  con- 
fidence in  their  fellow  men.  There  is  a  general  feel- 


12 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


The  First 


* 


ing  among  the  masses  that  something  is  wrong  in 
the  politics  of  the  world  and  in  the  social  and  indus- 
trial relations  of  men,  that  war  is  not  the  solution 
of  existing  problems.  Undoubtedly,  there  are  to- 
day more  people  in  the  world  than  ever  before  who 
are  ready  to  heed  the  admonition  of  the  Lord  given 
through  the  Prophet  Joseph  Smith — "Renounce  war 
and  proclaim  peace."  The  futility  of  war  as  a 
remedial  factor  of  social  and  political  ills  is  becom- 
ing more  and  more  apparent.  It  is  timely,  therefore, 
while  the  recent  spread  of  barbarism  and  violence 
over  Europe  and  the  Orient  is  still  shocking  the 
sensibilities  of  humanity,  for  the  nations  to  seek  as 
never  before  ways  and  means  of  renouncing  war 
forever. 

The  nineteenth  century  was  marked  by  a  decline 
in  faith  in  God  and  an  increased  faith  in  science. 
The  accomplishments  of  science  seem  to  be  limit- 
less. In  many  ways  it  has  made  life  more  comfort- 
able and  beautiful,  but  it  has  also  made  life  hideous. 
Though  it  brings  into  our  homes  the  music  of  the 
spheres,  at  the  same  time  it  slays  defenseless  women 
and  children  indiscriminately.  Manifestly,  it  cannot 
save  mankind  from  wars,  but  it  can  annihilate  the 
human  race.  The  promise  of  science  for  human 
benefits,  and  particularly  as  an  assurance  of  peace, 
is  now  questioned. 

Faith  in  God  is  the  first  essential  to  peace.  It  is 
folly  for  the  United  Nations  now  seeking  ways  and 
means  to  permanent  peace  to  exclude  the  idea  of 
God  from  their  deliberations.  Only  through  an 
acknowledgment  of  the  Divine  Being  as  Father  can 
the  sense  of  human  brotherhood  have  potency. 
Only  thus  can  life  have  purpose  and  humanity  as 
a  whole  live  in  peace. 

With  faith  in  God  must  be  associated  the  realiza- 
tion that  peace  springs  from  the  individual  heart. 
"He  that  will  love  life,  and  see  good  days,  ...  let 
him  eschew  evil,  and  do  good;  let  him  seek  peace, 
and  ensue  it."  Jesus  taught  that  "a  man's  duties  to 
himself  and  to  his  fellow  men  are  indissolubly  con- 
nected." His  idea  was  to  have  each  individual 
imbued  with  faith  in  God,  with  desires  to  live  up- 
rightly, and  to  deal  justly  with  his  fellow  men; 
then  a  thousand,  ten  thousand,  such  individuals 
grouped  together  would  constitute  a  community  of 
worshipful,  peace-loving  human  beings.    A  thou- 


SIDENCY 

of  the    Church  of  /4e5ws   diridt 
of  cJ-atter-daiA  J^aintd 


sand  such  communities  would  make  a  nation;  and 
a  hundred  such  nations,  a  world! 

Peace,  therefore,  is  an  individual  acquisition,  a 
family  duty,  a  community  attainment,  a  national 
possibility,  a  world  conquest. 

The  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints 
is  in  the  world  to  establish  peace  among  mankind. 
Though  brute  power,  greed,  and  lust  are  today, 
as  in  the  past,  dominant  forces  in  civilization,  yet 
followers  of  the  Prince  of  Peace  must  not  despair; 
for  in  the  fulfilment  of  God's  purposes  "Peace,  un- 
weaponed,  conquers  all." 

Approximately  three  thousand  missionaries — 
many  of  them  but  recently  discharged  from  the 
military  forces  of  their  country — are  now  contribut- 
ing their  time,  ability,  and  means  to  the  promul- 
gating of  peace.  Two  hundred  thousand  men  and 
boys  who  have  been  ordained  to  the  priesthood  are 
enlisted  in  the  same  great  cause.  Members  of  the 
Church  everywhere,  in  every  land  and  clime  where 
the  message  of  the  restored  gospel  has  been  ac- 
cepted, are  under  obligation  to  live  at  peace  with 
their  families,  their  neighbors,  and  mankind,  that 
through  their  daily  acts,  they  will  demonstrate  to 
the  world  that  they  accept  in  reality  the  message 
of  the  angels:  "Glory  to  God  in  the  highest,  and 
on  earth  peace,  good  will  toward  men." 

With  this  greeting,  we  send  our  sincere  prayer 
that  peace  and  the  blessings  of  the  Lord  that  fol- 
low may  abide  in  the  hearts  and  homes  of  members 
of  the  Church  everywhere,  and  of  honest  men  and 
women  the  world  over. 


The  First  Presidency 


* 


JANUARY  1947 


13 


f 


V 


HOW  THE  DESERT  WAS  TAMED 


~vv  oLeMoti  for  -Jodau  and  Jc 


omowow 


WHY  THIS  ESSAY  ~™~~ 

'Phe  invasion  and  conquest  of  the  arid  section 
A  of  the  United  States  have  become  an  Ameri- 
can classic.  Historian  and  romancer  alike  have 
paid  eloquent  tribute  to  the  courage  and  forti- 
tude of  the  people  who  led  the  way  successfully 
into  the  desert  places  of  the  United  States.  In 
song  and  story,  in  bronze  and  marble,  the  heroic, 
unparalleled,  path-breaking,  often  tragic  trek  of 
tens  of  thousands  into  the  valleys  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains  has  been  acclaimed.  Its  successes  and 
failures  have  been  recorded  in  minutest  detail. 
It  forms  a  glorious  chapter  of  victory  in  the 
annals  of  our  land. 

Along  the  trail  of  the  Pioneers  has  arisen  a 
western  empire  of  many  states  of  the  Union.  In 
their  building,  they  have  borrowed  help  from 
the  lessons  learned  by  the  courageous  companies 
that  first  entered  unflinchingly  into  battle  in  a 
new  and  arid  section  of  the  land. 

Though  this  be  true,  though  our  schoolbooks 
tell  the  story,  there  has  been  only  casual  refer- 
ence to  the  principles  put  into  action  to  win  suc- 
cess in  the  battle  with  aridity. 

As  these  principles,  which  lie  imbedded  in  the 
work  of  the  pioneers,  were  used,  conquest  and 
progress  raised  their  heads.  It  is  curious  that  in 
the  abundant  literature  concerning  the  settlement 
of  the  Great  Basin  of  North  America,  and  the 
surrounding    territory,    only    scattered    attempts 


have  been  made  to  discover  the  real  causes  of 
the  success  attending  the  pioneers  in  their  battle 
with  arid  conditions.  We  have  been  content  to 
know  what  they  did,  rather  than  how  the  thing 
was  done. 

This  essay  grew  out  of  an  attempt  to  dissect 
the  pioneer  achievements  and  to  discover  one 
by  one  the  causes,  which  acting  together,  made 
"the  desert  blossoms  as  the  rose."  As  these  were 
revealed,  they  were,  as  might  be  expected,  sim- 
ple, of  general  use,  and  known  from  antiquity. 
They  reveal,  also,  the  things  of  the  spirit  which 
made  the  pioneers  willing  to  risk  their  lives  and 
happiness  in  the  westward  venture. 

As  the  writing  proceeded,  the  marvel  grew  that 
unhappy  man,  battling  bloodily  today — and  yes- 
terday— for  only  heaven  knows  what,  will  not 
use  these  principles  everywhere,  to  give  place  to 
peace  and  plenty,  and  make  a  world  "good  to 
live  in."  The  lesson  of  the  pioneers  is  for  today 
and  tomorrow.   The  past  has  done  its  work. 

This  is  a  life-giving  theme  to  which  scholars 
should  give  profound  study.  This  essay  or 
sketch  is  but  the  briefest  approach  to  the  subject. 

The  word  pioneer,  as  here  used,  refers  to  those 
who  from  July  1847  to  May  1869,  before  the 
railroad  came,  entered  on  foot,  with  handcart  or 
by  ox  team,  into  the  Salt  Lake  valley  and  sur- 
rounding valleys,  plains,  and  plateaus,  to  bend 
them  to  man's  will. 


1 


I 

There  Lies  the  Desert 

The  temple  in  Nauvoo,  Illinois,  had  been 
completed  and  dedicated.  Some  ordi- 
nance work  had  been  done  within  its 
walls.  It  was  the  largest,  costliest,  and  archi- 
tecturally the  most  interesting  building  in  the 
state.  From  the  hill  on  which  it  stood,  it  over- 
looked the  orderly  city — the  largest  in  Illinois 
— and  it  caught  the  sheen  of  the  stately  rolling 
Mississippi  which  held  the  city  in  a  curved 
embrace. 

Sadness  and  anxiety  were  in  the  air  this 
autumn  of  1 845.  Men  and  women,  doing  their 
daily  work,  looked  questioningly,  prayerfully, 
hopefully  up  to  the  temple,  which  they  had 
built  in  faith  to  Almighty  God.  The  temple, 
itself,  with  its  upward  reaching  tower,  seemed 
to  brood  over  the  destiny  of  Nauvoo,  the  city 
beautiful,  which  had  been  built,  amidst  toil 
and  sacrifice,  within  seven  years,  on  swampy 
land  thought  unfit  for  use.  Had  all  been  in 
vain? 


In  the  window  of  an  upper  room  of  the 
temple,  the  glow  of  candlelight  could  be  seen 
far  into  the  night.  There  a  group  of  men,  lead- 
ers of  the  Church,  were  assembled.  A  little 
more  than  a  year  before,  their  prophet  and 
president,  with  his  brother  Hyrum,  had  been 
murdered  in  cold  blood,  by  jealous  and  un- 
friendly citizens  of  neighboring  villages.  Not 
yet  satisfied,  these  enemies  now  demanded 
that  the  Latter-day  Saints  leave  Nauvoo  and 
the  state.  The  demand  was  accompanied  by 
rapine  and  arson.  For  over  a  year  the  matter 
had  been  discussed.  At  length  the  conclusion 
had  been  reached  that  the  proposed  surrender 
of  homes  and  temple  was  inevitable.  The 
brethren  were  now  within  the  sacred  temple 
walls  discussing  how  the  evacuation  could  be 
made,  and  where  the  new  settlement  was  to  be. 

It  was  agreed  that  the  new  location  must  be 
one  where  the  people  would  be  left  alone  until 
firmly  established.  That  probably  meant  some 
place  not  generally  desired  by  homeseekers. 
Where  was  such  a  place  to  be  found? 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


^^ 


m± 


I 

^  «2V.  Jain  ^J.  VJllh 


l5oe 

E  COUNCIL  OF  TWELVE 


Vancouver  Island  had  been  suggested  by 
English  missionaries  and  converts.  It  was  far 
away;  surrounded  by  water,  therefore  some- 
what inaccessible;  and  not  likely  for  many 
years  to  be  invaded  by  others.  British  official- 
dom had  intimated  that  the  "Mormons"  would 
be  welcome  on  Vancouver  Island,  for  anti- 
"Mormon"  prejudice  had  not  yet  reached 
much  development  in  the  British  Isles,  and 
John  Bull  was  much  interested  in  colonizing 
his  many  vacant  lands.  In  his  possessions  were 
people  of  all  colors,  faiths,  and  practices.  He 
was  not  afraid  of  "Mormons." 

Several  of  the  brethren  pointed  to  Texas, 
with  its  vast  unoccupied  lands,  its  fertile  soils, 
and  easy  climate.  Some  of  them  had  visited 
the  new  state  and  were  full  of  enthusiasm 
for  it.  It  was  easy  to  reach.  The  problems  of 
moving  a  city  full  of  people,  twenty  thousand 
of  them,  were  more  easily  solved  there  than 
anywhere  else. 

HThen  there  was  the  Far  West.  No  one  really 
knew  much  about  it.  Certain  it  was  that 
there  was  plenty  of  land  in  the  West,  and 
that  it  would  be  possible  there  to  settle  far 
from  disturbing  neighbors.  But,  at  best,  to 
take  thousands  of  people  there  seemed  haz- 
ardous. 

Nevertheless,  the  Prophet  Joseph  Smith 
had  said  that  the  time  would  come  that  the 
Latter-day  Saints  would  be  driven  to  the 
Rocky  Mountains,  and  would  build  cities 
there.  The  Rocky  Mountains  were  in  the 
West!  The  flame  of  faith  in  the  hearts  of  the 
men  in  the  Nauvoo  Temple  room  rose  higher. 
The  die  was  cast.  The  people  would  settle 
in  the  West.  The  Lord  of  hosts  would  help 
them  find  the  place. 

Having  made  the  decision  and  won  the  ap- 
proval of  the  people,  they  set  about  as  intelli- 
gent and  reasonable  groups  to  learn  all  about 
the  Far  West.  Sometime  before,  an  expedi- 
tion to  explore  the  West  had  been  proposed, 
but  the  chaotic  conditions  of  the  times  had 
delayed  the  consummation  of  that  plan,  and 
now  the  day  of  departure  was  forced  upon 
them  earlier  than  expected. 

There  was,  of  course,  some  fairly  depend- 
able, though  very  general  knowledge  of  the 
West.  For  at  least  a  quarter  of  a  century  trap- 
pers had  been  there.  British,  French,  and 
Americans  had  been  among  them.  Smith, 
Ogden,  Bridger,  and  others  were  familiar 
names  around  American  firesides.  These  men 

JANUARY  1947 


had  brought  back  news  about  the  vast  and 
dimly-known  western  territory.  Often,  their 
stories  were  exaggerated,  and  grew  in  the 
telling;  yet  there  was  nearly  always  a  modicum 
of  truth  in  each  of  them. 

Moreover,  the  Oregon  Trail  had  been 
traveled  by  homeseekers  for  nearly  a  decade. 
Returning  pioneers  over  the  trail  had  made 
parts  of  the  West  somewhat  familiar  to  the 
public.  Captain  B.  L.  E.  Bonneville  had  spent 
several  years  of  the  1830's  in  the  West,  and 
had  made  reports  of  the  conditions  found 
there.  Captain  John  C.  Fremont's  report  to 
Congress  of  his  expeditions  to  California  was 
in  possession  of  the  Nauvoo  expatriates,  and 
gave  greatest  help.  The  temple  group  studied 
it.  Especially  was  the  accompanying  map  of 
interest.  Faulty  as  it  was,  it  is  remarkable  how 
well  the  main  geographical  points  are  located. 

1U[ore  and  more  the  Salt  Lake  valley  seemed 
best  for  the  great  venture.  It  was  off  the 
Oregon  Trail,  which  turned  north  near  Fort 
Bridger  towards  the  Snake  and  Columbia 
rivers.  The  Salt  Lake  valley  was  held  to  be 
part  of  a  great  desert.  Homeseekers  would 
pass  it  by  for  the  fertile,  well-watered  coast- 
lands.  Fremont's  careful  day  by  day  reports 
spoke  rather  well  of  the  country  immediately 
around  the  Great  Salt  Lake.  On  the  westward 
migration,  the  Salt  Lake  region  would  at  least 
be  inspected. 

There  was  some  doubt,  of  course,  about  the 
value  of  some  parts  of  the  West.  Several 
maps  of  the  Far  West,  based  on  existing  data, 
had  been  published,  such  as  the  Bonneville 
map  of  1837;  the  Chapin  map  of  1839;  the 
Robert  Greenhow  map  of  1840;  and  the  J. 
Calvin  map  of  1 843.  All  these  showed  a  vast 
area  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  usually 
including  the  Salt  Lake  region,  as  a  "great 
desert"  or  "great  sandy  plain."  At  best,  it 
was  not  an  inviting  place  to  go.  At  best,  there 
might  lurk  in  any  settlement  dangers  that  the 
transient  trapper,  or  casual  traveler  had  not 
properly  appraised. 

In  the  temple  room,  and  of  course  in  the 
homes  of  the  people,  the  West  and  the  exist- 
ing knowledge  of  it,  were  discussed,  and  no 
doubt  argued. 

The  notable  matter  is,  however,  that,  after 
earnest  consideration  and  prayer,  the  deci- 
sion had  been  reached,  to  move  as  a  body 
westward;  the  leaders  and  the  people  sought 
out  all  available  knowledge  concerning  the 
Great  West,  and  discussed  even  such  items 
as  irrigation,  which  the  explorers  had  not 
mentioned,  or  discussed  very  casually. 

This  would  be  the  natural,  intelligent  ap- 
proach to  so  great  a  venture.  Knowledge 
would  help  frustrate  many  chances  of  defeat. 
The  procedure  to  learn  as  much  as  possible 

{Continued  on  page  60) 


'"  M 


V 


HOLE   IN  THE 

ROCK 


Beginning  a  Stirring  New  Serial 


i5u  ^Alnna  Jinnee  iKedd 


Chapter  I 


u 


D 


eseret  News!    Deseret  tele- 
graph News!" 

The  cry,  snatched  away 
by  a  gust  of  wind,  left  a  stillness  that 
was  broken  only  by  the  staccato  of 
swiftly  running  feet. 

Mary  Jones  ran  to  the  door  and 
opened  it.  In  the  street,  women  and 
children  were  hurrying  after  the 
racing  news  crier.  Old  men  shook 
their  heads  and  peered  from  their 
doorways  to  see  where  the  boy  was 
going,  anxious  to  learn  the  import  of 
his  news.  Behind  Mary,  four  other 
women  waited,  knowing  from  the 
tone  of  the  young  crier's  voice  that 
the  news  was  not  good.  And  with 
every  tick  of  the  clock,  they  conjured 
a  new  pioneer  terror. 

"It's  Henry  Lunt!"  Mary  cried. 
"It's  the  telegraph  operator's  broth- 
er, and  he's  coming  here!" 

Sage  Treharne  Jones  leaned  for- 
ward anxiously,  and  the  other  wom- 
en crowded  close.  "Yes,"  she  said, 
waiting,  frail  and  old,  against  the 
afternoon  sun,  "yes,  he's  coming 
here."  And  almost  before  the  boy 
reached  the  sandstone  step  of  her 
house,  she  had  him  by  the  coat  collar, 
pleading,  "Young  Henry,  what  have 
you  come  to  tell?" 

"It's  a  new  mission,  Sister  Jones," 
Henry  Lunt  cried.  "Another  new 
mission!  Un — un — your  son,  Kumen, 
was  the  first  one  called!" 

Mary  screamed.   Her  mother  and 
the     four     other     women     pressed 
against  her,  and  Mary  clung  to  them 
for  support. 
16 


Old  men  shook  their 
heads  and  peered  from 
their  doorways. 


"Shame  on  you,  Henry,"  Elsie 
Nielson  said  angrily.  "Coming  here 
just  to  scare  a  bunch  of  women.  See 
what  you  have  done  to  Mary  and 
Sister  Jones!" 

"I  didn't  come  to  scare  them," 
Henry  said  earnestly.  "It's  true, 
what  I  said,  Miz  Nielson.  Every 
word  is  true!" 

"Henry,"  Sage  Treharne  im- 
plored, "tell  us  how  you  know." 

There  was  no  doubt  in  her  eyes, 
no  hysteria  in  her  voice,  but  she 
sounded  old,  and  very,  very  tired. 

"It's — it's  a  new  mission,  Sister 
Jones,"  Henry  repeated,  proud  of 
the  sensation  he  was  causing.  "Pres- 
ident John  Taylor,  he — my  sister 
Ellen,  she — ■" 

Unable  to  stand  his  stuttering  an- 
other second,  Sage  Treharne  slapped 
his  cheek,  waited  for  his  astonished 
mouth  to'  close,  and  then  said  sooth- 
ingly: "Now,  Henry,  tell  us." 

Shocked  at  the  indignity  of  being 
slapped  by  someone  not  his  mother, 
Henry  stood  his  ground  sulkily.  His 
black,  close-cut  hair  bristled  above 
his  black  eyes  and  his  straight  eye- 
brows. In  all  his  twelve  years  of 
growing  up  on  the  frontier,  he  had 
never  looked  so  much  like  a  young 
Indian. 

"I  told  you  once,"  he  said.  "Can't 
you  understand?" 

'Yes,  Henry,"  Sage  said  patient- 
ly, "I  understand.  I  only  want  you 
to  tell  us  how  you  know  that  we  have 
been  called.  Who  brought  the 
word?" 

"President  Taylor's  secretary  sent 
it,"  Henry  explained.  "He  had  the 
telegraph  operator  in  St.  George — 


where  they're  having  the  conference 
— operate  it  to  Parowan,  and  Paro- 
wan  operated  it  to  my  sister  Ellen 
down  here,  and  she  sent  me  off  to 
spread  the  news!" 

Relishing  the  silence  that  fell  at 
his  words,  Henry  watched  the  five 
women  in  the  doorway,  and  won- 
dered which  one  would  faint.  It 
wouldn't  be  Mary  or  her  sister  Julia, 
they  were  too  young.  It  could  be 
Mrs.  Arabella  Smith,  because  she 
was  going  to  have  a  baby  and  was 
awful  white.  But  more  likely  it  would 
be  one  of  the  older  women,  Miz 
Jones,  or  Miz  Nielson.  And  even 
that  didn't  seem  too  promising,  so 
he  might  just  as  well  be  off  down 
the  street  startin'  more  excitement. 

He  jumped  backward  down  the 
step  and  turned  to  run.  Then  he  saw 
the  crowd  that  had  gathered  in  the 
dooryard,  and  at  once  he  became  the 
news  crier  again,  important  and 
terrible. 

"It's  a  new  mission,"  he  shouted, 
pointing  his  finger,  and  jumping  to- 
ward them,  stiff-legged.  "To  the 
Indians.  The  murderin'  scalpin*  In- 
dians!" 

Then  away  he  raced,  crying, 
"Deseret  News!  Deseret  telegraph 
News!" 

And  the  crowd  followed  him. 

HToo  dazed  for  speech,  Sage  Tre- 
harne sank  down  on  a  treasured, 
spindle-legged  old  chest  that  stood 
by  the  door.  She  gripped  the  metal 
buttons  on  her  basque  and  let  the 
tears  fall  quietly.  ,.' 

"Kumen's  dream,"  she  muttered. 
"My  son's  dream.  .  .  ." 

"Yes,"  Mary  said,  staring  in- 
credulously at  her  mother-in-law, 
sitting  there  on  her  precious  chest  as 
if  it  were  a  common,  homemade 
chair.   "Yes,  Mother  Jones,"  she  re- 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA. 


peated,  "I  know  what  you  mean.  I 
didn't  believe  you  when  you  said 
that  Kumen's  dream  would  come 
true,  but  now  I  know  that  it  will. 
Kumen  has  known  that  it  would. 
He's  been  waiting  for  more  than  a 
year." 

There  was  dull  misery  in  Mary's 
young  voice,  and  questioning,  rebel- 
lious pain  in  her  heart.  She  turned 
to  her  own  mother  and  said  broken- 
ly, "Mother,  what  can  we  do — what- 
ever can  we  do?" 

"We  will  just  go  on,"  Elsie  Niel- 
son  answered,  taking  her  daughter's 
hand.  "Whatever  comes,  will  be  met 
somehow.  Right  now  we  have  a  quilt 
to  finish." 

"Yes,  we  had  best  get  on  with  it," 
Mary  said,  but  she  made  no  move  to 
do  so.  Her  eyes  stared  after  the  rac- 
ing news  crier.  And  when  his  voice 
was  no  longer  a  part  of  the  March 
wind,  she  closed  the  door  and  stood 
against  it. 

Elsie  Nielson  went  over  to  the 
quilt  and  patted  it  absently,  almost 
as  if  it  were  Mary,  herself.  There 
was  a  faraway  look  in  her  eyes.  She 

JANUARY  1947 


watched  Mary  standing  there,  be- 
wildered and  frightened,  and  it 
brought  back  the  pain  and  sadness 
of  her  own  pioneer  years.  Two  small 
graves  on  a  lonely  plain  ...  a  long, 
tired  line  of  handcarts,  slowly,  slow- 
ly moving  on.  Time  and  peace  had 
dulled  these  memories,  but  would 
never  efface  them.  If  only  she  could 
shield  Mary  from  what  lay  ahead! 
This  call  would  change  her  life  as 
surely  as  an  undercurrent  changes 
the  course  of  a  river.  There  would 
be  no  new  home  for  Mary,  now,  no 
quiet,  tranquil  days.  They  would 
finish  this  pretty  quilt  and  put  it 
away,  just  as  they  would  put  away 
their  finished  dreams. 

"Come  on  and  quilt,  Mary,"  she 
said  tenderly.  "You  can  do  no  good, 
standing  there." 

Mary  went  over  to  the  quilt, 
threaded  a  needle,  tied  a  knot  in  the 
end  of  the  thread,  bit  it  off,  and  tied 
another.  Three  times  they  watched 
her  tie  as  many  knots  and  as  many 
times  bite  them  off.  Then  Sage 
Treharne  unlocked  her  cramped 
fingers  and  went  to  Mary's  side  at 
the  quilt. 

"No  Redskin  is  going  to  stop  me 
from  making  a  quilt,"  she  scolded, 
taking  the  needle  from  Mary's  aim- 
less hand.  "And,"  she  laughed 
shakily,  "no  new-fangled  telegraph 
messages,  either." 

Puckering  her  face  at  the  unwill- 
ingness of  her  rheumatic  joints,  she 
began  to  quilt.  "Thread  yourself  a 
new  needle,  Mary,"  she  said.  "And 
don't  bite  the  thread;  it  wears  your 
teeth  down." 

Mary  watched  Sage  Treharne's 
needle  as  it  flashed  in  the  last  cold 
rays  of  the  afternoon  sun,  then  she 
threaded  another  needle,  placed  the 
point  on  the  marked  pattern  and 
took  a  slow  careful  stitch.  .  .  . 


and  there  was  a  stir  in  the  air — not 
just  because  it  was  spring,  but  be- 
cause there  was  to  be  a  conference  in 
St.  George,  a  small,  pioneer  town 
sixty  miles  away.  Conference  at  any 
time  of  the  year  was  an  event  in 
Utah,  but  after  the  idleness  and  the 
isolation  of  the  long  winters,  it  was 
not  only  an  event,  it  was  also  a  festi- 
val, a  fervent,  religious  pageant  that 
held  the  scattered  communities  to- 
gether and  strengthened  their  faith. 

But  the  spring  of  1879  had  come 
too  early  to  permit  of  the  usual  mass 
migration,  and  only  the  men  were 
planning  to  go.  The  roads  were 
little  more 'than  wheel  tracks  in  the 
mud,  or  scratches  on  the  lava  rocks. 
Vehicles  were  scarce  and  had  to  be 
used  sparingly,  so  the  young  men 
rode  their  horses,  leaving  the  few 
light  buggies  and  wagons  for  the 
use  of  the  Church  leaders. 

In  the  brittle  darkness  before  the 
dawn  of  March  15,  the  young  men 
of  Cedar  City  were  ready  to  leave 
for  the  conference.  Muffled  against 
the  cold,  their  pockets  stuffed  witk 
packets  of  yarrow  and  sage,  hanks 
of  wool  yarn,  and  packets  of  seeds, 
they  gathered,  fifty  of  them,  to  lead 
the  procession  of  buggies  and  wag- 
ons that  carried  the  Church  leaders. 
Frost  clung  to  their  beards  and 
crisped  their  breaths.  The  breeze 
that  came  with  the  morning  light  was 
fragrant  with  the  smell  of  sap  and 
{Continued  on  page  57) 


T  ocked  in  the  ice  and  cold  of  the 
long  winter  of  1 879,  Cedar  City 
had  lain  for  months  in  snow  that 
clung  in  frozen  banks  to  the  low, 
adobe  houses  and  around  the  roots 
of  the  cottonwood  trees  that  fringed 
the  sidewalks  and  the  creeks.  Rows 
of  furrowed  earth  stood  starkly  out 
of  the  snow  patches  in  the  near-by 
fields.  Cattle  shivered  on  the  river 
banks,  or  stood  huddled  together  un- 
der sheds  and  hungry  barns.  Wom- 
en and  children  and  the  old  men 
stayed  indoors  by  the  roaring  log 
fires  in  their  open  hearths. 

Then,   suddenly,   it   was    spring, 


Serge  Treharne 
looked  at  Mary  in 
wonder.  There  were 
times  when  she 
could  see  why  her 
son  had  married 
this  Danish  girl  of 
so  much  vitality. 


17 


Vke  JOSEPH  SMITH  MONUMENT 


a 


t 


In  the  spring  of  1894,  the  quiet  lit- 
tle community  of  South  Royal- 
ton,  nestling  in  a  right  hand 
pocket  of  the  beautiful  White  River 
valley  of  Vermont,  was  electrified  by 
the  advent  into  its  midst  of  a  western 
gentleman  of  the  old  school — cour- 
teous, kind,  courageous,  enterpris- 
ing, educated  Junius  F.  Wells.  He 
had  been  called  by  the  Authorities 
of  the  Church  to  erect  a  monument 
at  the  birthplace  of  the  Prophet  Jo- 
seph Smith.  This  was  a  mission  dear 
to  his  heart,  and  when  your  heart  is 
in  something  you  wish  to  do,  you  do 
it  with  all  your  might  to  make  it  a 
success.  That  was  Junius  Wells;  he 
was  indefatigable  in  finding  just 
what  he  wanted  to  make  his  life's 
project  a  success.  He  did  it. 

At  first  there  was  some  stir  of  op- 
position in  Vermont,  when  it  became 
known  what  Junius  Wells  had  come 
to  do.  Some  regarded  it  as  a  slur  on 
the  community.  They  did  not  favor 
having  such  a  monument  erected  in 
Vermont,  but  no  one  could  long  en- 
tertain hard  feelings  where  Junius 
Wells  was  concerned.  He  won  the 
esteem  and  outright  affection  of 
everyone  he  approached.  Children 
on  the  way  to  school  would  watch 
for  Junius  Wells,  run  to  meet  him, 
glad  to  be  spoken  to  by  him.  The  re- 
markable thing  was  that  he  seldom 
forgot  the  name  of  any  child  he  met 
— he  knew  them  all.  The  boys  as 
well  as  the  girls  were  welcomed  by 
their  own  first  names.  It  also  had  to 
be  admitted  that  Vermont  really  was 
the  original  starting  point  of  this  re- 
ligion that  had  grown  and  blossomed 
in  the  Salt  Lake  valley  to  such  vast 
proportions.  Their  second  great 
leader,  Brigham  Young,  came  from 
the  little  town  of  Whitingham  down 
in  the  southern  part  of  Vermont. 

The  old  farmhouse  wherein  Jo- 
seph Smith  first  saw  the  light  of  day 
was  located  on  Dairy  Hill.  Through- 
out the  spring,  Junius,  his  horse 
"Old  George,"  and  the  top  buggy 
were  a  familiar  sight  as  he  drove 
back  and  forth  from  his  hotel  to 
Dairy  Hill  and  vicinity.  He  had  a 
busy  time  looking  up  land  titles  and 
boundaries.  When  Joseph  Smith 
was  born,  the  farmhouse  was  located 
in  Sharon,  but  it  was  later  discovered 
that  the  boundary  between  Royal- 
18 


l\oviaito, 


f 


By 

JUDGE  A.  G.  WHITHAM 


n 


7V  news  ITEM  recently  appeared 
"^^in  this  paper  that  William  H. 
Reeder,  Jr.,  president  of  the  New 
England  Mission  of  the  Church  of 
Jesus  Christ,  Latter-day  Saints  of 
America,  had  effected  purchase  of  the 
Lottie  J.  Salter  premises  on  the 
Chelsea  road,  South  Royalton,  for  a 
religious  center  and  mission  of  the 
Great  Salt  Lake  Church,  sometimes 
called  the  'Mormon'  Church  of  Utah. 

"The  foregoing  article  was  pre- 
pared by  Judge  A.  G.  Whitham,  who 
at  the  time  referred  to  was  a  law 
graduate  in  the  office  of  Tarbell  and 
Whitham.  He  is  now  advanced  in 
years,  but  remembers  well  his  asso- 
ciation with  Junius  Wells  in  helping 
to  clear  titles  and  arrange  for  details 
of  the  enterprise.  Judge  Whitham 
still  holds  a  very  high  regard  for 
Elder  Wells.—/.  D." 

— Vermont  newspaper,  Vol.  LXXI — 
No.  52—3749;  White  River  Valley 
Herald  of  September  27,  1945. 


ton  and  Sharon  had  been  changed 
more  than  once  by  various  surveys 
made  at  intervals.  The  town  line  as 
finally  established  runs  outside  the 
foundations  of  the  old  house,  close 
to  the  old  cellar  wall  which  remained 
standing.  The  site  of  the  monument 
was  determined  to  be  just  over  the 
town  line  in  Sharon. 

It  took  Junius  some  little  time  to 
find  what  he  wanted  in  the  way  of  a 
stone  for  the  monument.  He  was 
looking  for  a  piece  of  granite  large 
enough  to  cut  to  proper  form  and  be 
thirty-eight  and  one-half  feet  long — 
a  foot  for  each  year  of  the  Prophet's 
life.  It  is  symbolical,  perhaps,  that 
the  big  stone  was  finally  located  on 
the  quarry  ground  of  the  far-famed 
Marr  and  Gordon  quarry,  Barre, 
Vermont.    It  was  a  stone  forty-six 


feet  long  from  which  the  main  shaft 
of  the  monument  was  cut  and 
worked  to  completion.  It  is  one  of 
the  finest  [and  perhaps  the  tallest] 
single  shaft  of  polished  granite  ever 
to  be  erected. 

"Mot  until  the  summer  of  1 905  was 
the  great  stone  ready  to  leave 
the  granite  sheds  of  Barre  for  trans- 
portation to  Royalton.  It  required 
the  genius  of  a  man  of  Wells'  type 
and  experience  to  arrange  for  the 
transportation  of  such  a  large,  heavy 
stone.  The  elevation  at  the  railway 
station  is  six  hundred  feet  above  sea 
level,  and  the  elevation  where  the 
monument  was  to  stand  atop  Dairy 
Hill  was  nine  hundred  feet.  The 
approach  was  up  a  rather  steep, 
and  not  too  good,  dirt  highway.  The 
question  of  the  little  wooden  bridge 
across  the  first  branch  of  the  White 
River  at  South  Royalton  was  over- 
come in  true  western  style  by  the 
energetic  Wells.  He  got  permission 
from  the  town  authorities  to  shore  up 
the  bridge.  This  was  done  by  a  tres- 
tle built  under  the  floor.  It  was  an 
old  covered  bridge  so  some  of  the 
overhead  cross  timbers  had  to  be  re- 
moved to  allow  passage  for  some  of 
the  large  base  stones. 

The  matter  of  motive  power  to 
move  such  a  heavy  weight  over  the 
then  dirt  road  was  a  big  problem. 
But  like  all  the  other  problems,  that 
too  was  overcome  by  the  ambitious 
Wells.  Eight  horses,  then  twelve, 
were  hitched  to  the  great  wagon 
brought  for  the  purpose.  The  wagon 
wheels  had  tires  twenty  inches  wide, 
and  the  axles  were  eight  inches  in 
diameter.  Finally  twenty-two  horses 
had  to  be  used.  Eventually  a  block 
and  tackle  or  windlass  arrangement 
had  to  be  resorted  to  before  that  im- 
mense load  was  finally  carried  to  the 
top  of  Dairy  Hill. 

Some  of  the  way  a  gang  of  young 
men  were  kept  busy  from  morning  to 
night  laying  hardwood  planks  for 
the  big  tires  to  run  on  so  that  they 
wouldn't  sink  into  the  soft  road.  It 
was  a  red  letter  occasion  when  that 
procession  of  a  great  wagon  with  a 
twenty-two  horse  team  began  its  trek 
down  the  main  road.  People  came 
from  long  distances  to  witness  it. 
( Continued  on  page  55 ) 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


NEW  YEAR 


L^elebi 


ti 


The  New  Year  was  always 
ushered  in  by  the  pioneers 
amid  a  whirl  of  social  functions. 
The  precedent  had  been  established 
in  Nauvoo  and  was  faithfully  car- 
ried out  almost  every  year  after  the 
exodus  from  that  city.  In  Nauvoo, 
many  house  parties  were  held 
throughout  the  city  as  the  New  Year 
was  welcomed  by  the  Saints. 

The  last  New  Year's  party  Joseph 
Smith  celebrated  was  a  festive  occa- 
sion never  to  be  forgotten  by  the 
many  friends  who  were  privileged  to 
share  the  hospitality  of  the  Mansion 
House.  On  such  occasions  he  often 
entertained  one  hundred  couples  in 
the  hotel  where  his  family  resided.  A 
platform  was  erected  where  the  mu- 
sicians were  seated.  After  the  guests 
had  been  entertained  by  feasting, 
music,  toasts,  and  friendly  conversa- 
tion, the  long  tables  were  removed. 
and  the  cotillion  band  played  for 
hours  as  the  many  guests  found  re- 
laxation and  friendship  in  the  dance. 
The  party  continued  through  the 
night,  and  the  guests  returned  to 
their  homes  in  the  early  dawn. 

When  the  year  of  1846  dawned 
upon  the  Saints  in  Nauvoo,  there 
were  no  house  parties  celebrating  its 
arrival.  No  dancing  party  convened 
in  the  Mansion  House;  the  custom- 
ary tokens  of  festivity  were  absent; 
in  most  homes  the  lights  were  extin- 
guished before  the  midnight  hour  ar- 
rived. But  in  the  temple  on  the  hill, 
the  lights  burned  until  dawn,  as  the 
endowment  was  administered  to 
many  during  the  night.  The  Saints 
were  planning  for  a  secret  exodus 
from  their  beautiful  city,  and  they 
spent  the  festive  season  in  prayer 
and  worship.  At  the  close  of  the 
services  of  the  day,  the  multitude  as- 

JANUARY  1947 


sembled  in  a  large  room  and  prayed 
for  the  blessings  of  heaven  upon 
their  intended  exodus  from  the  city 
and  their  migration  to  the  far  west. 
Elder  Heber  C.  Kimball  offered 
the  New  Year's  benediction,  ex- 
pressing thanks  for  the  privilege  of 
receiving  the  blessing  of  the  Lord's 
house,  and  a  wish  for  the  blessings 
of  heaven  to  attend  them  during 
their  journey  westward. 

In  most  of  the  "Mormon"  settle- 
ments along  the  Iowa  trail,  the  his- 
toric year  of  1847  was  ushered  in 
amid  the  boom  of  cannon,  the  sparkle 
of  merry  laughter,  and  the  sound  of 
dancing  feet. 

A  few  pioneer  journals  reveal 
how  the  pioneers  celebrated  the  first 
New  Year  they  witnessed  in  the  Salt 
Lake  valley.  "Life  was  as  sweet  here 
and  the  holidays  as  merry,"  wrote 
Parley  P.  Pratt,  "as  in  the  Christian 
palaces  and  mansions  of  those  who 
had  driven  us  to  the  mountains.* ' 

"We  have  now  entered  upon  an- 
other year,"  wrote  Isaac  C.  Haight. 
"The  Saints  have  had  many  trials 
the  past  year,  including  much  jour- 
neying and  fatigue.  The  Lord  has  led 
many  of  the  Saints  away  from  the 
Gentiles  into  a  goodly  land." 

A  public  meeting  was  called  in 
the  old  fort  at  the  dawn  of  the  New 
Year,  at  which  regulations  were 
drawn  up  to  govern  the  pioneers  un- 
til the  Mexican  War  should  be 
terminated,  and  the  pioneers  should 
know  "what  hands  we  shall  fall  in- 
to." 

There  is  no  mention  of  any  special 
festivities  at  the  dawn  of  1849.  On 
that  day,  however,  President  Brig- 
ham  Young,  Heber  C.  Kimball,  and 
Jedediah  M.  Grant  called  upon  Fa- 
ther John   Smith,   Brigham   Young, 


rations 


IN  PIONEER 

TIMES 


Dm  (L..  L^ecii  /e/cLjai/in 

OF  THE  CHURCH  HISTORIAN'S 
OFFICE 


and  Heber  C.  Kimball  ordaining  him 
Patriarch  to  the  Church. 

Though  public  entertainment  was 
limited  that  season,  the  spirit  of  fes- 
tivity was  not  entirely  absent.  "The 
young  people  are  getting  married  by 
wholesale  this  cold  weather,"  de- 
clared the  journal  of  John  L.  Smith. 
"I  think  there  was  a  wedding  every 
night  from  Christmas  to  New  Year's, 
and  one  evening  three  couples  were 
married." 

A  s  soon  as  schoolhouses  or  chapels 
could  be  erected,  the  New  Year 
was  celebrated  by  song  and  sermon, 
much  like  the  usual  Sabbath  meet- 
ing. Such  a  worship  service  was  held 
in  the  new  schoolhouse  in  the  Four- 
teenth Ward  on  New  Year's  Day, 
1851.  Two  preaching  services  were 
held  at  which  the  following  brethren 
preached  to  a  large  audience;  Parley 
P.  Pratt,  Wilford  Woodruff,  Wil- 
lard  Richards,  W.  W.  Phelps,  and 
John  Murdock. 

During  the  day,  a  large  party  was 
given  in  the  "Bath  House."  The  bath 
house  parties  became  a  popular  fea- 
ture of  the  New  Year  festivities. 
During  some  holiday  seasons  the 
money  received  was  given  to  the 
wives  of  the  missionaries  who  were 
in  foreign  lands. 

As  the  New  Year  dawned  in  1 853, 
there  was  music  in  the  air.  The  Nau- 
voo brass  band  in  two  carriages,  and 
Captain  Ballo's  band  on  foot,  ser- 
enaded the  homes  of  the  prominent 
citizens.  The  members  of  the  Quo- 
rum of  the  Twelve,  except  Orson 
Pratt  who  was  absent  on  a  mission, 
(Concluded  on  page  47 ) 

19 


jEttnuium 


^ 


a 


Dear  Bob: 
The  other  night  your  rather 
laughing  allusion  to  ".smooch- 
ing" started  me  on  a  long  thinking 
trail.  The  word  itself  arrested  me.  I 
thought  of  the  odd  meaning  of  such 
terms;  then  of  the  nature  of  human 
emotions  and  human  thinking;  then, 
somehow,  of  principles  and  the  dif- 
ficulties we  sometimes  meet  when  we 
try  to  sort  our  ideas  of  right  and 
wrong.  Finally,  I  thought  of  the 
complex  problems  which  may  arise 
between  a  young  man  and  woman 
when  they  are  extremely  fond  of  one 
another,  yet  each  unsure,  not  only 
of  the  other's  feelings,  but  even  of 
his  own.  I  wanted  to  sit  down  with 
you  and  talk  it  over.  I  wanted  to 
find  out  what  you  were  thinking  and 
why,  but,  even  more,  I  wanted  to  be 
sure  what  I  was  thinking  and  why. 
So  I  waited.  Then  the  other  day  The 
Improvement  Era  editors  handed  me 
a  letter  from  a  young  girl.  It  stated 
very  directly  and  simply  that  she, 
personally,  saw  no  harm  at  all  in 
"smooching,"  but  that  her  mother 
had  told  her  that  to  give  her  boy 
friends  a  good-night  kiss  was  the 
surest  way  to  lose  them — and  quick- 

ly\, 

"If  that  is  true,"  she  asks  in  her 

letter,  "why  is  it  true?" 

This  letter  seemed  to  be  nearer 
my  own  territory.  Being  a  woman,  I 
could  understand  both  the  girl  and 
her  mother  a  little  better,  I  felt,  than 
I  could  be  sure  of  understanding 
you.  I  don't  want  to  interpret  your 
thinking.  I  might  read  into  it  some- 
thing completely  foreign  to  an  eight- 
een-year-old boy's  mind.  So  I  de- 
cided to  write  my  own  ideas,  and  in 
so  doing,  hope  to  clarify  them  for 
myself  as  well  as  for  you.  I  want  to 
tell  you  what  I  think  was  in  the  girl's 
mind  and,  perhaps,  in  her  mother's. 
If  it  all  means  anything  to  you  when 
I  get  through,  perhaps,  sometime, 
you  will  feel  like  telling  me  what  you 
think.  I  hope  you  will. 

To  get  back  to  the  expression, 
"smooching."  I  don't  like  that  word. 
And  yet  I  could  see  that  you  thought 
it  very  gay  and  amusing — or  am  I 
doing  some  of  the  "interpreting" 
20 


By  MARY  BRENTNALL 

which  I  promised  not  to  do?  Through 
the  years  the  words  have  varied — 
"spooning,"  "necking,"  "wooing," 
"smooching" — I  remember  all  those. 
Before  you  read  this,  someone  may 
have  "dreamed  up"  another.  None 
of  these  are  "pretty"  terms.  None  of 
them  seems  to  mean  much — though  it 
doesn't  take  much  imagination  to  get 
the  idea  of  "necking"  and  "wooing." 
From  my  standpoint,  the  reason  they 
are  not  pretty  is  that  the  whole  idea 
is  not  pretty.  Affection  and  its  vari- 
ous manifestations  are  usually  beau- 
tiful, but  there  is  something  about  all 
this  which  falls  short — emotionally, 
aesthetically,  and  intellectually. 
There  is  something  about  it  that 
makes  a  half-humorous,  half-con- 
temptuous title,  thoroughly  fitting. 
Anything  which  has  this  connotation 
must  change  its  name  frequently. 
Humor  and  contempt  are  both  large- 
ly dependent  upon  change  and  nov- 
elty for  their  power. 

ThVen  though  the  terms  are  new,  the 
idea  is  old.  It  is  probable  that 
nearly  every  hum#n  being  has  in- 
dulged to  some  degree — even  if  only 
by  thinking  about  it — which,  you 
must  agree,  might  be  quite  an  in- 
dulgence. Caresses,  in  the  main,  are 
pleasant  things.  Holding  hands  with 
the  right  girl  or  boy  has  considerable 
satisfaction  attached  to  it.  And  it  is 
good  for  all  of  us  to  know  this  feeling 
of  admiration,  of  love,  of  affection — 
both  given  and  received. 

If  it  is  all  so  pleasant  and  agree- 
able, then  why  the  problem?  Any- 
thing, we  are  told,  becomes  a  prob- 
lem when  there  is  mental  conflict — 
when  decision  and  judgment  are  in- 
volved. For  the  thoughtful,  and  I 
know  that  underneath  your  fun,  you 
are  thoughtful,  Bob — there  is  bound 
to  be  a  question  as  to  the  wisdom  of 
it  all.  No  one  wants  to  be  stiff  or 
"Victorian,"  but  you  cannot  fail  to 
wonder  what  there  is  in  it  for  you. 
If  I  interpret  the  very  frank  letter 
from  the  girl  rightly,  she  is  very 
young — younger  than  her  years. 
The  younger  we  are,  the  more  im- 
portant the  immediate  seems  to  us — 
the  hour's  pleasure,   the  moment's 


fun.  Conversely,  the  older  we  get, 
the  more  intrusive  becomes  the  fu- 
ture. Prophets,  who  look  far  beyond 
their  generations  are  old  men — if  not 
in  years,  then  always  in  spiritual  in- 
sight. The  girl  who  wrote  the  letter, 
though  young,  is  growing  up,  and 
the  thought  of  next  year  is  beginning 
to  occur  to  her.  The  most  telling  spot 
in  her  mother's  warning,  however, 
was  the  word,  "quickly."  She  under- 
stood that  best.  It  is  when  we  begin 
weighing  the  values  of  the  immediate 
with  the  future  that  we  get  into  the 
realm  of  problems. 

If  I  read  this  mother's  remark 
rightly,  she  understands  this  young 
daughter  well.  She  knows  that  the 
girl  needs  to  start  thinking  instead  of 
merely  responding.  The  daughter 
had  evidently  accepted,  at  least  to 
some  degree,  the  truthfulness  of  her 
mother's  remark.  Yet  it  puzzled  her, 
and  she  was  not  quite  ready  to  sit 
down  with  her  mother  and  find  out 
why  she  spoke  as  she  did.  The 
daughter  wanted  to  be  fortified  by 
someone  else's  opinion  first.  It  would 
help  her  if  we  could  find  a  satisfac- 
tory answer.  Perhaps  an  answer  lies 
in  weighing  the  immediate  view  with 
the  long  view. 

This  is  the  immediate  view.  Pro- 
vided, of  course,  that  a  girl  and  boy 
like  each  other  very  much,  an  expres- 
sion of  affection  may  be  very  pleas- 
(Continued  on  page  56) 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


\\ 


SCOUTS  OF  THE  WORLD 


iSuiildina  for   ^Jc 


i) 


omowow 


"S 


couts  of  the  World — Build- 
ing for  Tomorrow,"  is  the 
theme  for  the  thirty-seventh 
anniversary  celebration  of  the  Boy 
Scouts  of  America.  Yes,  it  is  more 
than  that;  it  is  a  statement  of  hope 
and  faith  in  the  future  that  can  fire 
the  imagination  of  every  Scout  and 
Scouter  to  see  his  relationship  in  a 
growing  world  citizenship  through 
the  world  brotherhood  of  scouting. 

The  First  Presidency  of  the 
Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day 
Saints  has  approved  February  2, 
1947,  as  Scout  Sunday  throughout 
the  Church  to  open  Boy  Scout  week. 
The  Sunday  evening  service  will  be 
devoted  to  a  special  scouting  pro- 
gram with  uniformed  Scouts,  Senior 
Scouts,  and  their  leaders,  participat- 
ing in  the  program.  Scout  leaders 
will  cooperate  with  the  bishops  of 
their  wards  in  making  arrangements 
to  recognize  properly  the  Boy  Scout 
program  as  part  of  the  Young  Men's 
Mutual  Improvement  Association 
program  in  the  Church. 

The  theme  to  be  inaugurated  dur- 
ing Scout  week  will  give  color  to  the 
major  activities  of  the  scouting  pro- 
gram throughout  the  entire  year, 
with  the  Pioneer  Centennial  Scout 
Camp  and  the  Sixth  World  Jamboree 
as  the  climaxing  dramatic  events  in 
world  Scouting.  There  are  4,413,- 
139  Scouts  and  Scouters  around 
the  world;  those  primarily  from 
the  western  states  will  gather  in  Salt 
Lake  City  next  July  21,  1947,  for  a 
five-day  demonstration  of  the  values 
of  the  scouting  program.  They  will 
camp  on  the  Fort  Douglas  reserva- 
tion. This  encampment  will  climax 
a  year's  activity  and  advancement  of 
scouting  in  the  Church.   Full  details 


By  ROCK  M.  KIRKHAM 

NATIONAL  DIRECTOR,  L.D.S.  CHURCH  SERVICE 
BOY  SCOUTS  OF  AMERICA 


will  be  released  through  local 
council  offices.  All  units  coming  to 
the  encampment  must  register  their 
members  by  May  15, 1947.  Applica- 
tions should  be  forwarded  to  their 
local  Scout  offices  and  then  to  the 
Pioneer  Centennial  Scout  Camp 
headquarters  at  50  North  Main 
Street,  Salt  Lake  City  1,  Utah.  A 
registration  fee  of  five  dollars  a 
Scout  or  Senior  Scout  should  accom- 
pany the  application. 

Senior  Scout  Camp  and 
Rendezvous 

special  area  will  be  provided  for 
a  separate  Senior  Scout  Camp  so 
that  they  can  demonstrate  the  three 
phases  of  the  program  and  mingle 
and  work  with  other  young  men  of 
like  interests.  An  unusual  feature  of 


A 


the  camp  will  be  a  special  sunrise 
rendezvous  for  only  Senior  Scouts  to 
be  held  on  Donner  Hill,  located  one 
mile  from  the  Centennial  Camp. 

The  scoutmaster  or  unit  leader 
will  be  the  executive  officer  of  the 
unit,  assisted  by  two  assistants,  and 
junior  leadership. 

Featured  in  the  program  will  be 
many  events  noteworthy  of  the  cen- 
tennial and  scouting:  A  gigantic 
campfire  flavored  with  outstanding 
stunts;  scouting  calvacade  pageant; 
centennial  Scouts  on  parade  through 
the  streets  of  Salt  Lake  City  with 
thirty  bands;  a  tabernacle  program 
featuring  the  world-famed  organ 
and  presentation  of  Church,  region- 
al, and  national  Scout  leaders;  two 
gigantic  centennial  evening  parades 
depicting  the  history  and  develop- 
ment of  Utah  and  the  West;  partici- 
pation in  the  "This  Is  The  Place" 
monument  dedication;  plus  many 
centennial  features  and  scouting  ac- 
tivities. 

rPHE  Sixth  World  Jamboree  will  be 
held  August  1947,  in  France,  on 
a  large  estate  at  Moisson  on  the  Riv- 
er Seine,  sixty  miles  from  Paris.  The 
French  Jamboree  Association  is  now 
well  along  in  its  program  of  prepara- 
tion and  is  planning  this  world 
brotherhood  encampment  of  some 
40,000  foreign  and  French  Scouts 
and  leaders.  Full  particulars  will  be 
released  through  local  council  of- 
fices. 

As  scouting  "Builds  for  Tomor- 
row," we  must  build  on  good  solid 
foundations. 

The  sun  never  sets  on  the  Boy 

Scout  or  on  his  "good  turn"  and  his 

( Concluded  on  page  51) 


—Illustrated  by  Nelson  White 


JANUARY  1947 


21 


itanms 

OF  THE 

WEST 


From  the  Church  Authorities 
came  a  call  for  Jane  Walton's 
son,  Charles,  to  join  with  about 
a  dozen  families,  all  to  leave  their 
comfortable  homes  in  Bluff,  and 
make  an  entirely  new  settlement  in 
the  Blue  Mountain  region,  now 
known  as  Monticello,  Utah.  To  issue 
such  a  call  to  Jane's  son,  was 
equivalent  to  commanding  Jane  to  go 
also,  for  Charles  was  under  twenty, 
and  her  mother  love  would  never 
permit  her  to  see  him  start  for  the 
wilderness  alone. 

Looking  backward  over  her  life,  it 
seemed  to  Jane  as  if  change  after 
change  had  occurred.  First,  when 
she  was  a  tiny  child  living  in  Scot- 
land, her  mother,  on  becoming  con- 
verted by  a  "Mormon''  missionary 
to  his  faith,  determined  to  journey  to 
the  United  States  to  join  the  Church 
group  there.  Shortly  after  her  arriv- 
al, the  "Mormons"  decided  to  leave 
Illinois,  where  they  were  persecuted 
and  unwanted,  and  search  for  a  new 
place  in  which  to  live.  Their  hope 
was  to  find  a  place  where  they  would 
be  able  to  worship  God  according  to 
the  dictates  of  their  consciences.Then 
it  was  that  the  journey  was  made  to 
the  Salt  Lake  valley — a  desert  wil- 
derness. Little  Jane,  though  barely 
six  years  old,  trudged  at  her  moth- 
er's side  the  entire  distance,  since  the 
wagons  were  too  full  of  household 
goods  and  the  provisions  for  her  to 
ride.  On  this  journey  of  some 
months,  filled  with  hardship  and 
privation,  Jane  learned  her  first  les- 
sons in  courage  and  endurance. 

Again  on  reaching  the  valley, 
there  were  many  difficult  experiences 
which  further  inured  Jane  to  hard- 
ship and  rounded  out  her  character. 
She  remained  at  Salt  Lake  City  until 
she  married,  when  once  again  migra- 
tion was  in  order.  She  and  her  hus- 
band were  counseled  by  the  Church 
Authorities,  first  to  settle  Woodruff, 
then  Bluff.  They  ever  were  obedient 
to  counsel.  Now  another  change 
22 


&  06&&W    il'l.  Sherwood 


must  come  since  they  were  deter- 
mined to  accompany  Charles  to  the 
Blue  Mountain  region. 

'T'he  difficulties  of  this  new  settle- 
ment were  manifold.  Because  of 
scant  rainfall,  dry  farming  must  be 
practised.  The  altitude  of  over  seven 
thousand  feet  caused  early  frosts. 
Water  for  household  use  was  diffi- 
cult to  obtain.  Likewise  there  were 
Indians,  but  since  Brigham  Young 
had  taught  his  people  that  it  was  bet- 
ter to  feed  the  Indians  than  to  fight 
them,  the  new  settlers  hoped  to  over- 
come hostility  by  kindness  and  food- 
stuffs. Furthermore,  another  danger 
loomed  as  the  greatest  of  all. 
Throughout  the  country  were  enor- 
mous cattle  ranches,  on  which  many 
of  the  cow  hands  were  fugitives 
from  justice,  both  wild  and  brutal 
in  their  ways.  These  cowboys  re- 
sented any  town  settlement,  as  they 
desired  to  hold  the  entire  valley  for 
grazing  land.  Therefore,  they  came 
often  to  the  settlement,  firing  their 
revolvers  at  the  feet  of  the  new  ar- 
rivals to  make  them  dance,  shooting 
at  the  bell  in  the  schoolhouse  with 
school  in  session,  venturing  always 
as  near  murder  as  they  dared. 

There  were  no  doctors,  nurses,  or 
hospital.  If  someone  broke  a  bone, 
one  of  their  number,  Edward  Hyde 
by  name,  though  untrained,  set  it  as 
best  he  could.  If  someone  fell  ill,  the 
elders  anointed  him  with  oil,  laid  on 
hands,  and  offered  prayer.  There 
was  one  digression  from  this  Spartan 
attitude,  and  one  only.  A  woman 
was  sent  from  Salt  Lake  City  to  train 
one  of  their  number  as  a  midwife. 
Yet  they  had  supreme  comfort  in  all 
their  tribulations  through  their  pro- 
found belief  in  God  and  the  power 
of  prayer.  In  reading  accounts  of 
early  Utah  experiences,  one  finds 
that  many  human  ailments  and  many 


a  dire  situation  were  cured  by  pray- 
er.  This,  then,  was  the  new  life  into 
which  Jane  Walton  and  those  who 
accompanied  her  were  plunged. 

To  overcome  scant  rainfall,  the 
men  settlers  went  on  ahead  in  the 
fall  of  1886,  to  build  irrigation 
ditches  from  the  mountains  to  the 
farming  land,  living  in  tents  while 
doing  this.  In  the  spring,  when  the 
snow  melted  on  the  mountains,  water 
would  flow  into  these  ditches,  giving 
moisture  for  their  crops.  Once  these 
ditches  were  completed,  and  their 
land  ploughed,  the  men  returned  to 
Bluff  for  the  winter  months.  But 
early  spring  found  them  bringing 
their  families,  erecting  log  cabins, 
and  planting  their  crops.  All,  men 
and  women  alike,  toiled  to  make 
these  crops  plentiful. 

'"Time  passed,  and  summer  came. 
One  day  as  Jane  was  hoeing 
beans,  she  was  startled  to  find  a 
young  Indian,  Posey  by  name,  stand- 
ing near.  Posey  didn't  bear  a  very 
good  reputation,  and  Jane  was  alone. 
"Me  hungry,"  ejaculated  Posey, 
"Well,"  parried  Jane,  "if  you  will 
wait  until  I  finish  hoeing  this  row  of 
beans,  I  will  go  into  the  house  and 
get  you  some  food."  "Me  hungry 
now,"  reiterated  Posey  sharply. 
"Well,"  argued  Jane,  "if  you  will 
finish  hoeing  this  row,  Posey,  I  will 
go  at  once."  "Me  no  hoe,  and  me 
hungry  now,"  bellowed  Posey  sav- 
agely; pointing  his  gun  at  Jane, 
he  swore  a  volley  of  terrible  oaths. 

The  insolence  and  profanity  thor- 
oughly angered  Jane,  who,  without 
a  thought  of  consequences,  raised  her 
hoe  and  hit  Posey  over  the  head.  He 
dropped  to  the  ground  unconscious. 
Here  was  a  dilemma!  Jane  wondered 
if  Posey  were  dead,  but  anxious 
though  she  was,  she  kept  on  with  her 
{Concluded  on  page  54) 
THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


SHE  SHALL  LIVE 


&  ^Mlvlvi   *Jj.   cJja 


J 


9 


D 


oes  God  honor  the  promises  of 
his  authorized  servants? 


It  was  a  beautiful  summer  day  in  the 
little  settlement  of  Mount  Pleasant, 
Utah.  The  year  was  1862,  and  the 
little  group  of  Pioneers  had  been  there 
but  three  short  years.  Already  the  place 
had  been  greatly  changed.  The  sage- 
brush and  the  sandstone  boulders  had 
been  cleared  away,  and  many  log  homes 
had  been  built.  Fast  growing  poplar 
trees  were  beginning  to  bring  some 
shade  to  the  walks  along  the  broad  well- 
laid-out  streets.  Every  home  had  its 
vegetable  garden,  and  many  had  young 
apple  orchards.  It  had  taken  hard  toil 
to  subdue  this  little  semidesert  part  of 
the  earth  with  the  very  limited  number 
of  implements  and  tools  these  Pioneers 
had  been  able  to  bring  across  the  plains 
with  them  or  had  obtained  later. 

Just  one  and  a  half  blocks  north  of 
the  partly  built  rock  fort,  which  had 
taken  so  much  hard  labor  to  build,  lived 
Nathan  Staker  and  his  wife,  Eliza.  Be- 
fore two  "Mormon"  missionaries  found 
him,  he  had  been  a  Methodist  minister, 
but  he  recognized  the  voice  of  the  re- 
stored gospel  and  obeyed  it.  He  had 
come  as  a  widower  with  a  large  family 
from  Ontario,  Canada. 

Eliza  Staker,  who  had  been  Eliza 
Burton,  had  heard  and  accepted  the 
gospel  with  her  husband,  Joseph  Bur- 
ton, in  Yorkshire,  England,  and  prom- 
ised him  on  his  deathbed  that  she  would 
bring  their  two  young  children  to  Zion. 
In  spite  of  all  the  opposition  of  her 
prosperous  English  family,  she  had 
kept  that  promise.  In  addition  to  a  hard 
sea  voyage,  she  and  her  children  suf- 
fered the  trials  of  the  Martin  handcart 
company. 

Nathan  and  Eliza  had  met  at  Pleasant 
Grove,  Utah,  and  married  in  1857.  In 
the  spring  of  1 859,  they  moved  with  the 
original  settlers  to  build  their  humble 
home  in  Mount  Pleasant. 

/^\n  this  pleasant  summer  day  in  1862, 
Nathan  had  been  working  with  his 
young  apple  trees.  He  had  planted  an 
acre  of  them,  many  fine  varieties  that 
v/ere  to  be  a  delight  to  his  children  and 
his  grandchildren.  Four-year-old  James 
liked  to  help  his  father  in  the  garden 
and  orchard,  but  his  mother  objected 
to  his  playing  in  the  orchard  because 
of  the  irrigation  ditch  which  ran  through 
it  just  beyond  the  garden  gate.  He  had 
come  in  wet  more  than  once  from  falling 
into  it.  Eliza  kept  a  close  watch  to  see 
that  this  garden  gate  was  always  fas- 
tened because  of  her  toddling  little  Eliza 
Jane,  who  was  only  eighteen  months 

JANUARY  1947 


old  and  who  also  liked  to  follow  her 
father. 

After  his  noonday  meal  and  chores, 
Nathan  went  back  to  his  work  in  the 
orchard.  He  did  not  notice  that  little 
Eliza  Jane  had  followed  him.  Perhaps 
she  was  just  a  minute  or  two  behind 
him. 

Eliza  soon  missed  her  baby  and  be- 
gan to  look  for  her.  The  little  girl  was 
not  around  the  house  or  garden,  so  Eliza 
called  to  her  husband.  The  baby  was 
not  with  him,  and  he  hadn't  seen  her; 
it  was  very  unusual  for  her  to  be  lost, 
so  he  went  to  help  look  for  her.  They 
made  a  search  of  their  premises  but 
didn't  find  her.  They  went  to  their 
neighbor's,  and  soon  the  whole  neigh- 
borhood joined  in  the  search  without 
success.  Then  someone  thought  of  the 
irrigation  ditch.  Brother  Staker  hurried 
through  the  garden  gate  to  the  little 
footbridge  and  followed  the  ditch  down 
to  the  lower  end  of  the  orchard.  There, 
floating  in  the  water,  and  lodged  against 
the  dam  which  Henry  Wilcox  had 
made  to  divert  the  water  to  his  garden, 
he  found  the  motionless  body  of  his 
baby  girl.  He  lifted  her  quickly  out  of 
the  water  and  hurried  to  the  house. 
Nathan,  his  wife,  and  the  neighbors 
used  every  method  known  to  them  to 
revive  little  Eliza  Jane,  but  failed. 

During  the  excitement  some  of  the 
group  had  seen  a  white-topped  buggy 
go  by.  There  was  only  one  carriage 
like  that  in  the  county,  and  everyone 
knew  it  belonged  to  Apostle  Orson 
Hyde,  commonly  known  as  Elder  Hyde, 
who  lived  in  Spring  City,  five  miles  to 
the  south.  At  Nathan's  request,  a 
neighbor  went  on  horseback  to  over- 
take him  and  ask  him  to  return  and  ad- 
minister to  the  child.  On  his  return, 
Elder  Hyde  walked  slowly  through  the 
garden  to  the  little  two-room  log  home 
and  past  tear-stained  faces  to  where  he 
was  shown  the  body  of  little  Eliza. 
Nathan  asked  him  if  he  would  admin- 
ister to  his  little  girl  and  call  her  back 
to  life. 

Orson  Hyde  examined  the  little  body 
in  silence.  He  could  detect  no  pulse, 
and  no  beat  of  the  tiny  heart.  The  body 
was  getting  cold. 

"How  long  was  the  little  girl  in  the 
water?"  he  asked. 

Brother  Staker  examined  his  watch. 
"It's  just  about  an  hour  since  I  went  to 
the  orchard,  and  I  suppose  she  followed 
me. 

"I  am  very  sorry,  Brother  and  Sister 


Staker,  but  I  have  examined  your  baby 
thoroughly,  and  she  is  dead,"  said  Elder 
Hyde,  "and  it  isn't  pleasing  in  the  sight 
of  the  Lord  that  we  should  try  to  bring 
back  our  dead  after  he  has  called  them 
home." 

Nathan  was  quite  disturbed  by  this 
statement  and  answered,  "Elder  Hyde, 
I  have  always  tried  to  bow  to  the  will 
of  the  Lord  in  all  things,  and  am  willing 
to  now,  but  one  thing  troubles  me  very 
much.  Soon  after  our  little  girl  was 
born  a  year  and  a  half  ago,  we  took  her 
to  Bishop  Seeley  to  give  her  a  blessing 
and  a  name.  I  gave  her  that  blessing 
myself,  and  I  distinctly  remember  that 
I  promised  her  that  she  should  grow  to 
womanhood  and  become  a  mother  in 
Israel.  I  sincerely  believe  that  such 
promises  made  by  the  authority  of  the 
priesthood  will  be  fulfilled,  but  now — " 
he  broke  off  and  gestured  helplessly. 

"In  that  case,"  Brother  Hyde  an- 
swered, "I  will  ask  God  to  restore  your 
little  girl  to  life  again,  and  if  that  prom- 
ise was  made  in  the  spirit  of  faith  and 
righteousness,  she  shall  live  again  to 
fulfil  it." 

The  exact  words  that  Orson  Hyde 
uttered  in  his  administration  to  little 
Eliza  Staker  at  that  time  are  not  re- 
corded or  remembered,  but  he  called 
her  back  to  life,  and  she  came.  The 
next  day  she  was  playing  with  her  little 
homemade  toys  again,  toys  which  by 
comparison  with  those  of  today  would 
seem  crude,  but  which  were  very  dear 
to  her. 

She  did  live  to  womanhood,  and  be- 
came a  mother!  She  married  Eli  A. 
Day,  a  young  schoolteacher  who  had 
been  chosen  in  those  days  of  com- 
munity planning  (the  70's)  to  go  to 
the  University  of  Deseret  and  study,  to 
introduce  new  methods  of  teaching  in 
the  Mount  Pleasant  school.  To  them 
were  born  thirteen  children,  ten  of 
whom  survive  today  and  who  are  all 
active  in  the  Church.  Eli  A.  Day  died 
in  November  1943,  at  the  age  of  eighty- 
seven,  but  Eliza  Jane  Staker  Day  is  still 
alive  and  in  her  eighty-sixth  year.  She 
lives  at  Fairview,  Utah,  where  she  and 
her  husband  made  their  home  in  1886. 

The  fourth  generation  of  Eliza  Jane 
Staker  Day's  family  is  becoming  nu- 
merous; she  now  has  fifty-two  living 
great-grandchildren.  This  aged  lady  has 
answered  well  to  the  sacred  promise 
made  to  her  by  her  pioneer  father.  She 
has  lived  a  long  life  of  love,  devotion, 
and  self-denial. 

23 


By  RICHARD  L  EVANS 


pate  &m 


T_Teard  from  the  "Crossroads  of  the  West"  with  the  Salt 
*  Lake  Tabernacle  Choir  and  Organ  over  a  nationwide  radio 
network  through  ksl  and  the  columbia  broadcasting  system 
every  Sunday  at  11:30  a.m.  Eastern  Time,  10:30  a.m.  Central 
Time,  9:30  a.  m.  Mountain  Time,  and  8:30  a.  m.  Pacific  Time. 


\-Jn  L^auina  (L-vll  bu  ^rti  r\lakt   r(ame         <=Jjevotee5  or  <dJefamatL 


A  LL  this  may  have  been  long  ago— and  it  may  not  have 
been  just  as  it  now  appears  to  have  been — but  we  seem 
to  have  remembered  or  to  have  read  of  a  time  when  the 
demarcation  between  good  and  evil  was  more  sharply 
defined  and  better  understood  than  it  now  sometimes  seems 
to  be.  Perhaps  it  was  not  so  at  all.  Perhaps  only  distance 
gives  it  that  appearance.  But  in  those  days — call  them  old- 
fashioned,  call  them  puritanical,  or  call  them  what  you  will 
— from  this  distance  it  would  seem  that  there  was  a  reason- 
ably well-marked  borderline,  each  side  of  which  was  known 
for  what  it  was.  Now  all  this — if  it  be  true — had  its  incon- 
sistencies, to  be  sure;  for  perhaps  no  man  is  wholly  bad 
and  no  man  is  wholly  blameless,  and  perhaps  no  line,  how- 
ever sharp,  can  always  draw  the  mark  between  them.  But 
this  fact  must  not  be  ignored:  As  long  as  evil  appears  in 
its  true  colors,  as  long  as  it  is  known  for  what  it  is,  and  as 
long  as  those  who  tamper  with  it,  do  so  with  their  eyes  open, 
the  number  who  touch  it  will  be  smaller.  A  bare-faced 
evil  issues  its  own  warning.  But  evil  that  is  permitted  to 
hide  behind  polished  fronts  and  chromium  trimmings  and 
glamorous  names  is  more  dangerous  and  more  deadly  than 
the  bare-faced  variety.  False  things  so  often  like  to 
masquerade  in  the  appearance  of  respectability.  It  gives 
them  admittance  and  acceptance  in  places  to  which  they 
could  not  otherwise  go.  And  whenever  we  let  a  thing  of 
evil  take  on  the  appearance  of  respectability,  we  have  ad- 
vanced its  cause  immeasurably,  because  we  have  then  re- 
moved from  it  one  of  its  most  feared  penalties — the  penalty 
of  moral  condemnation.  Strip  from  evil  its  polished  fronts, 
its  deceptive  appearance,  its  false  glamor,  and  paint  it  in 
its  true  colors,  and  we  shall  have  less  difficulty  with  a 
growing  and  impressionable  generation  of  young  people. 
But  once  let  it  acquire  a  respectable  guise,  and  it  becomes 
difficult  to  distinguish,  difficult  to  discourage.  Whatever 
else  we  may  do  with  evil,  let's  not  give  it  the  face  of 
respectability. 

— November  3,  1946. 


amauon 

Tt  would  seem  that  there  are  always  among  us  some  who 
find  pleasure  or  profit  in  defaming  the  character  of  others. 
And  those  who  are  so  inclined  don't  always  confine  their 
activities  to  people  they  know.  They  are  often  disposed  to 
undermine  people  they  have  never  known,  and  to  presume 
knowledge  they  have  never  had.  From  such  malicious  at- 
tacks it  is  often  difficult  to  protect  a  man's  good  name  while 
yet  he  lives,  and  often  more  difficult  after  he  is  dead.  There 
are  those  who  would  represent  every  deed  of  nobility  and 
of  heroism,  every  personal  sacrifice,  every  appearance  of 
righteousness,  and  every  act  of  altruism  as  fraud  and 
hypocrisy.  It  is  true  that  the  motives  that  make  history  are 
often  complex.  It  is  true  that  there  are  no  perfect  men. 
And  it  is  true  that  those  who  focus  attention  upon  imper- 
fections will  always  find  them.  Notwithstanding  this,  hon- 
est and  sincere  men,  living  and  dead,  would  seem  to  be 
entitled  to  some  protection,  as  to  their  lives  and  their 
memories,  from  the  devotees  of  defamation,  who  peddle 
opinions  about  things  of  which  they  know  little  and  care 
less,  so  long  as  it  is  popular  or  profitable,  or  serves  their 
purpose.  Of  course,  groundless  gossip,  irresponsible  mis- 
representation, and  cynical  assumption  cannot  change  the 
record  of  a  man's  life  nor  alter  the  facts  of  history.  Such 
things  do  not  hurt  the  past,  but  they  may  hurt  the  present 
and  the  future,  by  destroying  faith  and  discrediting  ideals. 
Often,  perhaps,  those  who  find  malicious  pleasure  or  mali- 
cious purpose  in  defaming  character  or  in  destroying  con- 
fidence, are,  in  fact,  expressing  something  that  lies  within 
their  own  souls.  Knowing  their  own  lives  and  motives,  it 
may  be  that  they  find  it  difficult  to  impute  higher  motives 
to  others.  Knowing  the  purposes  they  serve,  it  may  be 
that  they  find  it  difficult  to  concede  an  honest  idealism  to 
anyone.  But  whatever  the  causes  and  whatever  the  result, 
the  commandment  "Thou  shalt  not  bear  false  witness"1  is 
still  on  the  statutes,  both  as  to  men  and  events,  and  as  to 
the  present  and  the  past. 

]Exodus  20:16  — November  17,  1946. 


24 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Jn  Jakino-  Jhinas  ^sor  L/ranUd 


T^here  are  times,  no  doubt,  when  all  of  us  are  moved 
by  gratitude,  and  there  are  times  when  all  of  us  be- 
come careless  and  indifferent  to  our  blessings.  A  favor 
that  someone  does  for  us  the  first  time  is  almost  always 
appreciated.  But  a  favor  received  a  number  of  times 
may  soon  become  a  matter  of  commonplace  expectancy 
or  even  a  source  of  disgruntled  complaint  if  it  fails  to 
be  repeated  or  is  slow  in  arriving.  Blessings  which  have 
been  showered  upon  us,  often  come  to  be  looked  upon 
as  a  continuing  right.  So  many  things  we  take  for  granted : 
health — until  we  lose  it;  food — until  it  is  difficult  to  get; 
life — until  it  hangs  in  doubt — and  many  things  besides — 
but  we  must  not :  not  the  harvest  of  the  year,  nor  our  daily 
bread,  nor  the  comfort  of  home,  nor  the  love  of  those  who 
wait  there— nor  the  blessings  of  God — nor  life  itself.  Nor 
must  we  expect  to  receive  without  giving,  to  prosper  with- 
out working,  to  inherit  without  deserving.  And  so,  taking 
nothing  for  granted,  we  voice  gratitude  for  all  our  blessings, 
naming  but  a  few:  We  are  thankful  that  men  may  speak 
their  minds;  that  the  right  to  vote  means  something;  that 
public  opinion  and  moral  force  are  factors  in  fashioning 
our  way  of  life,  and  that  none  are  beyond  their  reach — 
not  even  those  who  may  have  supposed  themselves  to  be 
above  law  or  bigger  than  the  welfare  of  a  nation.  We 
are  grateful  for  comforts  and  conveniences,  but  more 
grateful  for  the  measure  of  freedom  that  has  survived  in 
a  world  where  much  has  not  survived.  We  are  thankful 
for  the  promise  of  the  future,  and  for  our  conviction  that 
it  holds  no  problem  too  great  to  be  surmounted  by  think- 
ing, working,  reasoning  men.  For  these  and  all  other 
blessings  we  give  gratitude  to  God,  our  Father,  and  earnest- 
ly hope  we  may  never  take  them  for  granted,  for  it  is  ex- 
ceedingly hazardous  to  abuse  or  to  take  for  granted  any 
right  or  privilege  or  blessing.  -November  24,  1946. 


To  visit  the  fatherless  and  widows  in  their  affliction, 
and  to  keep  himself  unspotted  from  the  world."1  These  few 
words,  of  course,  make  no  claim  to  completeness.  There 
are  many  things  to  be  done  besides;  and  even  James,  who 
wrote  them,  would  and  did  add  more — but  the  principle  is 
here  proclaimed  that  religion  is  more  than  doctrine  and 
dogma:  that  it  is  something  to  be  worked  at,  not  merely 
thought  of — -something  to  be  done,  not  merely  talked  about 
— something  to  be  lived,  not  merely  printed  and  read  or 
spoken  and  heard.  Also  here  implied  is  the  inconsistency 
of  trafficking  in  questionable  things  on  weekdays  and  sitting 
in  high  places  on  Sundays.  This  would  hardly  be  religion 
"pure  and  undefiled"  and  keeping  oneself  "unspotted  from 
the  world."  Whenever  we  cannot  take  our  Sabbath  ethics 
and  morals  and  ideals  with  us  into  our  weekday  business, 
we  would  do  well  to  look  critically  at  our  business.  When- 
ever we  cannot  take  our  Sunday  professions  into  our  every- 
day life,  we  would  do  well  to  make  some  self-examina- 
tion. Whenever  we  cannot  take  the  standards  and  prin- 
ciples of  our  religion  with  us  into  our  social  activities,  we 
would  do  well  to  scrutinize,  and  perchance  to  revise,  some 
of  the  things  we  are  doing.  Religion  is  something  to  con- 
dition the  whole  of  life — not  merely  the  Sabbath  and  the 
special  occasions.  And  if  it  does  less  than  this,  either  there 
is  less  in  our  belief  than  there  should  be,  or  less  in  our 
practice  than  our  belief  deserves.  To  quote  James  again  in 
closing:  "But  be  ye  doers  of  the  word,  and  not  hearers 
only.  ...  If  any  man  among  you  seem  to  be  religious  . . .  but 
deceiveth  his  own  heart,  this  man's  religion  is  vain."8  In 
short,  however  it  may  be  denned,  either  our  religion  works 
in  our  lives  or  it  doesn't,  and  if  it  doesn't,  there  is  something 
lacking  in  it  or  in  us.  Assuredly,  religion  has  much  to  do 
with  heaven,  but  assuredly  it  has  also  much  to  do  with 
earth.  —November  10,  1946. 


'James  1 :27 
sjames  1 :22.  26 


f\euaion  and  cLlfe 


Copyright,  1947 


uaion  am 

T(Tany  definitions  have  been  given  of  religion. 

There  is  little  to  be  gained  by  adding 
to  them,  but  we    should  like  to  quote 
again     from    one    of    those     most 
often    quoted:     "Pure    religion 
and   undefiled  before  God 
and  the  Father  is  this, 


JANUARY  1947 


25 


Green  Hill 
Far  Away 

JL  Losamay  was  sitting  on 
the  top  log  of  the  sawmill  wall. 
Mostly,  it  was  fun  to  sit  up  here,  but 
there  was  no  fun  anywhere  in  the 
world  today,  she  told  herself  miser- 
ably. To  the  east  the  mountains 
were  piling  up  blue  shadows,  and 
she  couldn't  see  a  Green  Hill  among 
them  no  matter  how  hard  she 
'magined.  If  she  could  find  her 
Green  Hill,  she  might  get  shed  of 
this  emptiness  inside.  She  might 
even  know  why  she  heard  things  in- 
stead of  playing  outside,  or  why 
Ma's  mouth  was  so  tight  she  couldn't 
talk,  or  why  Pa  had  to  make  a  living 
so  he  couldn't  put  roofs  on  houses. 
'Course,  she  could  get  by  if  she  just 
knew  that  Pa  would  come  home 
again.  The  emptiness  twisted — 
hard. 

"Come  on  down.  We're  going  to 
play  'chooses.'  " 

Below,  inside  the  walls,  a  circle  of 
playmates  was  waiting  for  her  to 
join  them.  She  shook  her  head.  She 
had  only  one  choose,  and  wild 
horses  couldn't  drag  it  out  of  her. 

Eunice  looked  up  and  stuck  out 
her  tongue.  "Stuck-up." 

"You  quit  calling  my  sister  stuck- 
up,"  Lena  demanded.  Lena  was  a 
year  older  than  Rosamay. 

"Then  why  don't  she  play  with 


<J-Jorothu   L^lapp 


us?" 

"She  likes  to  think." 

"She's  stuck-up,  that's  what.  Ma 
says  it  is  her  fancy  name." 

Rosamay  heard,  and  the  ache 
twisted  harder.  Maybe  it  was  her 
name.  If  her  name  was,  well,  Han- 
nar,  she  might  have  been  out  play- 
ing and  wouldn't  have  heard.  If  she 
hadn't  heard,  she  would  have  be- 
lieved Pa  when  he  said  he  was  going 
to  Conejos  for  flour.  He  wouldn't — 
he  couldn't — but  she  had  heard  what 
she  had  heard.  She  wiggled,  trying 
to  find  a  comfortable  position  on  the 
log. 

She  was  glad  Pa  hadn't  finished 
this  building.  Well,  she  was  a  little 
bit  glad.  'Cause,  if  he  had  finished 
it,  Ma  wouldn't  be  going  back  to 
26 


Sanpete  County,  and  Pa  would  have 
been  back  from  Conejos  two  days 
ago. 

A  he  mill  was  bigger  than 
the  two  rooms  they  lived  in.  Pa  had 
snaked  the  logs  from  the  canyon 
above  Costilla  and  laid  them  to  the 
square,  but  there  had  never  been  a 
roof.  A  house  without  a  roof  was 
no  good,  so  Pa  had  turned  it  into  a 
sawmill  to  cut  lumber  for  the  next 
house  he  was  going  to  build;  but  the 
lumber  had  gone  to  pay  debts;  and 
the  jagged-toothed  saw  had  been 
traded  off.  Even  the  sawdust  had 
been  hauled  away  to  cellars  to 
smother  great  blocks  of  ice. 

Albert's  shrill  voice  broke  through 
her  dreaming.  His  "choose"  was  al- 
ways "In  Our  Lovely."  Rosamay 
liked  it,  too. 

Tea  and   coffee   and  tobacco  they 
despise, 


Illustrated  by 

}ohn  Henrg  Evans,  Jr. 


Drink  no  liquor,  and  they  eat 
But  a  very  little  meat — 

That  told  something.  She  knew 
about  tea  and  coffee,  for  the  old 
man  at  the  "rese'voy"  had  them.  She 
wasn't  sure  about  liquor  'cept  it  was 
something  Satan  put  out  to  snare  the 
Saints,  but  meat — why  was  that  in 
the  song?  Why  couldn't  she  eat 
plenty  of  meat?  Goodness  knows 
she  didn't  get  the  chance  very  often. 

The  singing  below  had  changed  to 
"Oh,  I  had  such  a  pretty  dream. 
Mama."  She  twisted  about  to  see, 
and  a  piece  of  bark  fell  into  the  cir- 
cle. All  eyes  were  turned  to  her. 

"Tell  us  yours  now,"  Eunice 
called.  "We  are  all  through  with 
songs  but  yours." 

"Hurry."    Eunice  was  impatient. 

"Your  cross-your-heart-and-hope- 
to-die  one,"  Jared  demanded. 

That  wasn't  fair.  Rosamay's  lips 
went  a  little  like  Ma's.  She'd  never, 
never  tell  her  cross-your-heart  song. 
If  she  did,  she  would  have  to  tell 
why,  and  then  they  would  call  her 
worse  than  stuck-up.   Besides,  there 

THE   IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


was  no  way  to  tell  why  she  liked 
Green  Hill  Far  Away."  She  didn't 
even  know  the  words  of  it,  but  most 
of  the  time  the  hill  was  clear  as 
anything  in  her  mind.  Its  slopes 
were  smooth  and  velvety  green.  She 
looked  around.  There  was  Ute 
Mountain  to  the  south.  No-o,  it  was 
more  blue  than  green,  and  the  row 
of  pines  along  its  skyline  looked  like 
giant  knitting  needles.  No.  Ute 
Mountain  was  there,  and  she 
couldn't  'magine  about  it.  It  was 
quarrels  in  the  night  and  roofless 
houses.  It  was  no  meat  and  tight 
lips.  "Green  Hill  Far  Away"  was 
different.  On  a  Green  Hill  thoughts 
would  come  into  words,  and  no  one 
would  laugh,  or  call  "stuck-up"!  On 
a  Green  Hill  Ma  would  smile  and 
Pa  wouldn't  run  away  from  his 
family. 

"Are  you  asleep?"  Jared  called. 

Rosamay  started  to  answer  but 
didn't.  This  was  terrible;  she  just 
couldn't  tell  them. 

"Come  on  down,  Rosamay,"  Lena 
came  to  her  rescue.  "It's  time  to  do 
chores." 

That  reminded  the  others  of  their 
chores.  After  many  words  and  much 
lingering  they  went  their  way.  Only 
Lena  was  left. 

"Come  on,  Slowpoke.  Ma  will 
give  us  a  spanking  if  we  leave  our 
chores  again." 

Rosamay  struggled  to  her  feet. 
She  just  couldn't  leave  until  there 
was  some  sign  of  Pa.  She  looked  to 
the  west.  There  was  nothing  com- 
ing but  night.  It  always  sneaked  up 
to  Warren's  hill  then  dropped,  and 
suddenly  every  hollow  and  hiding 
place  along  the  creek  was  filled,  and 
it  started  climbing  out  of  the  bottoms 
and  reaching  for  the  sawmill. 

"Come  on."  Lena  stamped  her 
feet  in  anger. 

Rosamay  began  walking  along  the 
wall  balancing  herself  with  her  out- 
spread arms.  If  she  fell  she  might 
break  a  leg,  but  if  she  made  it  clean 
around  without  slipping,  her  wish 
would  come  true.  She  had  said  her 
secret  prayer,  but  she  might  as  well 
try  everything.  She  made  it  and 
stopped  with  her  eyes  closed  to  make 
her  wish.  When  she  opened  them 
again,  there  was  still  nothing  on  the 
road. 


W, 


fhen  at  last  they  crept 
hand-in-hand  to  the  kitchen  door, 
Ma  didn't  seem  to  know  they  were 
there.  She  had  the  rocking  chair 
outside  and  was  rocking  the  baby  to 

JANUARY  1947 


sleep.  If  Pa  promised  a  spanking, 
they  could  count  on  his  forgetting, 
but  Ma  never  forgot.  They  waited. 

"Should  we — should  we  do  our 
chores?" 

Ma's  head  came  up.  "Of  course 
do  your  chores." 

"Do  we  have  to?"  Lena  took 
heart.  "Maybe  Pa  will  do  them 
when  he  gets  home." 

"No."  Her  voice  wasn't  natural, 
and  she  rocked  so  hard  she  nearly 
woke  the  baby. 

"Can  we  just  close  the  yard 
gate?" 

"No.  Close  the  coop  door,  too.  I 
don't  want  skunks  or  coyotes  getting 
my  hens." 

Holding  hands  again  they  started 
for  the  chicken  yard.  It  was  fenced 
with  willows  woven  between  barbed 
wire.  Once  inside  they  had  to  feel 
their  way,  for  the  high  willows  kept 
out  the  fading  light.  As  Lena  closed 
the  coop  door,  the  chickens  stirred 
sleepily. 

When  they  got  back  to  the  rocker 
again,  Ma  had  put  the  baby  to  bed 
and  was  knitting.  Rosamay  never 
got  over  the  wonder  of  Ma's  knit- 
ting. Even  when  she  couldn't  see  her 
fingers,  she  could  hear  the  clicking 
of  her  needles.  Lena  went  inside  to 
eat  her  bread  and  milk,  but  Rosamay 
sat  down  on  the  doorstep  with  her 
elbow  on  her  knee,  chin  in  hand. 
The  moon  came  up  over  the  east 
hills,  and  Ma's  needles  made  an 
awful  racket  in  the  silence.  Lena 
blew  out  the  light  and  went  to  bed. 
Sand  gathered  in  Rosamay's  eyes, 
and  Ma  forgot  to  knit.  They  sat 
and  sat. 

Rosamay  dozed  and  sat  up  with 
a  start.  "There  he  is.  I  hear  him 
whistling." 

Ma  was  listening,  too;  then  plain- 
er than  day  they  heard  Pa  whistling 
and  the  crunch  of  wheels  on  sand. 
Ma's  face  broke  up  like  she  was  go- 
ing to  cry.  Instead,  she  spoke. 

"Start  the  fire,  quick."  She 
brushed  past  Rosamay  on  her  way  to 
the  kitchen. 

In  a  matter  of  seconds  the  fire  was 
burning  briskly.  One  thing  about 
Pa,  he  always  had  plenty  of  cedar 
wood  chopped.  As  she  worked, 
Rosamay  hummed  happily.  Shame 
on  her  for  thinking  Pa  had  meant 
what  he'd  said.  Ma's  face  looked 
just  like  her  wedding  picture  that 
was  on  the  organ.  The  flour  mush 
was  made,  the  table  set,  and  every- 
thing ready,  but  still  he  didn't  come 


in,  so  Rosamay  went  out  to  meet 
him. 

The  moon  purposely  brightened 
the  hill,  the  road,  and  the  corral  just 
to  show  they  were  empty.  Empty 
and  lonely!  Not  a  sign  of  man  or 
team!  Rosamay  was  afraid  to 
breathe,  for  the  only  sound  in  the 
world  came  from  some  crickets  under 
the  house.  As  she  waited,  a  dog 
howled.  She  shivered.  A  dog  al- 
ways points  his  nose  to  the  moon 
and  howls  before  a  death  in  the  fam- 
ily.   It  was  Dunn's  dog,  but  still — 

"You  did  hear  him,  didn't  you?" 

Rosamay  jumped.  Ma  was  stand- 
ing beside  her,  very  stiff  and 
straight. 

"Uh-huh.  I  heard  him  whistling, 
and  I  heard  the  wagon  wheels  on  the 
sand." 

"I  heard  him  whistling."  Each 
word  stood  out  by  itself,  and  while 
they  waited,  the  dog  howled  again. 
Suddenly  the  stiffness  went  out  of 
Ma,  and  she  stumbled  back  inside. 
Rosamay  wanted  to  say,  "Don't 
worry.  Pa  won't  leave  us,"  but  Pa 
was  hot-headed,  and  maybe  he  had 
already  left  them;  and  words  would 
not  crowd  past  the  thickness  in  her 
throat.  Maybe — maybe  he — he 
wasn't  even  alive.  Hearing  him 
whistling  and  the  dogs  howling 
were  bad  signs. 

In  the  night  Rosamay 
dreamed  she  could  see  her  Green 
Hill,  but  every  time  she  tried  to 
reach  it,  the  sawmill  was  in  the  way. 
She  tried  to  go  through  the  mill,  but 
it  was  dark,  and  inside  someone  was 
sobbing.  She  woke  damp  with  per- 
spiration. 

In  the  morning  her  dream  was 
gone.  So  was  Ma's  friendliness,  but 
her  eyes  were  red  and  swollen  like 
she  had  been  out  in  the  wind.  She 
banged  things  right  and  left,  and 
even  scolded  little  Chris  when  he 
fell  down  and  hurt  himself.  Rosa- 
may went  to  the  sawmill,  but  she 
couldn't  stand  to  look  west  to  an 
empty  road,  and  when  she  looked 
east  or  south  all  she  could  see  was 
Ute  Mountain. 

By  evening  Ma  was  quiet.  Rosa- 
may could  understand  a  quiet  Ma, 
for  she  never  talked  much,  but  not 
this  kind  of  quiet.  She  was  glad 
when  it  was  time  to  go  to  bed. 

The  next  morning  she  sat  up  in 
bed  just  as  the  sun  was  peeping 
through  the  east  window.  Ma  was 
shaking  Lena. 

{Continued  on  page  52) 
17 


a 


ewievi 


HCC065 


Teachers  have  often  asked  me, 
"How  can  I  help  my  students 
become  more  religious?"  My 
answer  is  always,  "By  being  a  re- 
ligious person  yourself,  one  who 
thinks,  talks,  acts,  and  lives  as  a  re- 
ligious man,  and  whose  life  is  an  in- 
spiration to  youth.  Cultivate  a 
friendship  with  your  students  so  that 
they  find  you  and  the  kind  of  life 
you  are  living  appealing.  Stimulate 
them  to  learn  more  about  the  reli- 
gious life;  help  them  to  be  critical  of 
themselves  and  to  pass  judgment  on 
their  mistakes;  keep  on  living  with 
them  according  to  the  ideals  you 
talk  about.  Make  of  your  classroom 
a  small  community  in  which  the 
students  not  only  learn  subject  mat- 
ter but  also  learn  to  live  effectively 
with  one  another." 

How  may  we  create  such  an  ideal 
classroom  situation?  In  the  first 
place,  the  teacher  assumes  the  role  of 
learner.  He  explores  with  the  stu- 
dents the  highways  and  byways  of 
the  problem  so  that  the  goal  is  not 
missed.  This  means  thorough  prep- 
aration on  the  part  of  the  teacher. 
He  must  have  a  comprehensive 
knowledge  of  the  subject  at  hand 
and  much  interesting  information  to 
contribute.  Only  then  will  real  think- 
ing on  the  part  of  the  group  be 
stimulated. 

While  no  two  teachers  will  neces- 
sarily do  or  say  exactly  the  same 
thing  in  the  classroom,  certain  prin- 
ciples of  action  must  appear  if  the 
desired  results  are  to  be  attained. 
The  effective  teacher  is  firm  in  ex- 
pecting cooperation;  he  is  sympathet- 
ic in  his  understanding  of  individ- 
ual problems;  he  has  the  ability  to 
secure  the  good  will  of  his  students; 
he  tries  to  be  fair  in  his  judgment, 
and  he  senses  when  to  grant  privi- 
leges and  when  to  withhold  them. 

Not  only  does  the  skilful  teacher 
carefully  plan  his  program  of  activi- 
ties but  in  the  planning,  as  well  as  in 
the  teaching,  he  also  recognizes  the 
differences  in  the  ability  of  individu- 
als. He  realizes  that  students  do  not 
work  at  the  same  rate  nor  do  they 
achieve  equal  results,  but  each  in- 
dividual makes  his  contribution,  con- 
fident that  his  teacher  understands 
and  is  satisfied  if  he  is  doing  his  best. 
28 


IN  THE  CLASSROOM 


v->ennt,on 

SUPERINTENDENT,  SALT  LAKE  CITY  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 


Assignments  for  groups  in  the  class 
are  noticeably  different  in  quantity 
and  in  content,  but  provide  for  ev- 
eryone from  the  weakest  to  the 
ablest.  At  the  same  time,  the  teacher 
keeps  in  mind  individual  needs  and 
talents  to  be  shared.  He  is  not  teach- 
ing subject  matter  but  human  beings 
whose  growth  marks  his  real  success. 

'T'here  is  one  vital  element  in  any 
successful  class:  Interest!  The 
able  teacher  knows  that  the  interest 
of  students  is  the  most  important 
factor  in  learning,  and  he  knows  that 
motivation  is  the  secret  of  interest. 
When  the  curiosity  of  people  is 
aroused,  they  feel  a  need  and  a  de- 
sire to  learn.  Genuine  interest  in 
the  activities  of  the  classroom  leads 
to  active  participation  in  class  dis- 
cussion. It  requires  genuine  teaching 
ability  to  follow  the  shifting  thoughts 
of  youth  and  to  ask  questions  that 
guide  and  at  the  same  time  stimulate 
interest  and  thinking. 

But  how  may  the  teacher  arouse 
and  hold  the  interest  of  his  students? 
As  indicated  above,  part  of  it  lies 
in  the  charm  and  the  inspiration  of 
the  teacher's  own  life.  Much  of  it 
also  lies  in  the  relevance  of  the  sub- 
ject matter  to  the  experiences  of  the 
students. 

The  present  is  always  with  us,  and 
the  future  is  filled  with  uncertainty. 
We  cannot  escape  the  necessity  of 
dealing  with  both  in  our  thinking. 
The  living  situation  and  the  future 
are  always  the  concern  of  our  stu- 
dents. Must  we  not  make  this  the 
starting  point  and  the  center  of  our 
teaching?  Is  this  not  where  interest 
lies?  But  if  we  continue  to  focus  our 
attention  here,  are  not  the  lessons  of 
the  past,  treasured  within  the  printed 
page,  likely  to  be  lost  to  us?  Must 
we  choose  the  one  and  forego  the 
other?  Even  if  the  present  living 
situation  is  more  intriguing,  does  it 
not  need  to  be  illuminated  by  past 
experience?     Does   not   the  printed 


page  need  to  "come  alive"  again  in 
our  present  experience? 

\A/e  must  remember  how  real  re- 
corded experiences  were  to  those 
who  first  had  them.  If  you  are  teach- 
ing your  students  a  beautiful  hymn, 
recall  the  circumstances  in  the  au- 
thor's life  which  made  him  write  it. 
Push  your  way  back  through  the 
story  or  poem  or  the  historical  record 
to  the  living  men  and  women  whose 
actual  experiences  have  been  en- 
shrined there.  Who  were  they? 
How  did  they  look  and  feel?  What 
were  their  motives?  Why  did  they 
behave  as  they  did? 

Perhaps  this  point  can  best  be  il- 
lustrated by  reference  to  certain  fam- 
iliar material  from  the  Bible.  David 
was  as  enamored  of  his  slingshot  as 
any  modern  boy  with  his  rifle.  His 
grief  over  the  death  of  his  son,  Ab- 
salom, is  as  heartbreaking  as  the 
grief  of  any  modern  father  who  lost 
a  boy  in  the  war.  Teachers  must  try 
to  get  beneath  the  printed  pages  to 
the  living  men  and  women  and  their 
richly  human  experiences. 

Try  to  picture  them  as  they  were, 
and  as  the  Bible  describes  them,  with 
all  their  human  qualities.  Do  not 
whitewash  them  on  the  one  hand,  or 
"debunk"  them  on  the  other  hand. 
Describe  the  food  they  ate,  the  cloth- 
ing they  wore,  the  houses  or  tents 
they  lived  in,  their  flocks  and  fields, 
the  contour  of  their  country,  with  its 
hills  and  valleys  and  trees.  This  calls 
for  research  which  interested  stu- 
dents will  eagerly  share  with  the 
teachers. 

It  is  not  always  necessary  to  "ap- 
ply" an  ancient  story  to  the  lives  of 
our  students.  But  it  is  necessary  to 
bring  out  its  persistent  and  ever- 
recurring  values. 

The  scriptures  embody  the  most 
illuminating  account  of  man's  hopes 
and  fears,  his  struggles  and  tempta- 
tions, his  sins  and  virtues,  his  fail- 
{Concluded  on  opposite  page) 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


3 


tu 


ormauovi  o 


From  that  summer  day  in  Au- 
gust 1842,  when  Joseph  Smith 
prophesied  that  the  Saints 
would  go  to  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
and  there  become  a  mighty  people, 
Church  members  began  to  prepare 
for  that  day — first  by  reading  every- 
thing available  in  print,  government 
and  other  reports,  and  by  interview- 
ing travelers  who  had  been  in  the  far 
west;  then,  after  the  exodus  from 
Nauvoo,  plans  went  immediately 
forward  to  supply  the  physical  needs 
for  the  trip. 

All  this  had  been  done  by  man — 
guided  by  prayerful  study.  The 
Saints  were  now  prepared  for  the 
next  step.  This  came  in  a  revelation 
from  the  Lord,  now  known  as  sec- 
tion 136  of  the  Doctrine  and  Cove- 
nants. 

On  Thursday,  January  14,  1847, 
President  Young  met  with  Elders 
Heber  C.  Kimball,  Willard  Rich- 
ards, Orson  Pratt,  Wilford  Wood- 
ruff, George  A.  Smith,  Ezra  T. 
Benson,  and  Captain  Hosea  Stout, 
at  Elder  Kimball's  home  to  discuss 
the  problems  of  the  coming  season. 
In  the  afternoon  President  Young 
commenced  to  give  the  Word  and 
Will  of  God  concerning  the  emigra- 
tion of  the  Saints  and  those  who 
would  journey  with  them.  At  four 
thirty  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  the 
group  adjourned,  to  meet  again  that 
night  at  seven  o'clock,  this  time  at 
Elder  Benson's  home,  where  Brig- 
ham  Young  continued  to  dictate  the 
revelation.  The  group  parted  at  ten 
that  night,  President  Young  going 


LINE  OF  MARCH 


with  Willard  Richards  to  his  home, 
where  the  writing  was  completed. 

The  next  day  the  Council  of  the 
Twelve  met  at  Elder  Benson's  home 
and  decided  that  the  Word  and  Will 
of  the  Lord  should  be  laid  before  the 
councils  of  the  Church. 

Saturday,  January  16,  1847,  a 
meeting  of  the  Municipal  High 
Council   of   Winter    Quarters   was 


By  ALBERT  L.  ZOBELL,  JR. 


as  the  Word  and  Will  of  God.  The 
motion  was  seconded  by  Isaac  Mor- 
ley. 

In  the  manuscript  Journal  History 
of  the  Church,  the  clerk  of  the  meet- 
ing recorded  the  sentiments  of  those 


convened.  Brigham  Young  coun- 
seled the  brethren  to  get  timber  and 
season  it  to  be  ready  for  wagon  tim- 
ber one  year  hence. 

Dr.  Willard  Richards  then  read 
the  revelation,  and  each  man  in  at- 
tendance was  invited  to  express  his 
opinion  concerning  it. 

Reynolds  Cahoon  was  first  to  his 
feet,  saying  that  to  him  it  was  the 
voice  of  righteousness,  and  moved 
that  the  communication  be  received 


ELEMENTS  OF  SUCCESS 


(Concluded  from  opposite  page) 
ures  and  achievements.  Here  are 
recorded  the  lives  of  men  and  women 
extending  over  a  period  of  hundreds 
of  years.  They  behaved  in  all  man- 
ner of  ways  as  they  faced  every  con- 
ceivable human  situation.  Not  only 
is  human  behavior  disclosed,  but  also 
those  deep,  underlying  causes  by 
which  man's  restless  and  aspiring 
life  has  been  dragged  down  or  lifted 
to  the  heights.  The  teacher  must 
bring  this  rich  heritage  of  rare  ex- 
perience to  his  students  and  make  it 
live  again  in  their  lives.  Many  of  the 
lessons  of  life  may  thus  be  learned 

JANUARY  1947 


vicariously,  lessons  that  would  bring 
sorrow  and  remorse  if  they  had  to  be 
learned  through  firsthand  experi- 
ence. The  scriptures  clearly  teach 
that  the  wages  of  sin  is  death.  They 
also  teach  that  despite  the  chaos  of 
every  age  of  confusion,  God  is  still 
in  his  heaven. 

This  generation  needs  to  know 
that  the  love  of  God  is  broader  than 
material  boundaries,  that  his  moral 
might  and  spiritual  passion  is  in- 
fluencing mankind — that  his  strug- 
gles to  elevate  and  redeem  our 
forefathers  has  its  counterpart  in 
our  own  age. 


—From  a  painting  by  Henri  Moser 

present  in   a   line  or  two.    Typical 
are  these: 

Winslow  Farr  said  it  reminded  him  of  the 
first  reading  of  the  Book  of  Mormon;  he 
was  perfectly  satisfied  and  knew  it  was 
from  the  Lord. 

Daniel  Russell  said  it  was  true;  felt  as  he 
did  after  the  first  "Mormon"  sermon  that 
he  heard. 

Horace  Eldredge  felt  to  receive  it  as  the 
Word  and  Will  of  the  Lord,  and  that  its 
execution  would  prove  the  salvation  of  the 
Saints. 

Hosea  Stout  said  if  there  is  anything  in 
"Mormonism"  that  is  the  voice  of  the  Lord 
to  the  people,  so  is  the  Word  and  Will  of 
the  Lord.   He  meant  to  live  it. 

That  same  evening  the  revelation 
was  presented  to  the  First  Council 
of,  the  Seventy  and  their  clerk,  who 
voted  unanimously  to  accept  it. 

And  so  the  Camps  of  Israel  were 
organized  in  accordance  with  this 
revelation,  "with  captains  of  hun- 
dreds, captains  of  fifties,  and  cap- 
tains of  tens,  with  a  president  and 
his  two  counselors  at  their  head;  un- 
der the  direction  of  the  Twelve 
Apostles,"  and  the  first  group  began 
their  orderly  movement  toward  the 
Rocky  Mountains  the  following 
April. 

29 


*leCHURCH  MOVES  DN 


Pacific  Mission 

P"lder  Matthew  Cowley  of  the 
Council  of  the  Twelve  has  been  ap- 
pointed president  of  the  Pacific  Mission 
by  the  First  Presidency.  This  is  a 
newly-created  office,  and  corresponds 
to  the  presidency  of  the  European  Mis- 
sion in  scope. 

Included  in  the  Pacific  Mission, 
which  Elder  Cowley  will  direct,  are  the 
Hawaiian,  Central  Pacific,  Samoan, 
Tongan,  Tahitian,  New  Zealand,  and 
the  Australian  missions. 

Elder  Cowley  is  well  qualified  for 
this  assignment.  As  a  young  man  he 
spent  nearly  five  years  as  a  missionary 
in  New  Zealand.  In  1938  he  was  called 
as  president  of  the  New  Zealand  Mis- 
sion, filling  that  position  until  his  return 
to  Salt  Lake  City  in  the  fall  of  1945.  At 
the  October  1945  general  conference, 
he  was  sustained  as  a  member  of  the 
Cpuncil  of  the  Twelve. 

Elder  Cowley's  headquarters  will  be 
in  Salt  Lake  City.  He  will  make  period- 
ic trips  to  the  missions  over  which  he 

presides. 

■..i.... 

Welfare 

/^hurch  welfare  program  quotas  have 
been  greatly  increased  for  the  year 
1947.  This  year  it  is  planned  to  make 
each  of  the  ten  welfare  regions  self- 
sustaining  as  far  as  possible. 

Mt,  Logan  Stake 

lUfr.  Logan  Stake  was  organi2ed  No- 
vember 1 7,  from  part  of  the  Logan 
Stake,  in  Utah's  Cache  County.  The 
new  stake,  with  a  membership  of  ap- 
proximately 3,775,  has  the  following 
wards:  Logan  Seventh,  Eighth,  Elev- 
enth, Providence  First,  and  Second,  and 
River  Heights. 

Remaining  in  the  Logan  Stake  are 
the  Logan  First,  Second,  Sixth,  part  of 
the  Eleventh,  Twelfth,  College,  and 
Young  wards.  The  stake  now  has  a 
membership  of  3,727. 

A.  George  Raymond,  first  counselor 
in  the  old  Logan  Stake  was  sustained 
as  president  of  the  Mt.  Logan  Stake, 
with  Emile  C.  Dunn  and  W.  Loyal  Hall 
as  counselors. 

President  Henry  R.  Cooper  was  re- 
tained as  president  of  the  Logan  Stake, 
with  V.  Allen  Olsen,  his  former  second 
counselor,  as  first  counselor,  and  Eldred 
L.  Waldron  as  second  counselor. 

Participating  in  this,  the  organization 
of  the  one  hundred  sixtieth  stake  of  the 
Church,  were  President  George  Albert 

30 


Smith  and  Elders  Albert  E.  Bowen  and 
Mark  E.  Petersen  of  the  Council  of  the 
Twelve. 

Relief  Society  Board 

rpHREE  new  members  have  been  added 
to  the  general  board  of  the  Relief 
Society:  Mrs.  Mary  Jacobs  Wilson, 
wife  of  David  J.  Wilson,  and  president 
of  the  Mount  Ogden  Stake  Relief  So- 
ciety. She  has  also  been  president  of 
the  Relief  Societies  in  both  the  Ogden 
Twelfth  and  Twenty- fourth  wards. 

Mrs.  Florence  Gay  Smith,  widow  of 
the  late  Elder  Nicholas  G.  Smith,  as- 
sistant to  the  Council  of  the  Twelve. 
Her  Relief  Society  experience  includes 
missions  in  both  hemispheres  —  the 
South  African  Mission  as  well  as  the 
California  and  the  Northwestern  States 
missions  in  the  United  States,  where 
she  presided  over  Relief  Societies.  She 
has  also  been  matron  of  the  Salt  Lake 
Temple  and  been  active  in  Primary 
work  in  the  Church. 

Mrs.  Lillie  C.  Adams,  wife  of  Arthur 
Adams,  and  president  of  the  Emigration 
Stake  Relief  Society  in  Salt  Lake  City. 
She  has  also  been  president  of  the  Re- 
lief Society  of  the  University  Ward, 
and  a  member  of  the  Alpine  Stake  Re- 
lief Society  board  at  American  Fork, 
Utah. 

New  Wards 

Deacon  Ward,  Hillside  Stake,  has 
been  formed  in  Salt  Lake  City  with 
Clarence  J.  Dean  as  bishop.  The  new 
ward  was  formerly  a  part  of  the  Laurel- 
crest  Ward. 

Cummings  Ward,  East  Mill  Creek 
Stake,  has  been  formed  from  a  part  of 
the  Salt  Lake  City  Wilford  Ward,  with 
Virgil  F.  Hilton  as  bishop. 

Sunset  Ward,  San  Fernando  Stake, 
has  been  created  from  a  portion  of  the 
Burbank,  California,  Ward,  with  Jo- 
seph S.  Stinson  as  bishop. 

Studio  City  Ward,  San  Fernando 
Stake,  has  been  organized  from  a  part 
of  the  North  Hollywood  Ward,  with 
David  G.  Watts  as  bishop. 

Organ  Recordings 

T^he  Church  radio,  publicity,  and  mis- 
sion literature  committee  has  pro- 
duced transcriptions  of  twenty-two  of 
the  better-known  hymns  of  the  Church 
as  played  by  Alexander  Schreiner  on 
the  tabernacle  organ,  to  be  used  by  the 
missions  and  outlying  areas  where  they 
have  had  no  accompaniment  for  con- 
gregational singing. 

These  transcriptions  are  of  the  16- 


inch  slow-speed  type  used  by  radio  sta- 
tions and  can  be  played  on  the  portable 
machines  found  in  the  missions  and 
stakes.  They  cannot  be  used  on  con- 
ventional home-type  record  players. 

West  German  Mission 
A  ppointment  of  Bishop  Jean  Wun- 
derlich  of  the  Las  Flores  Ward  of 
the  Pasadena  Stake,  in  California,  as 
president  of  the  West  German  Mission 
has  been  announced  by  the  First  Presi- 
dency. 

Bishop  Wunderlich  is  a  native  of  Ger- 
many. At  nineteen  years  of  age  he  was 
called  on  a  mission  and  served  as  as- 
sociate editor  of  Der  Stern,  the  publica- 
tion of  the  Swiss-German  Mission. 


JEAN 

WUNDERLICH 


After  moving  to  Utah,  he  served  as 
associate  editor  of  Der  Beobachter, 
Latter-day  Saint  German  newspaper, 
while  attending  the  University  of  Utah. 
He  has  also  studied  at  the  University  of 
Chicago,  and  taught  German  at  both  the 
University  of  Utah  and  Hamilton  Col- 
lege, Clinton,  New  York.  He  has  lived 
in  southern  California  since  1932 
where  he  is  a  practising  attorney. 

President  Douglas  Wood  left  the 
West  German  Mission  in  the  hands  of 
local  Saints  at  the  outbreak  of  World 
War  II,  in  1939.  President  Wunder- 
lich will  succeed  Max  Zimmer,  Sr.,  its 
acting  president.  Accompanied  by  his 
wife,  he  will  make  his  headquarters  at 
Frankfurt,  Germany. 

Chapel  Dedicated 

"R/Tountain  View  Ward  chapel,  Ly- 
man Stake,  was  dedicated  October 
27,  by  Elder  Clifford  E.  Young,  assist- 
ant to  the  Council  of  the  Twelve. 

Deaths  from  Disease 

/^hurch  members  have  a  lower  death 
rate  per  100,000  population  than 
has  the  white  population  of  the  United 
States  as  a  whole  and  the  white  popula- 
tion of  the  United  States,  Germany, 
France,     Netherlands,     Sweden,     and 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Great  Britain,  the  statistics  committee 
of  the  Church  have  announced.  The 
tabulation  follows: 

Six  Na- 
Deathsfrom  Church    U.S*    tions** 

Tuberculosis 4 

Cancer 70 

Diseases  of  the 

Nervous  System  ....  71 
Diseases  of  the 

Circulatory  System..208 
Diseases  of  the 

Respiratory  System  56 
Disease  of  the 

Digestive  System....  23 

Kidney  Disease 14 

Kidney  and  kindred 

diseases  (nephritis)  17 
Infant  Morality  (per 

1,000  live  births 

during  first  year 

of  life)   27 

Maternity  (per 

1,000  births) 1 

•U.S.  Health  Bureau 

** International  Health   Year-Book 


34 

134 

79.5 

137.5 

105 

117.6 

351 

224.0 

62 

118.8 

53 

72 

63.7 

56.9 


37 
2 


Sunday  School  Manuals 

Cunday  School  manuals  for  the  cen- 
tennial year  of  1947  have  been  en- 
larged and  improved.  Three  of  the 
study  courses,  Life  in  Ancient  Ameri- 
ca— A  Study  of  the  Book  of  Momon,  by 
Leland  H.  Monson;  The  Life  of  Christ, 
by  Kenneth  S.  Bennion;  and  Old  Testa- 


ment Stories,  by  Marion  G.  Merkley, 
are  replete  with  colored  pictures,  a  wel- 
come addition  in  the  field  of  Church 
literature  and  teaching  aids. 

"This  Is  the  Place"  Monument 
A  twenty-six  boot  panel  depicting 
the  pioneer  wagon  train  which  was 
under  the  direction  of  Willard  Rich- 
ards, has  now  been  completed  as  work 
progresses  on  the  "This  Is  the  Place" 
monument.  The  Richards'  group  ar- 
rived in  the  Salt  Lake  valley  July  22, 
1847.  The  sculptor,  Mahonri  M. 
Young,  is  now  at  work  on  a  companion 
panel  representing  the  arrival  of  Brig- 
ham  Young  and  the  other  company  on 
July  24th. 

Salt  Lake  Temple  Recorder 

"Denjamin  L.  Bowring  has  been 
named  recorder  at  the  Salt  Lake 
Temple.  In  this  capacity  he  succeeds 
Charles  R.  Jones  who  was  recently 
appointed  a  counselor  in  the  presidency 
of  the  temple. 

S.U.P.  Marks  Historic  Spots 

HThe  Sons  of  the  Utah  Pioneers  late 
in  October  marked  ten  spots  of  his- 
toric interest  between  Henefer,  Utah, 
to  the  site  of  the  "This  Is  the  Place" 
monument  overlooking  Salt  Lake  City. 
Places    so    marked    are:     Lone    Tree 


Camp,  Dixie  Creek  Pony  Express  Sta- 
tion, Taylor  Creek  (where  John  Taylor 
established  an  early  sawmill),  Bauch- 
man's  Pony  Express  Station,  Big  Moun- 
tain, Birch  Springs  (at  the  foot  of  Big 
Mountain  in  Mountain  Dell  Fork), 
Ephraim  Hank's  Mountain  Dell  Pony 
Express  Station,  Little  Mountain,  Brig- 
ham  Young's  last  camp  on  his  way  into 
the  valley,  and  Donner's  Hill,  from  the 
top  of  which  Orson  Pratt  and  Erastus 
Snow  had  their  first  complete  view  of 
the  Salt  Lake  valley. 

Navy  Day 

At  the  suggestion  of  President  George 
Albert  Smith  who  had  received  cor- 
respondence from  Vice  Admiral  A.  S. 
Carpender  of  the  United  States  Navy, 
Navy  Day  was  briefly  noted  at  Church 
meetings  throughout  the  day  Sunday. 
October  27. 

Brigham  Young  University 
A  record  total  of  4,330  students  regis- 
tered at  Brigham  Young  University 

for  the  quarter  just  ended,  it  has  been 
announced. 

During  the  quarter,  the  Federal 
Works  Agency  transferred  to  the  Brig- 
ham Young  University  a  cafeteria  for 
five  hundred  students,  a  woodworking 
and  machine  shop,  and  a  building  to 
(Continued  on  page  38) 


MISSIONARIES  ENTERING  THE  MISSIONARY  HOME 
NOVEMBER  4,  AND  LEAVING  NOVEMBER  13,  1946 

Reading  from  left  to  right,  first  row:  Russell  L. 
Hulme,  Howard  L.  Merchant,  John  R.  Fish,  Earl  E. 
Hansen,  Max  B.  Webster,  Earl  B.  Nelson,  Leander  N. 
Boyce,  Deer  Taylor,  Lowell  Wood,  William  Love,  Clif- 
ton Johnson,  LaVon  S.  Fife,  Edwin  Lloyd  Smith,  James 
Richard  Snyder,  Tom  Harper. 

Second  row:  Wanda  Marine  Ricks,  Joyce  Hale, 
Louise  West,  Rulon  T.  Burton,  Frances  Hunn,  Norma 
Thomson,  Mercedes  Sorenson,  Don  B.  Colton,  director; 
Vendora  C.  Grames,  Rulu  Rudd,  Dale  Webb  Coombs, 
Dorathe  Anderson,  Reva  Banks,  Willy  Fassmann, 
Parley  Wilson. 

Third  row:  Dorothy  Bean,  Hazel  McBride,  Laura 
Johnson,  Lillian  Johnson,  Lillian  Bingham,  Melba  Dean 
Scott,  Adora  Kidman,  Estella  W.  Call,  Barbara  L. 
Pickett,  Burke  V.  Waldron,  Wayne  R.  Brown,  Walter 
H.  Durtschi,  Jean  Norton,  Marilyn  Branson,  Max  S. 
Beckstead,  Emma  S.  Bennett. 

Fourth  row:  Donald  H.  Wallace,  Ellis  Leland  Wid- 
dison,  Beulah  Widdison,  Barbara  Quinney,  Margaret 
M.  Meik,  Melva  T.  Wright,  Dorothy  Kizerian,  Robert 
L.  Phillips,  H.  Burdella  Terry,  Amasa  M.  Terry, 
Thora  Irene  Swallow,  Esther  Rowena  Houtz,  F.  Ray 
Eakett,  LaRue  Evans. 

Fifth  row:  Robert  L.  Borg,  Charles  W.  Martin, 
Celia  R.  Bartholomew,  Milton  L.  Bartholomew,  Abner 
McRary  Widdison,  Mary  Ellen  Widdison,  Millard  R. 
Cosby,  Mary  J.  Cosby,  Anna  R.  Williams,  Athenia  V. 

JANUARY   1947 


Henderson,  Henry  A.  Anderson,  Jr.,  Howard  M.  Beth- 
ers,  Gordon  V.  Olsen,  Ralph  Kent  Mortensen,  John 
Albert  Jelte,  Virginia  Davis. 

Sixth  row:  Albert  Choules,  Jr.,  Lynn  B.  Evans, 
Harold  E.  Shoemaker,  Ralph  Lundstrom,  Derroll  E. 
Roundy,  Orville  O.  Jeppson,  Melvina  M.  Jeppson,  Reid 
Scott,  Mary  J.  Scott,  Marion  Jepson,  Jane  Jepson, 
Iva  Lou  Peterson,   Mildred  K.   Seegers,  Grace  Rost. 

Seventh  row:  Paul  Stevensen,  Clifton  D.  Stubbs, 
Hubert  W.  Satterthwaite,  Vivian  M.  Allen,  Robert  Lee 
Hamblin,  Wallace  Eugene  Duffin,  Orrawell  S.  Kapple, 
Naomi  F.  Chatfield,  A.  Kelsey  Chatfield,  Charles  Keith 
Anderson,  Edward  Wayne  Wright,  Betty  Jensen,  John 
Hallmark,  Stella  Titus,  Joseph  Spurrier. 

Eighth  row:  Curtis  L.  Parke,  J.  E.  Vanderhoof, 
Joseph  Francis  Barton,  Roydon  N.  Rice,  Ralph  W. 
Carling,  Jack  V.  Peck,  Leo  DeLos  Gibbs,  James  Z. 
Geiger,  Nellie  C.  Kapple,  William  Van  Bishop,  Ray 
George  Morgan,  Calvin  R.  Arave,  Sheldon  L.  Baker, 
Thelma  Morgan,  Preal  Monk,  Robert  Bradshaw, 
Eugene  Birtcher,  Glenn  W.  Skouson. 

Ninth  row:  Lloyd  H.  Parry,  John  F.  Clarke,  Orvil 
Scott  Hendrix,  Sarah  Maurine  Prestwich,  David  L. 
Hanks,  Alma  Schwab,  Vera  Hepworth,  Dean  S.  Francis, 
David  W.  Parry,  Nelda  Fae  Kirkman,  Bessie  LaVern 
Memmott,  Venna  Louise  Jacobsen,  Carma  Hall,  How- 
ard Pearson,  Glen  W.  Bateman,  Douglas  J  Reed, 
Merrell  G.  Shupe,  Rudger  William  Ashby. 

Tenth  row:  Oriel  Kidman,  LaVern  J.  Wade,  Joseph 
L.  Cummings,  Jack  E.  Bingham,  Valden  Chamberlain, 
Kelly   Thurston,    L.    Vernon   Cook,  C.   Melvin    Spjut, 


Matthew  Leavitt,  William  H.  Garner,  Dean  Shurtliff, 
Earl  M.  Daines,  Melva  Lois  Evans,  J.  Kenneth  Davies. 

Eleventh  row:  Grant  Earl  Pollard,  Everet  Dale 
Crowther,  Cecil  Dan  Carroll,  Bernetl  Ward  Evans, 
Gear  Id  Neal,  Richard  D.  Sabin,  Willard  H.  Bradshaw, 
James  S.  Hurst. 

Twelfth  row:  Stephen  J.  Krider,  John  E.  Nielsen, 
J.  Lloyd  Christensen,  Eldon  W.  Lee,  Richard  H.  Dalton, 
Julian  B.  Fox,  Estella  Neilson,  Dorothy  Bolton,  Nora 
M.  Hendriksen,  William  F.  Farnsworth,  E.  Doyle 
Robison,  Richard  D.  Andrus,  David  Beecroft. 

Thirteenth  row:  Robert  E.  Parsons,  Keith  H.  Swen- 
son,  Clare  A.  Johnson,  Richard  H.  Ogles,  Eldon  D 
Clark,   Charles   G.   Ogles,   Robert  H.   Cook,   William 

C.  Parry,  J.  Wayne  Reid,  Clive  P.  Ririe,  John  R. 
Rampton,  LeRio  M.  Williams,  Donovan  E.  Webb, 
Wendell  G.  Cook. 

Fourteenth  row:  Kenneth  A.  Anderson,  W.  Benson 
Allen,  Jack  E.  Judkins,  Ronald  S.  Peterson,  Leslie  W. 
Williams,  Eugene  P.  George,  Earnest  A.  Wordstrom, 
Stanley  G.  Steadman,  Harold  C.  Anderson,  James 
N.  Wiltbank. 

Fifteenth  row:  William  G.  Woolley,  Milton  Romney, 
Hubert  B.  Fluckiger,  Mark  R.  Berrett,  Lyle  Watson, 
Ray  Hulet,  Donald  Butler,  Fay  E.  Hepworth,  Dorset 

D.  Anderson,  George  Felsch,  Jr.,  Heber  A.  Murphy, 
Hyrum  A.  Christensen. 

Sixteenth  row:  David  W.  Meyer,  K.  Roger  Bean, 
Grant  L.  Wilson,  Sherman  A.  Child,  Rolan  R.  Christen- 
sen, W.  Clare  Hyer,  Robert  O.  Whitney,  Eldon  E. 
Monson. 

31 


K^entennlal  ^Afc 


onzon 


"From  the  nations  of  the  earth  came  Utah  Pio~ 
neers.  Through  faith  and  work,  our  culture  grew. 
With  rapidly  increasing  communication  and  trans- 
portation, and  with  new  perspective,  vast  horizons 
lie  before  us.  May  the  progress  of  the  last  hundred 
years  motivate  the  exploring  of  the  new  frontiers. 
Like  a  procession  we  march  together  toward  1947. 
.  .  .  May  the  Lord  bless  you  and  yours  with  health, 
opportunity,  vision,  wisdom,  and  a  desire  to  serve 
with  increasing  faith  our  Father  which  is  in  heav- 

it 

en. 

These  words  from  President  George  Albert 
Smith's  card  of  season's  greetings  could  well  serve 
as  a  centennial  keynote. 

Always  we  must  look  two  ways:  toward  the 
horizon  of  the  past,  for  experience  and  wisdom,  and 
to  honor  its  accomplishment;  and  toward  the 
horizon  of  the  future  for  an  awareness  of  the  work 
to  be  done,  of  life  to  be  lived,  of  hopes  to  become 
substance. 

We  would  fail  conspicuously  to  honor  our  pio- 
neer progenitors  if  we  dwelt  only  upon  their  accom- 
plishments. Our  doing  as  well  in  the  second  cen- 
tury, as  they  did  in  the  first  century  (conditions 
and  opportunities  considered),  would  be  their 
greatest  honor  and  our  greatest  service. 

Not  alone  what  we  have  done,  but  what  we  must 
do,  is  one  of  the  centennial  horizons  on  which  we 
must  keep  our  vision  fixed. 

"May  the  progress  of  the  last  hundred  years 
motivate  the  exploring  of  the  New  Frontiers." 


@5u,ildiviQ  ^Aft 


A 


9 


mew 


New  Year — a  new  life!  Thus  all  fondly  believe 
as  they  set  out  to  make  the  New  Year  fulfil 
all  the  aspirations  and  dreams  of  a  lifetime.  The 
chief  trouble  is  that  we  have  forgotten  that  our 
aspirations  can  be  attained  only  by  a  day-by-day 
building  of  ourselves  into  the  persons  that  we  desire 
to  become.  The  old  adage,  "Rome  was  not  built  in 
a  day,"  can  apply  equally  well  to  our  lives  as  to 
material  structures.  No  swift  and  sudden  change  is 
going  to  transform  us  or  our  way  of  life.  There 
have  been  but  few  examples  of  a  Saul  becoming  a 
Paul — and  even  he  had  to  pass  through  a  period  of 
teaching  by  the  disciples  before  he  could  be  sure  of 
his  own  changed  course  of  life:  "Then  was  Saul 
certain   days    with    the   disciples   which   were    at 


Damascus."  And  again,  "But  Saul  increased  the 
more  in  strength." 

We  need  to  begin  in  little  things  that  we  may 
grow  in  large  ones.  We  need  not  be  discouraged 
because  our  progress  is  slow,  and  our  achievement 
seemingly  negligible.  Notice  that  Saul  "increased 
the  more  in  strength."  His  progress  in  his  changed 
life  was  by  degrees  and  by  dint  of  prayerful  study. 
Even  after  he  had  been  completely  accepted  be- 
cause of  his  good  works  among  the  Church  mem- 
bers in  Damascus,  he  had  to  be  proved  by  those  in 
Jerusalem. 

To  all  of  us  the  changing  of  lifelong  habits  seems 
heartbreakingly  slow,  yet  the  progress  of  learning 
itself  is  not  a  rapid  one.  The  law  of  forgetting 
operates  along  with  the  law  of  remembering.  Each 
of  us  must  consciously  struggle  to  operate  under 
the  desired  new  action  as  frequently  as  possible  in 
order  to  make  it  an  habitual  action;  then  the  old 
habit  will  be  supplanted  by  a  new  habit  and  life 
once  again  can  resume  a  more  settled  pattern. 

And  what  are  some  of  these  desirable  character- 
istics that  we  want  to  make  habitual?  For  each  of 
us,  these  characteristics  will  be  different,  since  each 
will  have  made  habitual  different  ones  of  them.  But 
we  need  to  check  ourselves  against  the  ideal  person 
that  we  want  to  become  and  test  how  we  measure 
to  our  standards  we  have  set  ourselves.  One  of 
the  first  checks  we  should  make  is  whether  we  live 
by  truth.  Do  we  deal  in  half-lies  or  ingenious 
deceptions?  Do  we  delude  ourselves  and  others, 
rather  than  face  the  sharp  truth?  If  we  would  be- 
come the  changed  person  we  desire,  we  must  learn 
to  face  even  the  discomfort  of  the  facts  in  order 
that  we  may  reach  the  place  where  the  white  light 
that  is  truth  will  illuminate  all  our  ways.  And  we 
shall  find  that  the  discomfort  of  the  half-truths  will 
disappear  and  that  living  in  the  clearness  of  truth 
is  a  comfort  and  a  joy. 

Other  characteristics  that  we  may  need  to  strug- 
gle to  attain  are  to  be  more  kindly,  more  honest, 
more  trustworthy,  respecting  ourselves  and  our 
fellow  beings  more  completely  and  loving  them 
more  fully. 

Building  such  a  character  for  ourselves  takes  a 
lifetime  of  endeavor  and  prayerful  adherence  to 
the  principles  which  will  make  this  fruition  possible. 
Yet,  when  the  struggle  has  been  engaged  in  suc- 
cessfully, there  will  come  a  peace,  even  a  peace 
that  passes  understanding,  which  will  make  the 
struggles  seem  as  nothing  in  comparison  with  the 
realization. — M.  C.  J. 


HAPPY  NEW  YEAR! 


32 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


90 


EY10FN0E5  d  RraOWRTIDNS 


cxiii.    *JjLd  sfoiepk  J^>mitk  J-^lan  the 

l/[/ediu/am  r  If  liaration  of  the  L^karck  / 

Tn  1847  the  Pioneer  company  entered  the  Great 

Salt  Lake  valley.  They  were  the  forerunners  of 
the  tens  of  thousands  who  in  orderly  procession 
toiled  across  plain  and  desert  in  search  of  a  haven 
of  peace.  Their  story  of  suffering,  sacrifice,  and 
eventual  success  will  live  while  the  generations  of 
men  endure.  It  is  fitting  that  1947  is  dedicated  to 
the  memory  of  these  intrepid  men  and  women,  the 
founders  of  the  intermountain  empire  of  North 
America. 

The  westward  movement  of  the  Latter-day 
Saints  was  not  desired  by  them.  Instead  it  was 
thrust  upon  them.  They  came  west  because  they 
were  obliged  to  do  so.  They  would  have  preferred 
to  enjoy  their  comfortable  homes  in  beautiful  Nau- 
voo  and  elsewhere.  They  were  driven  out  and 
forced  to  seek  another  place  of  settlement.  It  was 
with  heavy  hearts  that  they  trudged  through  the 
winter  in  Iowa  and  built  temporary  homes  in  Ne- 
braska. Had  it  not  been  for  the  courage  born  of 
faith  in  their  destiny,  they  would  have  scattered 
over  the  country,  and  the  opening  of  the  west  would 
have  been  delayed  by  many  years. 

From  the  time  that  the  boy  Joseph  Smith  had  his 
first  vision,  persecution  raged  around  him  and  his 
followers.  The  trail  of  the  Church  from  New  York, 
Ohio,  Missouri,  and  Illinois,  was  littered  with 
persecutions  from  enemies,  who  stooped  to  every 
evil  and  inhuman  device  to  prevent  the  progress  of 
the  work.  The  Latter-day  Saints  declared  that  God 
can  and  does  speak  to  his  children  on  earth.  That 
claim  begat  the  fury  of  hell  in  the  breasts  of  men 
whose  faith  and  lives  were  unsound  and  often  cor- 
rupt. It  was  a  thorny  and  bloody  path  that  the 
Saints  had  to  follow. 

At  length  the  persecuted  people  found  a  peace- 
ful haven,  as  they  thought,  in  Illinois.  They  reared 
a  beautiful  city  upon  what  was  an  inhospitable 
marsh.  They  were  good,  state-building  citizens. 
Nevertheless,  opposition  and  persecution  did  not 
cease.  Among  neighboring  villages,  outdistanced 
by  the  city  of  Nauvoo,  hate  was  fanned  into  a 
destructive  flame.  Reason  does  not  prevail  among 
people  governed  by  intolerance. 

That  these  conditions  would  ultimately  compel 
another  removal  of  the  people  became  clear  to  the 
mind  of  the  Prophet  Joseph,  the  sustained  leader  of 
the  Church.  He  began  to  look  around  for  a  place 
to  which  his  people  could  move  and  remain  rela- 
tively unmolested  from  unfriendly  neighbors.  The 
far  west,  then  being  opened  on  the  Pacific  Coast, 
was  almost  naturally  the  place  to  which  the  Proph- 
et's mind  would  be  directed.   None  had  as  yet  sug- 


gested settlement  in  the  valleys  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains or  on  the  surrounding  interior  deserts.  That 
seemed  to  be  a  place  where  the  Saints  could  live 
undisturbed,  at  least  for  a  while.  The  spirit  of 
revelation  confirmed  this  view. 

The  Prophet  then  set  about  to  prepare  the  peo- 
ple for  this  coming  event.  Under  date  of  August  6, 
1  842,  he  wrote  in  his  journal: 

"Passed  over  the  river  to  Montrose,  Iowa.  ...  I 
prophesied  that  the  Saints  would  continue  to  suffer 
much  affliction  and  would  be  driven  to  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  many  would  apostatize,  others  would 
be  put  to  death  by  our  persecutors  or  lose  their  lives 
in  consequence  of  exposure  or  disease,  and  some 
of  you  will  live  to  go  and  assist  in  making  settle- 
ments and  build  cities  and  see  the  Saints  become  a 
mighty  people  in  the  midst  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains."1 

Anson  Call,  who  was  present  on  that  occasion 
and  wrote  his  recollection  of  it,  says  that  the  Proph- 
et, after  uttering  this  prophecy,  began  a  vivid  de- 
scription of  the  western  country,  much  as  it  really 
is.  The  Prophet  also  said  that  Anson  Call,  Shad- 
rach  Roundy,  and  others  who  were  present  would 
assist  in  this  building  of  cities  among  the  Rocky 
Mountains.  He  then  charged  all  present  to  be 
faithful,  so  that  the  priesthood  would  prevail  over 
all  enemies.2 

More  than  a  year  and  a  half  later,  on  Tuesday, 
February  20,  1844,  the  proposed  westward  move- 
ment began  to  take  shape.  The  Prophet  writes : 

"I  instructed  the  Twelve  Apostles  to  send  out  a 
delegation  and  investigate  the  locations  of  Califor- 
nia and  Oregon,  and  hunt  out  a  good  location, 
where  we  can  remove  to  after  the  temple  is  com- 
pleted, and  where  we  can  build  a  city  in  a  day,  and 
have  a  government  of  our  own,  get  up  into  the 
mountains,  where  the  devil  cannot  dig  us  out,  and 
live  in  a  healthful  climate,  where  we  can  live  as 
old  as  we  have  a  mind  to."a 

Prompt  action  was  taken  to  obey  these  instruc- 
tions, as  shown  by  the  following  entry: 

"At  a  meeting  of  the  Twelve,  at  the  mayor's  of- 
fice, Nauvoo,  February  21,1 844,  seven  o'clock  p.m., 
Brigham  Young,  Parley  P.  Pratt,  Orson  Pratt, 
Wilford  Woodruff,  John  Taylor,  George  A.  Smith, 
Willard  Richards  and  four  others  being  present, 
called  by  previous  notice,  by  instruction  of  Presi- 
dent Joseph  Smith  on  the  20th  instant,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  selecting  a  company  to  explore  Oregon  and 
California,  and  select  a  site  for  a  new  city  for  the 
Saints. 

"Jonathan  Dunham,  Phineas  H.  Young,  David 
D.  Yearsley,  and  David  Fullmer,  volunteered  to  go; 

( Concluded  on  page  63 ) 

^History  of  the  Church,   V:85 

-Ibid..    V:85,    86;    Tullidge,    Edward,    History    of   Northern    Utah   and 
Southern  Idaho.  Biographical  Supplement,  pp.  271-273;  Whitney.  Orson  F., 
History  of  Utah,  Vol.  IV.  p.  143. 
^History  of  the  Church.  VI: 222 


JANUARY  1947 


33 


^DMINESUB  GDDKECDRNEiT 


HUNGER  FOR  BEAUTY 

By  hma  Dovey 

"T\ean  had  been  bringing  red  poppies 
to  the  summer-school  class.  Every 
few  days  he  came  in  with  another  of 
these  gorgeous  flowers.  Miss  Corwith 
was  happy  to  have  them,  for  they  were 
so  gloriously  colorful.  One  gay  red 
poppy  in  a  bowl  of  white  and  yellow 
blossoms  made  an  attractive  showing. 

Dean  spoke  a  dozen  times  a  day  of 
the  poppy  he  had  brought. 

"See,  Miss  Corwith,  it's  opening  out 
now!" 

"Look!  Look  at  the  poppy  now!" 

"See  my  poppy?  It's  getting  bigger." 

The  blossom,  it  seemed,  was  more  to 
him  than  a  flower  which  would  soon 
wilt.  It  was  an  expression  of  beauty. 
Dean  was  a  sturdy,  vigorous  boy,  at 
times  almost  rowdy,  so  it  was  rather 
surprising  to  find  him  manifesting  this 
keen  interest  in  anything  as  aesthetic  as 
the  beauty  of  flowers. 

Each  poppy  had  meant  so  much  to 
him  that  Miss  Corwith  was  sad  indeed 
when  it  was  brought  to  her  attention 
that  Dean  had  been  taking  the  poppies 
from  a  neighbor's  garden.  He  did  not 
deny  it. 

"Didn't  you  know  that  I  wouldn't 
want  flowers  that  were  not  your  own?" 
Miss  Corwith  asked. 

Dean  did  not  know,  or  he  had  not 
stopped  to  think.  He  himself  was  ex- 
ceptionally generous  and  affectionate, 
and  he  was  eager  for  approval.  He  had 
no  flowers  at  home  to  bring,  although 
his  was  a  home  that  supplied  good  food 
and  clothes,  the  best  children's  maga- 
zines, and  other  evidences  of  thoughtful 
parental  care. 

At  recess,  on  the  day  she  had  learned 
of  Dean's  wrongdoing,  Miss  Corwith 
made  two  telephone  calls — one  to  Mr. 
Stone,  the  neighbor  whose  garden  had 
been  invaded,  and  one  to  the  boy's  par- 
ents. It  was  agreed  that  Dean  should 
return  the  poppy  he  had  taken  that 
morning. 

Mr.  Stone  had  been  inclined  to  show 
annoyance  when  the  subject  was  first 
mentioned,  but  his  irritation  subsided 
when  the  teacher  praised  his  flowers 
and  described  Dean's  delight  in  them. 

When  talking  with  Dean's  parents, 
Miss  Corwith  made  much  of  their  son's 
appreciation  of  the  beautiful  and  urged 
that  he  be  given  an  opportunity  to  have 
a  garden  of  his  own.  Later,  his  parents, 
who  had  no  ground  that  could  be  used 

34 


for  gardening,  tried  to  locate  a  small 
plot  elsewhere,  but  nothing  suitable  was 
to  be  found.  The  best  they  could  do 
was  to  secure  the  promise  of  a  small 
corner  garden  bed  for  the  following 
year. 

Dean  returned  the  last-picked  blos- 
som to  Mr.  Stone,  who  accepted  it 
gravely.  "I  think  you  should  pay  for 
the  other  poppies  you  took,"  he  said. 

"All  right,"  answered  Dean  rather 
weakly,  thinking  of  his  very  small  al- 
lowance and  wondering  how  long  it 
would  take  him  to  do  this. 

"Suppose  you  help  me  with  my 
weeding  for  fifteen  minutes  after  school 
for  as  many  days  as  you  helped  yourself 
to  my  flowers,"  he  suggested. 

"In  this  garden?"  asked  Dean  quick- 
ly, his  eyes  big  with  wonder  and  de- 
light. 

"No,  in  the  vegetable  garden,"  was 
the  grim  response.  Then,  after  a  mo- 
ment's silence  he  continued,  "But  when 
you've  paid  for  the  poppies,  we  might 
do  some  weeding  here,  if  you  wish.  For 
that  work,  a  few  of  the  flowers  would 
be  rightfully  yours." 

A  little  more  than  a  week  later  an- 
other flaming  red  poppy  appeared  on 
Miss  Corwith's  desk.  Dean  gazed  at  it 
ecstatically.  "This  one  is  really  mine," 
he  confided.    "I  earned  it." 


RED  CROSS 


HPhe  major  tasks  of  the  American  Red 
Cross  in  1947  are: 

1 .  Continued  service  to  veterans  and 
their  families 

2.  Continued  service  to  the  men  in 
army  and  navy  hospitals,  to  those 
serving  with  the  occupation  forces 
overseas,  and  to  their  families 

3.  Continued  service  to  the  commu- 
nity— disaster  service,  blood  donor 
service,  first  aid,  water  safety,  ac- 
cident prevention,  nurse's  aide, 
and  other  health,  welfare,  and 
educational  services 


Josephine  B.  Nichols 

'T'hese  days,  with  food  prices  sky- 
rocketing, homemakers  must  make 
every  last  penny  of  the  food  dollar  do 
its  bit  toward  nutritious  and  palatable 
meals. 

The  following  menus  are  low  in  cost, 
and  include  all  the  necessary  food  ele- 
ments required  daily. 

Menu   I 

Breakfast 

Stewed  Apples  filled  with  Oatmeal  Cereal 

Top  Milk  Sugar 

Toast  Butter 

Milk 

Lunch 

Spaghetti  and  Cheese 

Raw  Carrot  Sticks 

Whole  Wheat  Bread  Butter 

Milk 

Dinner 

Beef  Loaf* 

Baked  Potatoes  Green  Beans 

Grapefruit,  Orange  Salad 

Bread  Butter 

Caramel  Custard* 

Menu  II 

Breakfast 

Tomato  Juice 

French  Toast  Butter 

Jam  Milk 

Lunch 

Navy  Bean  Soup* 

Toasted  Cheese  Sandwiches 

Apple  Butter 

Dinner 

Lamb  Chops 

Scalloped  Potatoes  Buttered  Beets 

Mixed  Green  Salad 

Bread  Butter 

Apricot  Upside-Down  Cake* 

Milk 

*Recipes 

Beef  Loaf 

\.l/2  pounds  ground  beef 
1  ]/2  cups  bread  crumbs 
1  chopped  onion 

1  teaspoon  salt — pepper 
x/2  cup  milk  or  tomato  juice 

Combine  meat,  crumbs,  and  seasoning. 
Add  liquid;  mix  well;  place  in  loaf  pan. 
Bake  in  oven  (350°  F.)  for  one  hour.  The 
flavor  may  be  varied  by  ( 1 )  using  catsup 
as  part  liquid;  (2)  using  one-half  teaspoon 
sage,  chopped  celery  leaves,  or  parsley: 
(3)  using  one-fourth  pound  ground  salt 
pork.  ■ 

Navy  Bean  Soup 

2  cups  navy  beans   (soaked  overnight! 

3  quarts  water 
1   ham  bone 

}/2  teaspoon  sugar 
1   large  onion  chopped 
1   stalk  celery  chopped 

THE  IMPROVEMENT   ERA 


Cook  beans  in  water  until  nearly  tender, 
Add  other  ingredients,  cook  until  beans  and 
celery   are   soft.     Put    through   sieve    and 
thicken  slightly,  if  desired.    Serve  hot.  Will 
serve  eight  to  ten  people. 

Caramel  Custard 

4  eggs 
Yz  cup  sugar 

4  cups  milk,  scalded 
J/2  teaspoon  vanilla 
x/2  teaspoon  salt 

Caramelize  one-fourth  cup  of  sugar  and 
add  scalded  milk.   Stir  until  it  dissolves. 

Beat  eggs  slightly,  add  remaining  sugar, 
salt,  and  vanilla.  Add  scalded  milk  mix- 
ture. Pour  into  custard  cups  or  baking  dish. 
Set  in  a  pan  of  hot  water  and  bake  at  325* 
F.  for  forty  minutes  or  until  firm.  Serve  hot 
or  cold. 

Apricot  Upside-Down  Cake 

2  cups  drained  apricots 
V2  cup  apricot  juice 
%  teaspoon  nutmeg 

1   tablespoon  butter 

Arrange  fruit  and  fruit  juice  in  well 
greased  nine-inch  round  or  square  baking 
dish.  Dot  with  butter  and  sprinkle  with 
nutmeg. 

Cake 

J4  cup  shortening 

l/2  cup  sugar 

1  egg 

1  cup  sifted  cake  flour 

1  teaspoon  baking  powder 

J4  teaspoon  salt 

]/2  teaspoon  vanilla 

5  tablespoons  milk 

Cream  shortening  and  sugar,  add  egg, 
beat  well.  Sift  the  dry  ingredients;  add  al- 
ternately with  milk  to  the  first  mixture. 
Beat  well.  Add  vanilla.  Pour  the  batter 
over  the  apricots.  Bake  twenty-five  minutes 
at  375°  F. 


HanAfni 


mts 


Payment  for  Handy  Hints  used  will  be 
one  dollar  upon  publication.  In  the  event 
that  two  with  the  same  idea  are  submitted, 
the  one  postmarked  earlier  will  receive  the 
dollar.  None  of  the  ideas  can  be  returned, 
but  each  will  receive  careful  consideration. 


Try  snapping  shoulder  pads  in  wash 
dresses.  Sew  snaps  on  each  corner  of  the 
pad  and  at  the  place  where  the  point  goes 
along  the  seam  of  the  dress.  This  way  the 
shoulder  pads  can  easily  be  removed  and 
won't  need  to  be  washed  every  time  the 
dress  is  washed. — /.  C.  B„  Faitview,  Utah. 

When  preparing  to  grate  carrots,  do  not 
cut  the  tops  completely  off,  but  leave  about 
an  inch  of  green  on  the  carrot.  This  pro- 
vides a  convenient  handle  to  hold  during 
the  operation,  and  makes  it  possible  to 
grate  all  of  the  carrot  with  ease. — N.  R.  D., 
Ogden,  Utah. 

To  separate  an  angel  food  or  sponge 
cake  into  serving  pieces  without  crushing, 
use  two  forks.  Start  at  top,  work  down; 
gently  pull  cake  apart. — M.  H.,  Salt  Lake 
City,  Utah. 

JANUARY  1947 


Winter 

makes  no  difference 


Bundled  against  the  cold,  your  baby  cannot 
get  the  benefit  of  sunshine  (to  create  vita- 
min D  in  his  body)  during  the  winter.  But 
this  makes  no  difference  if  he  is  fed  Sego 
Milk.  Babies  fed  on  this  extraordinary  milk 
receive  their  requirements  of  the  sunshine 
vitamin  as  surely  in  winter  as  in  summer. 

Fortified  with  400  units  of  pure  vitamin  D3 
to  the  quart  (half  Sego — half  water)  Sego 
Milk  always  provides  all  the  vitamin  D  the 
normal  baby  needs — when  all  the  milk  in 
his  diet  is  Sego  Milk. 

Furthermore,  Sego  Milk  is  more  easily  di- 
gested. It  is  uniformly  rich  in  the  food 
substances  of  whole  milk,  and  is  as  safe  in 
its  sealed  container  as  if  there  were  no  germ 
of  disease  in  the  world. 

Ask  your  doctor  about  Sego  Milk  for  your 
baby. 


To  get  a  free  copy  of  "Your  Baby" — a  64-page 
illustrated  book — and  Mary  Lee  Taylor's  new 
recipe  booklet  "Meals  Men  Like"  just  write  to: 


EGQ 


VITAMIN 


S^ltA.         ■ 


"^"wwa&SW 


SEGO   MILK   PRODUCTS  COMPANY,   Dept.   S-2,    159  West    1st  So.,  Salt   Lake  City    1,   Utah 


Keep  abreast  of  important  centennial  happenings 

through 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


12  issues 


$2.00 


35 


■^  i^K  A^^  A^^k  A^^  ^t.  j*^^>v  j*V  >»**^^i.  j*V.  >*^^V.  /S.  ^"*^\.  ./V.  j****^^ 

Improvement  Era 
Subscribers . . . 

The  ERA  gives  you  much  of 
the  best  current  CHURCH 
LITERATURE.  Within  its  cov- 
ers you  find  each  month  au- 
thoritative material  written  or 
spoken  by  our  Church  leaders. 

Has  it  occurred  to  you  what 
priceless  gems  of  theology, 
poetry  and  down-to-earth  gos- 
pel you  have  in  the  year-by- 
year  volumes  of  this  maga- 
zine? 

Why  not  preserve  them  for 
your  future  reference  and  your 
children's  edification?  We  urge 
you  to  do  so. 

Single  volumes  (12  numbers)  bound 

in   durable,   attractive,   blue   cloth 

binding,    stamped    in    gold    $2.25 

each  plus  postage. 

Ten  or  more  volumes  at  one  time 
$2.00  each  plus  postage. 

Bring  them  in  or  mail  them  to  us 

NOW! 


e*s 


The 
Deseret  Jews  Press 

29  Richards  Street,  Salt  Lake  City 
o^«><3K><^O^x><S>0<3k><3k><3*>0 


TEA  GARDEN  also  makes  SYRUP 
PRESERVES*  MARMALADE*  GRAPE  JUICE 
36 


I'M    %t   A 

JUVENILE  DELINQUENT 


President  David  O.  McKay  said  a 
few  years  before  the  beginning  of 
this  war,  "If  I  were  asked  to  name 
the  world's  greatest  need  I  should  say, 
unhesitatingly,  wise  mothers  and  exem- 
plary fathers.  If  mother  love  were  but 
half  rightly  directed  and  if  fatherhood 
were  but  half  what  it  should  be,  in  ex- 
ample and  honor,  much  of  the  sorrow 
and  wickedness  in  the  world  today 
would  be  overcome."  How  much 
greater  is  this  need  today? 

A  young  girl  I  know  is  an  example  of 
this  worth-while  way  of  living.  She  is 
seventeen  and  a  member  of  a  large 
family.  She  lives  in  a  home  that  can 
really  be  called  a  home.  Her  mother 
has  sympathy,  understanding,  interest; 
she  likes  to  do  things  young  people  are 
interested  in  and  her  father  has  plenty 
of  time  to  talk  things  over.  One  of  the 
uppermost  factors  which  keep  their 
home  life  happy  and  keeps  every  mem- 
ber living  the  best  he  knows  is  their 
religion.  They  have  a  religion  that  af- 
fords constant  training  and  takes  care 
of  their  recreation  and  fun,  too.  It 
supervises  their  activities  and  builds 
their  ideals.  This  girl  has  a  purpose; 
she  knows  she  wants  to  be  a  concert 
violinist;  and  she  keeps  that  goal  in 
mind.  She  has  little  time  to  become 
delinquent.  She  must  do  the  breakfast 
dishes  and  vacuum  the  living  room  floor 
to  rate  her  allowance.  She  has  been 
taught  that  idleness  is  the  devil's  work- 
shop and  that  a  busy  person  is  a  happy 
person.  There  is  companionship  in 
their  family  between  the  children  and 
the  parents.  It  gives  every  member  a 
feeling  of  security. 

And  then  there's  Jimmy,  who  lives  up 
the  street.  He  comes  from  what  might 
be  called  the  "slum  area"  but  what  is 
his  home  like?  When  Jimmy  gets  dis- 
couraged, his  father  puts  his  arm  around 
him  and  says,  "You're  O.  K.,  Jim.  I 
have  faith  in  you,  and  I  always  will 
have.  I  know  you'll  do  all  right."  Jim- 
my believes  this  because  his  father 
means  it.  When  he  comes  home  from 
school,  Mom's  there  with  a  glass  of 
milk  and  a  cookie,  and  she  sits  down 
by  him  to  let  him  tell  her  about  every- 
thing. His  friends,  too,  are  always  wel- 
come. His  parents  are  fine  and  clean, 
and  they  love  each  other,  and  they  love 
him.  They  have  to  work  hard  for  a 
living,  but  they  make  him  feel  he's 
worth  it.  He  wants  to  make  good  for 
them.  Every  week  they  have  a  family 
meeting  to  talk  over  their  problems. 
He's  not  delinquent. 


HSu  Colleen  Kuibbo 

A  YOUNG  WRITER 


Kjibbc 


Bob  has  a  job  after  school,  and  he 
builds  model  airplanes  in  his  spare  time. 
On  Sunday  he  and  his  parents  walk  to 
Church  together.  Bob's  a  tease,  but  his 
folk  understand.  He  likes  school  be- 
cause he  feels  his  teachers  believe  in 
him.  He  has  a  super  Boy  Scout  leader 
who  is  A-l.  Bob  doesn't  know  fear, 
because  where  there  is  faith,  there  is 
no  room  for  fear.  He's  happy,  and  I 
guess  anybody  who  is  happy  can't  get 
into  trouble.  Bob  isn't  delinquent.  You 
will  find  few  delinquents  where  there  is 
a  happy  home  life  with  a  good  father 
and  a  good  mother. 

HpHE  feeling  of  insecurity  at  home, 
scolding,  and  indifference  on  the 
part  of  parents,  inadequate  living  ne- 
cessities, lack  of  a  standard  of  values, 
drinking  and  smoking,  are  some  of  the 
tragic  conditions  which  breed  a  juv- 
enile delinquent.  These  are  things 
which  destroy  the  youth's  purpose,  his 
sense  of  security,  his  interest  in  living 
and  the  good  feeling  of  being  believed 
in.  These  are  reasons  why  something 
must  be  done. 

What  will  it  be? 

Yes,  Uncle  Sam  may  be  able  to  do 
much  to  curb  juvenile  delinquency.  He 
can  clear  out  the  slums.  He  can  replace 
them  with  low-cost  housing,  with  ade- 
quate light  and  clean  air;  he  can  build 
recreation  centers  and  playgrounds  and 
gymnasiums.  He  can  pay  the  highest 
wages  to  trained  leaders  who  will  take 
care  of  children  for  parents  who  work. 
He  can  understand  that  the  way  to 
guarantee  good  citizens  is  to  provide 
plenty  of  the  right  things  for  his  chil- 
dren to  do.  He  can  deal  with  juveniles 
liberally  and  correctively,  and  I  think 
he  will.  But  Uncle  Sam  can't  do  it  all. 
Mother  and  father  must  do  the  biggest 
part.  Home!  What  can  be  done  here 
is  much  more  important  than  what 
Uncle  Sam  can  do. 

Put  a  boy  in  a  good  home,  and  he's 
on  the  right  track.  He'll  do  things.  Put 
another  boy  out  in  the  street.  He's 
stuck.  The  major  causes  of,  and  the 
cures  for,  juvenile  delinquency,  lie  in 
the  home.  Every  young  man  and  every 
young  woman  begins  life  with  the  de- 
sire to  do  good.  Then,  parents,  please 
take  careful  note  of  the  various  forces 
which,  as  life  unfolds,  will  influence 
and  determine  whether  or  not  we,  the 
youth  of  today,  are  the  proud  fulfillers 
of  a  purpose  or  victims  of  a  condition. 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA. 


The  force  that  Keeps  the 
Statue  of  Liberty 
from  Crumbling... 

(MrfMIES YourB/gftief 


IF  it  were  not  for  the  strange  attractive  force 
that  exists  between  molecules  of  matter, 
the  Statue  of  Liberty  t  for  instance,  or  in  fact 
your  car,  your  house,  this  paper  you  hold  in 
your  hand  would  crumble  into  powder. 

No  one  knows  exactly  what  the  force  of 
molecular  attraction  is,  but  it  can  be  controlled. 
And  by  controlling  this  basic  force,  Conoco 
scientists  are  able  to  bring  you  and  America's 
millions  of  motorists  new  and  better  oils. 

In  fact,  by  utilizing  molecular  attraction,  a 
special  ingredient  of  Conoco  Nth  motor  oil  is 
attracted  to  working  surfaces  of  your  engine. 
So  strong  is  this  attraction  that  cylinder  walls 
and  other  parts  are  oil-plated. 

And  because  molecular  attraction  holds 
Conoco  oil-plating  up  where  it  belongs  .  .  . 
prevents  it  from  all  draining  down  to  the  crank- 
case,  even  overnight ...  you  get  these  benefits: 

added  protection  during  the  vital  periods 
when  you  first  start  your  engine 

added  protection  from  corrosive  action 
when  your  engine  is  not  in  use 

added  protection  from  wear  that  leads  to 
fouling  sludge  and  carbon 

added  smooth,  silent  miles 

That's  why  you'd  be  safer  to  oil-plate  your 
engine  now  ...  at  Your  Conoco  Mileage  Mer- 
chant's. Look  for  the  red  triangle.  Continental 
Oil  Company 


*&%£. 


JANUARY  1947 


37 


THE  CHURCH  MOVES  ON 


( Continued  from  page  31 ) 
provide  twenty  classrooms  and  twenty- 
four  faculty  offices.  These  facilities 
were  originally  located  at  the  Ogden 
arsenal.  At  the  time  of  transfer,  this 
government  agency  announced  that 
2,509  veterans  were  attending  the 
Church  university. 

Utah  State  Agricultural  College 

A  n  independent  branch  of  the  Church 
has  been  organized  near  the  Utah 
State  Agricultural  College,  Logan, 
Utah.  The  branch  is  comprised  of  all 
families  living  in  the  housing  projects 
adjacent  to  the  college  campus.  The 
branch  president  is  Elmer  E.  Broadbent. 

University  of  Utah 

A  T  impressive  and  colorful  rites,  com- 
pleted  October  16,  1946,  and  at- 
tended by  leaders  of  Church  and  state, 
as  well  as  delegates  from  many  of  the 
nation's  institutions  of  higher  learning, 
Dr.  Albert  Ray  Olpin  was  inaugurated 
as  president  of  the  University  of  Utah. 

The  Church  In  Utah 

rpHE  Church  statistical  committee  re- 
leased these  figures  late  in  Novem- 
ber: 

The  Church  in  Utah  has  a  member- 
ship of  467,524,  or  74.21  percent  of 
Utah's  population,  which  is  estimated 
at  630,000. 


Salt  Lake  City  has  a  total  mem- 
bershop  of  113,943,  or  65.11  percent 
of  the  estimated  175,000  living  in  Salt 
Lake  City. 

For  years  it  has  been  popularly  be- 
lieved that  the  state  was  sixty  percent 
"Mormon,"  and  Salt  Lake  City  was 
forty  percent  "Mormon." 

Excommunications 

^""WENIFER   LENORE   BELL    DUNNAGE.    Ex- 

^■^  communicated  September  22,  1946,  in 
the  Queensland  District,  Australian  Mission. 

Beatrice  A.  Faber,  born  January  23,  1908. 
Excommunicated  September  21,  1946,  in  the 
Miller  Ward,  South  Salt  Lake  Stake. 

Walter  Paul  Faber,  born  August  9,  1905, 
elder.  Excommunicated  September  21,  1946, 
in  the  Miller  Ward,  South  Salt  Lake  Stake. 

Ira  Millett,  born  December  17,  1889, 
elder.  Excommunicated  September  26,  1946, 
in  the  Fourth  Ward,  Temple  View  Stake. 

Virgil  Ralph  Montagne,  born  January  3, 
1916,  no  priesthood.  Excommunicated  Oc- 
tober 1,  1946,  in  the  La  Grande  Second 
Ward,  Union  Stake. 

Jeanie  Pritchett  McPhillips,  born  Novem- 
ber 30,  1906.  Excommunicated  September 
29,  1946,  in  the  Huntington  Park  Ward, 
South  Los  Angeles  Stake. 

Calista  May  Pritchett  Meiling  Plyler, 
born  September  28,  1901.  Excommunicated 
September  29,  1946,  in  the  Huntington  Park 
Ward,  South  Los  Angeles  Stake. 

Roberta  Meiling  Plyler,  born  July  28,  1921. 
Excommunicated  September  29,  1946,  in  the 
Huntington  Park  Ward,  South  Los  Angeles 
Stake. 


Lina  K.  Steinhouse,  born  April  26,  1863. 
Excommunicated  August  11,  1946,  in  the 
Brigham  First  Ward,  South  Box  Elder 
Stake. 

Maud  Milner  Siler  Blight,  born  June  6. 
1922.  Excommunicated  November  4,  1946. 
in  the  Eureka  Ward,  Santaquin-Tintic 
Stake. 

Arthur  K.  Deutsch,  born  January  1,  1892: 
elder.  Excommunicated  September  4,  1946, 
in  the  San  Francisco  Ward,  San  Francisco 
Stake. 

John  Henry  Edwards,  born  March  20, 
1888;  seventy.  Excommunicated  September 
18,  1946,  in  the  San  Francisco  Ward,  San 
Francisco  Stake. 

Alan  Leon  Fonnesbeck,  born  July  27, 
1921;  deacon.  Excommunicated  September 
15,  1946,  in  the  Logan  Eighth  Ward,  Logan 
Stake. 

Elna  Woodbury  Gallaher,  born  July  13. 
1927.  Excommunicated  November  10,  1946, 
in  the  Elmhurst  Ward,  Oakland  Stake. 

Frank  Valdemar  Jensen,  born  May  30, 
1911;  elder.  Excommunicated  November  6, 
1946,  in  the  Walnut  Park  Ward,  South  Los 
Angeles  Stake. 

Weber  G.  Lund,  born  December  19,  1922; 
teacher.  Excommunicated  October  27, 
1946,  in  the  Elmhurst  Ward,  Oakland 
Stake. 

Henry  Franklin  Perkins,  born  February 
27,  1911.  Excommunicated  November  10, 
1946,  in  the  Logan  Eleventh  Ward,  Logan 
Stake. 

Lewis  W.  Rhodes,  born  May  7,  1879; 
priest.  Excommunicated  October  20,  1946, 
in  the  Claremont  Ward,  Oakland  Stake. 

(Concluded  on  page  54) 


38 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


{torn  a  neighbors  farm 


Safeway's  Farm  Reporter  keeps  tab  on  how  farm- 
ers make  work  easier,  cut  operating  costs?  improve 
crop  quality.  Safeway  reports  his  findings  because 
we  Safeway  people  know  that  exchanging  good 
ideas  helps  everybody.  After  all,  more  than  a  third 
of  our  customers  are  farm  folks. 


This  special  extra-size  grapple  fork,  developed  by 
Oregon  State  College  agricultural  engineers, 
transfers  6  large  or  8  small  bales  of  hay  at  one 
time  from  truck  or  wagon  to  barn  mow.  It  cuts 
job  time  50%  compared  with  ordinary  grapple 
fork  or  sling  methods.  Eight  tines  or  hooks,  four 
on  each  side  of  main  frame,  are  inserted  slightly 
inside  center  of  bales  as  they  rest  end  to  end  on 
load.  Trip  rope  pulled  when  bales  enter  mow 
transfers  weight  from  main  frame  to  chains  on 
either  side.  These  chains  are  connected  with  iron 
pipes  passing  through  the  bend  or  elbow  of  each 
tine.  When  weight  of  bales  is  transferred  to  the 
tines  at  this  point,  tines  withdraw,  allowing  bales 
to  drop  into  mow.  Main  frame  measures  64  inches 
long  by  19  inches  wide.  Trip  mechanism  was  taken 
from  grapple  fork  used  on  long  hay. 


tf/IRVesr  &RR/ERS  F/TTED 

7b  7tfcm  Spec/al  Jobs.. . 

This  field  cabbage 

cart,    with    wheels 

spaced  to  straddle 

two  2-row  beds,  is 

loaded    by    stoop 

laborers.  Tractor 

hauls    load    from 

field  to  packing  shed  where  lever  at  side  of  cart  is 

pulled  to  tilt  cart,  slide  cabbages  onto  floor.  Cart 

was   built  by   Hunt   Brothers   in  the   California 

Imperial  Valley. 

"Asparagus  sleds"  are 
built  from  old  cars  by 
J.  R.  Gosser  of  Holt, 
California.  Wheel  base 
is  shortened,  and  chas- 
sis width  narrowed  to 
straddle  asparagus  bed. 
Lever  at  rear  of  wood 
body  controls  speed. 
Picker  steps  off  to  gather 
bunches  of  cut  asparagus. 

Special  rebuilt  mo- 
tor trucks  with  4- 
wheel  drive  and  ex- 
tra wide  wheel  base 
to  straddle  two  2- 
row  beds  are  used 
in  lettuce  harvest 
around  Salinas,  California.  The  trucks  are  rebuilt 
to  growers'  order  in  local  shops.  Resulting  speedup 
in  harvest  helps  get  fresher  lettuce  to  consumers. 


Wesley  Krajicek,of  Papillion,  Nebraska,  calls 
this  his  "drown -proof"  lamb  waterer.  Note 
guard  board  mounted  above  and  around  the 
trough.  This  board  prevents  lambs  from 
climbing  into  the  water,  or  being  pushed  in, 
when  they  come  for  a  drink.  So  effective  is 
this  simple  device  that  Krajicek  hasn't  lost 
a  single  lamb  by  drowning  during  5  years. 


To****:  foe** 

*#> 

Around  the  Visalia  area  in  California  a  few 
seasons  back,  blight  was  damaging  the  to- 
mato crop.  Safeway's  on-the-ground  produce 
buyer  asked  the  State  Agricultural  College 
at  Davis  for  help  in  meeting  this  grower 
problem.  Here  he  learned  about  a  new  blight- 
resistant  tomato  strain  developed  at  Penn- 
sylvania State  College.  The  Safeway  man 
obtained  some  of  the  new  seeds  and  urged 
Visalia  growers  to  try  them.  Growers  who 
used  the  new  seed  reported  excellent  results. 
Safeway  produce  men  often  recommend  ways 
to  improve  quality  and  yield,  and  such  efforts 
—  by  encouraging  consumption  —  help  give 
growers  a  more  profitable  market. 

•  Safeway  buys  direct,  sells  direct,  to  cut 
"in-between"  costs 

•  Safeway  buys  regularly,  offering  pro- 
ducers a  steady  market ;  when  purchasing 
from  farmers  Safeway  accepts  no  broker- 
age, either  directly  or  indirectly 

•  Safeway  pays  going  prices  or  better,  never 
offers  a  price  lower  than  producer  quotes 

•  Safeway  stands  ever  ready  to  help  move 
surpluses 

•  Safeway  sells  at  lower  prices,  made  pos- 
sible by  direct,  less  costly  distribution  .  .  . 
so  consumers  can  afford  to  increase  their 
consumption 

SAFEWAY—  *^e  neighborhoo(i 

grocery  stores 


JANUARY  1947 


39 


*  D  N  TH  E  B  D  D  K  RHG 


THE  TRUTH  SEEKER 

AND  MORMONISM 

(Dr.  Joseph   F.  Merrill.    Deseret  Book 

Company,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 

1946.    269  pages.   $1.00.) 

T I  'His  excellent  book  has  grown  out  of  con- 
-*-  tinued  requests  for  the  series  of  radio 
addresses  delivered  by  Dr.  Joseph  F.  Merrill 
from  July  through  December  1945.  It  is 
the  testimony  of  a  "scientist,  educator,  and 
churchman,"  who  has  learned  to  accept  all 
truth  and  make  it  part  of  his  religion.  It 
brings  together  objective  evidence  and  per- 
sonal conviction  concerning  the  reality  of 
God  who  moves  "in  his  majesty  and  pow- 
er" in  accordance  with  truth — whether  it  be 
the  truth  which  men  call  science  or  the 
truth  which  they  call  religion.  The  twenty- 
seven  chapters  of  this  work  on  many  phases 
of  science  and  religion  will  deservedly  find 
many  earnest  readers. — R.  L.  E. 

TO  WHOM  IT  MAY  CONCERN 

(Marvin  O.  Ashton.  Bookcraft  Company, 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah.    1946. 
332  pages.   $3.00.) 

Whoever  listened  to  Marvin  O.  Ashton 
loved  him,  for  he  loved  people  and 
drew  them  to  him  through  his  graphic 
figurative  language  and  his  pointed  stories. 
This  book  brings  together  some  of  his  ar- 
ticles and  stories  so  that  those  who  loved 
him  may  have  him  with  them  in  their  homes 
always.  The  volume  vibrates  with  his  per- 
sonality, which  was  a  rare  combination  of 
wit  and  wisdom,  and  abounds  in  truth  which 
all  need  to  know  and  apply.  The  book  is 
fully  illustrated,  thus  emphasizing  by  draw- 
ing the  printed  word. — M.  C.  J. 

HOW  TO  READ  THE  BIBLE 
(Edgar  J.  Goodspeed.   The  John  C. 
Winston  Company,  Boston,  Mass. 
224  pages.  $2.50.) 

SINCE  the  Bible  is  not  one  book,  but  a  li- 
brary of  books,  it  should  be  read  book  by 
book,  and  subject  by  subject,  rather  than 
continuously  from  beginning  to  end.  To 
make  such  a  reading  possible,  this  book  clas- 
sifies the  books  of  the  Bible,  and  adds  brief 
but  helpful  comments  on  each  book.  It  sug- 
gests that  the  reading  begin  with  the  Gos- 
pels, placing  Mark  first;  then  follow  the  other 
books,  classified  as  biographies,  speeches, 
orations  and  sermons,  history,  poetry,  fiction, 
letters,  and  visions  and  revelations.  There  is 
also  a  chapter  on  the  historical  background 
of  Bible  books;  and  another  on  the  chrono- 
logical order  of  the  books  for  those  who  pre- 
fer to  read  the  Bible  that  way.  A  brief  his- 
tory of  the  English  Bible  concludes  the  vol- 
ume. This  classification  and  the  assembled 
materials  should  be  very  helpful  to  Bible 
readers.  The  comments  and  the  chronology 
are  of  course  subject  to  the  differing  theoret- 
ical opinions  of  Bible  scholars. — J.  A.  W. 

THE  MOUNTAINS  ARE  MINE 
(Helen  Hinckley.    Vanguard  Press,  New 
York.  394  pages.    $2.75.) 

THIS  intriguing  story  of  early  pioneer  days 
in  Utah  is  told  honestly  and  well.  The 
fortunes  of  two  polygamous  families  form 
the  basic  theme  of  the  novel.  Why  one  is 
successful  and  the  other  a  failure  is  made 
plain  through  the  very  human  behavior  of 
the  main  characters.    With  great  delicacy 

40 


the  inner  souls  of  the  people  are  probed, 
until  the  great  issues  of  their  lives  lie  bare. 
However,  this  is  detected  only  by  the 
thoughtful  reader.  The  book  is  not  preachy. 
Rather,  it  holds  the  interest  from  the  begin- 
ning to  the  end  by  a  series  of  events  un- 
folding human  loves,  hopes,  fears  and  pas- 
sions.  Not  a  page  must  be  missed. 

It  is  refreshing  to  find  a  novel  with  a 
"Mormon"  background,  unusually  well 
written,  of  compelling  interest,  which  does 
not  need  to  draw  upon  untruthful  delinea- 
tions and  the  garbage  of  life  to  make  itself 
interesting.  Throughout  the  land  there  is  a 
growing  revulsion  against  the  sewer-litera- 
ture which  has  been  foisted  upon  us  in  re- 
cent years.  Miss  Hinckley's  style  is  of  last- 
ing, classical  quality.  We  have  the  right  to 
expect  much  good  literature  from  her  mind 
and  pen. 

The  Mountains  Are  Mine  should  be  read 
widely  by  "Mormon"  and  non-"Mormon," 
for  the  history  it  contains  and  the  vivid 
description  of  the  vagaries  of  the  human 
soul.—/.  A.  W. 

FARMER  TAKES  A  WIFE 
(John  Gould.  Morrow  and  Company,  New 
York.  1946.  153  pages.  $2.00.) 
'T'he  fun  of  farm  life  is  the  basis  for  this 
•*■  book,  and  if  it  doesn't  make  most  city- 
bred  folk  long  to  get  a  place  in  the  country, 
there's  something  wrong  with  the  city-bred 
folk — that's  all.  It  also  makes  a  person  want 
to  find  out  something  about  his  ancestors 
so  that  he  may  have  some  tales  with  which 
to  regale  his  grandchildren.  The  book  is 
conducive  to  better  family  life — and  more 
fun  in  it.  It  is  recommended  highly  for  both 
rural  and  urban  people.— M.  C.  /. 

NEW  RICHES  FROM  THE  SOIL 

(Wheeler  McMillen.    D.  Van  Nostrand, 
Inc.,  New  York.  396  pages.  $3.00.) 

THE  progress  of  chemurgy  is  the  theme  of 
this  fascinating  book.  Chemurgy  is  the 
development  of  new  industrial  uses  for  farm 
grown  materials,  and  the  establishment  of 
new  farm  crops.  It  is.  the  association  of 
science,  industry,  and  agriculture  for  the 
common  good.  Though  this  movement  is 
less  than  two  decades  old,  it  has  accom- 
plished much.  Industrial  uses  have  been 
found  for  corn,  oats,  the  fibre  plants,  and 
many  other  crops.  Farm  wastes,  such  as 
discarded  corn  cobs,  oat  hulls,  sawdust  and 
lumber  chips,  have  been  converted  by  sci- 
ence into  useful  substances  with  cash  values. 
Starches,  oils,  industrial  alcohol,  and  even 
rubber  have  been  won  from  farm  materials. 
As  the  work  progresses,  fear  from  farm 
surpluses  is  vanishing.  The  combination  of 
farm  and  factory  is  bringing  about  a  more 
profitable  and  a  happier  mode  of  living.  In 
twenty-three  chapters  the  distinguished 
originator  and  president  of  the  National 
Farm  Chemurgic  Council,  who  is  also  the 
editor  of  the  Farm  Journal,  tells  the  story  of 
past  accomplishments  in  this  field,  and  gives 
a  glimpse  of  the  future.  The  book  is  writ- 
ten in  simple,  entertaining  language.  Once 
begun  it  will  not  be  laid  down  until  finished. 
Every  farmer  and  farmer's  wife  would  read 
it  with  interest;  every  industrialist  would 
profit  by  becoming  acquainted  with  chem- 
urgy; and  all  citizens  who  are  concerned 
with  our  national  welfare  would  have  their 
imaginations  stirred  by  the  industrial  value 


of  farm  products  as  revealed  by  science.  In 
the  irrigated  West,  this  movement  is  of 
particular  importance.  The  initial  costs  of 
dams,  canals,  and  farm  structures,  and  of 
the  operation  and  maintenance  of  the  sys- 
tems, make  a  heavy  charge  against  irriga- 
tion agriculture,  which  can  be  met  chiefly 
by  the  growing  of  more  intensive  crops, 
notably  those  that  are  useful  to  the  factory. 
The  West  should  keep  in  close  touch  with 
chemurgy.  The  book  itself  reads  better  than 
most  fiction. — /.  A.  W. 

THE  COLORADO 

(Frank  Waters.   Rinehart  £>  Company, 

New  York.  400  pages.   $3.00.) 

r  J  'his  latest  of  the  rivers  of  America  books 

-*■  maintains  generally  the  high  standard 
of  the  series.  In  three  main  divisions  there 
are  discussed  the  historical  background  of 
our  knowledge  of  the  Colorado  River,  the 
people  in  or  near  its  drainage  basin,  and  the 
future  use  of  the  river  for  economic,  social, 
and  recreational  purposes.  There  are  excel- 
lent descriptions  of  the  river  and  its  con- 
tributing territory;  the  historical  material  is 
spiced  with  much  Indian  and  gossipy  lore; 
the  magnitude  of  the  river  possibilities  is 
presented  in  a  convincing  manner.  There  is 
a  fairly  complete  bibliography  and  a  good 
index.  All  interested  in  the  Colorado  River, 
one  of  America's  greatest  resources,  will 
welcome  the  book. 

One  wonders,  however,  why  it  was  neces- 
sary to  drag  the  "Mormons"  and  their  his- 
tory into  this  volume.  Their  relation  to  the 
Colorado  would  have  seemed  enough.  Curi- 
ously, the  story  of  the  march  of  the  Mor- 
mon Battalion  across  Arizona  is  not  men- 
tioned. The  thirteen  "Mormon"  pages  are 
crowded  with  historical  misstatements  and 
the  author's  personal  opinion  about  a  sub- 
ject of  which  he  clearly  knows  little,  and 
that  inaccurately.  After  paying  unscholar- 
ly  attention  to  Joseph  Smith,  the  Book  of 
Mormon,  Sidney  Rigdon,  Brigham  Young, 
and  in  general  to  all  "Mormons,"  he  charges 
them  with  murders  as  part  of  a  blood  atone- 
ment practice.  For  all  this  he  quotes  only 
one  author,  M.  R.  Werner — enough  said! 
It  is  to  be  hoped  that  he  is  unaware  that  in 
this  field  he  is  far  behind  historical  progress. 
These  pages  mar  the  book  greatly,  and 
leave  doubt  as  to  accuracy  elsewhere  or 
anywhere  in  the  book. — /.  A.  W. 

LAND  OF  PROMISE 

(Walter  Havighurst.   The  Macmillan 
Company,  New  York. 
384  pages.   $3.00.) 

*  I  'his  story  of  the  Northwest  Territory — 
-*-  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  and  Wisconsin 
— is  of  special  interest  to  Latter-day  Saints, 
because  in  this  region  the  Church  spent  sev- 
eral of  its  earliest  years.  The  book  is  es- 
sentially a  history,  and  a  good  one,  begin- 
ning with  the  earliest  pioneer  years.  The 
conquest  of  America,  of  which  we  are  prop- 
erly proud,  was  much  the  same  everywhere 
• — -varying  only  in  the  intensity  of  the  labor 
required.  The  reading  of  this  book,  though 
in  no  sense  a  religious  treatise,  furnishes  a 
good  background  for  understanding  the 
difficulties  of  the  "Mormons"  in  Ohio  and 
Illinois.  Besides,  it  is  a  most  interesting 
chapter  of  American  history,  well  written, 
and  enlivened  with  legends,  anecdotes,  and 
colorful  episodes.— J.  A.   W. 

(Continued  on  page  49) 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


^fcNIDCTirc 


MYSTERIOUS  GIFTS 

By  Evelyn  Fjeldsted 

TPhe  fortress  like  an  eagle  fought  her  way 
■*■  Against  the  shrieking  headwinds  toward 

her  base. 
The  men  were  thinking  of  the  grave  delay, 
When  through  the  "intercom"  unchartered 

space 
Brought  Christmas  carols  on  the  radio, 
Remembering  through  song,  the  land  that 

sings — 
The  wonderful  free  life  of  long  ago — 
To  Chad  was  like  the  hope  that  sunlight 

brings. 
And  then  the  great  plane  like  the  wounded 

bird 
That  long  has  battled  with  the  windswept 

clouds 
Was    sinking — sinking    into    cloud    banks 

blurred 
And    threatening,    rising    up    with    hidden 

shrouds. 

Is  time  a  moment  or  eternity 
When  men  are  lost  and  not  a  move  to  make 
Within  relentless  weird  vacuity? 
To  keep  from  thinking,  yet  to  stay  awake, 
With  pencil  stub,  indelible  and  bold, 
Painstakingly  Chad  wrote  the  name  "Mary" 
Upon  his  grounded  parachute's  limp  fold 
And  later  somewhere  in  security 
In  dreams  he  walked  again  with  Mary  Lee; 
He  saw  the  bronzed  fields  at  yielding  time — 
The  carved  initials  in  the  nooning  tree, 
Near  pasture  hills  where  stillness  was  sub- 
lime, 
The  old  slow  moon  that  rolled  above  the 

hills 
To  throw  soft  scintillating  lights  among 
The  trees  that  touched  the  upstairs  window 

sills 
Where  autumn-painted  sweet  wistaria  clung 
And  springtime  with  its  measured  warmth 

and  cold, 
The    winds    that    tumble    dust    instead    of 

planes, 
The  half-blown  flowers  reaching  up  to  hold 
Clean  melting  snow  and  gentle  sunlit  rains. 

When    chimney  smoke-wreaths    laced    the 

friendly  sky, 
Mysterious  gifts  and  waiting  mistletoe 
Expressed  the  Christmas  spirit  that  drew 

nigh 
To  all  America's  warm  hearth  side  glow, 
And  there  were  lights  and  bells  with  joyful 

tone 
When  Chad  reached  home — the  end  of  war's 

long  route. 
And  this  strange  thing  the  little  town  had 

known. 
A  Christmas  dress  made  from  a  parachute 

Was  Mary's  gift — a  snow  white  nylon 

dress; 
Her  friends  had  seen  her  name  upon  its 

folds 
And  who  can  know  or  who  can  ever  guess 
The  facts  this  story  of  the  moment  holds. 


THERE'S  SOMETHING  ABOUT  AN 
OLD  HOUSE 


SORROW'S  LESSON 

By  Rey  R.  Torres 
A  Young  Writer 

""Pis  well  all  souls  were  made  to  suffer 
■*•    That  each  for  other's  woes  might  feel; 

For  pain  unlocks  the  door  of  mercy — 
So  learns  the  wounding  hand  to  heal. 

JANUARY  1947 


T 


By  Ora  Pate  Stewart 
here's  something  about  an  old  house 


It  may  be  an  old  Virginia  mansion 
With  wide  floor  boards 

That  creak  beneath  ghost  feet 

Dancing  a  wild  quadrille 

In  a  drawing  room, 

To  the  tinkling  music 

Of  the  wind 

Over  broken  strings 

Of  an  old  harpsichord  .  .  . 

It  may  be  a  Georgia  hut 
Squatting  in  a  pecan  grove, 
Crisped  with  the  southern  sun, 
And  overdone  .  .  . 
Its  life  juices  fried  away  .  .  . 

But  through  its  paneless  windows 

I  can  see 

The  play  of  pickaninnies 

Of  another  day  .  .  . 

It  may  be  the  sturdy  cabin  of  the  West, 

Walled  with  the  ax-hewn  lengths  of  tam- 
arack, 

And  chinked  with  buffalo  dung 

And  prairie  mud  .  .  . 

Dirt  roofed,  and  bloody  raftered, 

Where  the  quarry  hung 

Of  antelope  or  bear  .  .  . 

I  see  the  scalp  lock  of  an  Indian 
As  he  rides  past 
On  a  pinto  mare  .  .  . 

There  is  something  about  an  old  house  .  .  . 

It  may  be  that  when  the  flesh  and  blood  and 

breath 
That  was  the  house 
Is  spent, 

The  spirit  of  itself, 
Ghost  guard, 
Is  sent 

To  watch  the  crumbling  bones 
Into  decay 

A  silent  sentry 

Who  can  know 

No  death! 


NIGHT  PLANE 
By  Harold  Gerard 

I  heard  a  plane  go  over  in  the  night, 
And  icy  fingers  gripped  about  my  heart. 
I   made   a    sudden   movement   toward    the 
light- 
How   strange   that   after   months   I   still 
should  start 
And  tremble  once  again  in  sudden  fright 
Because  of  just  an  airplane  in  its  flight. 

The  nights  that  bred  this  fear  were  long 

ago, 
But   there   are   little   children  who   must 

weep 
Whenever  peaceful  airplanes  fly  too  low 
And    arouse    them   troubled   once   again 

from  sleep. 
May  God  forbid  that  future  children  know 
As  did  these  present  ones,  such  things  are 

so. 


» — > 


SNOW 

By  Lalia  Mitchell  Thornton 

The  snow,  a  veil  of  loveliness,  has  made 
the  whole  world  new, 
No  longer  parched  and  withered  fields  where 

once  spring  blossoms  grew, 
No  longer  dusty  wayside  shrubs;  but  how 

was  I  to  know 
It  was  God  who  sent  to  bless  the  world ,  his 
benison  of  snow. 

I   watched   it  drifting   soft  and  still,  over 

roofs  and  garden  ways; 
I  sighed  because  I  thought  it  meant  the  end 

of  perfect  days; 
I  saw  familiar  objects  fade;  and  how  was 

I  to  tell 
God  sent  it  as  a  blessing  to  the  world  he 

loves  so  well. 


SHOSHONE  CANYON 

By  Martha  Stewart 
Age,  12  Years 

God  made  Shoshone  Canyon  for  all  to  see 
and  enjoy, 
And  as  he  sat  thinking  of  what  kinds  of 

nature  to  employ, 
He  thought  wouldn't  it  be  wonderful  to  make 
A  cathedral  of  spires  and  domes,  pinnacles 

and  pines, 
Small  blooming  flowers  and  green,  creeping 

vines, 
To  give  to  all  mankind  an  inspiration 
And  instil  it  deep  within  their  hearts  and 

minds. 

And  so  he  set  in  motion  the  elements  of 

nature, 
The  rains  to  sweep,  the  winds  to  blow, 
The  frost  to  chisel  and  chip,  the  rivers  to 

gouge, 
The  sun  to  beat  and  the  cold  to  bite  and  nip. 

So  now,  we  see  before  us  the  great  canyon 

of  Shoshone. 
And  isn't  it  grand  to  live  in  a  land 
Where  God  to  us  can  loan 
Red  sandstone  cliffs  and  sloping  hills 
And  the  River  of  Shoshone? 

41 


A  QUESTION  FOR  THE 
PRIESTHOOD- 

WU    WoJd  J  Be, 

t  ^Jkeie  ^Jklna5  f 


W 


on 


And  this  gospel  of  the  kingdom  shall  be 
preached  in  all  the  world  for  a  witness  unto 
all  nations;  and  then  shall  the  end  come. 
(Matt.  24:14.) 

For  though  I  preach  the  gospel,  I  have 
nothing  to  glory  of:  for  necessity  is  laid 
upon  me;  yea,  woe  is  unto  me,  if  I  preach 
not  the  gospell  (I  Cor.  9:16.) 

'"Phe  preaching  of  the  gospel  to  the 
entire  world  is  the  great  mission 
which  the  Lord  assigned  to  the  priest- 
hood of  his  Church.  The  Lord  by  rev- 
elation has  repeatedly  declared  to  in- 
quiring individuals  that  the  thing  which 
would  be  of  "greatest  worth"  to  them 
would  be  to  cry  repentance  unto  the 
world. 

Due  to  priestcraft  and  transgression, 
the  inhabitants  of  the  earth  close  the 
heavens  against  themselves.  Many,  be- 
cause of  this,  lose  faith  in  some  of  the 
most  basic  realities  in  true  religion;  but 
to  those  who  love  and  serve  the  Lord 
in  righteousness  and  truth,  the  mysteries 
of  the  kingdom  are  revealed  through  the 
gift  and  power  of  the  Holy  Ghost— by 
which  gift  and  power  men  "may  know 
the  truth  of  all  things."  Take  from  the 
Church  of  Christ  the  divine  principle  of 
revelation,  and  it  would  be  reduced  im- 
mediately to  "creed"  status.  Dogma, 
the  teachings  of  men,  would  soon  be 
taught  for  doctrine.  Faith  in  the  true 
and  Living  God  would  soon  give  way 
to  some  form  or  other  of  idolatrous 
worship.  Light  would  give  way  to  over- 
whelming darkness.  Such  was  the  case 
for  centuries  prior  to  the  restoration  of 
the  gospel. 

As  with  the  Church,  so  it  is  with  in- 
dividuals. Take  from  a  man  who  has 
seen  the  light,  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord, 
and  the  gift  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  and  he 
becomes  as  "other  men."    He  is  soon 

.  .  .  walking  in  his  own  way,  and  after 
the  image  of  his  own  God,  whose  image  is 
in  the  likeness  of  the  world,  and  whose  sub- 
stance is  that  of  an  idol,  which  waxeth  old 
and  shall  perish  in  Babylon,  even  Babylon 
the  great,  which  shall  fall.  (See  D.  &  C. 
1:16.) 

No  brother  can  lose  the  Spirit,  for- 
sake the  ministry  unto  which  he  has 
been  called,  and  still  retain  faith  in  the 
gospel  of  our  Lord.  Each  priesthood 
bearer  must  therefore  make  frequent 
search  of  his  soul  to  learn  whether  he  is 
giving  "...  diligent  heed  to  the  words 
of  eternal  life,"  and  whether  he  is  striv- 
ing to  "live  by  every  word  that  proceed- 

42 


eth  forth  from  the  mouth  of  God."  (See 
D.  &  C.  section  84.) 

Those  who  enjoy  a  testimony  of  the 
truth  do  so  because  "flesh  and  blood 
have  not  revealed  it"  but  our  Father 
which  is  in  heaven.  "...  the  Spirit  en- 
lighteneth  every  man  through  the  world, 
that  hearkeneth  to  the  voice  of  the 
Spirit.  And  every  one  that  hearkeneth 
to  the  voice  of  the  Spirit  cometh  unto 
God,  even  the  Father.  And  the  Father 
teacheth  him  of  the  covenant.  .  .  .  ( See 
D.  &  C.  Sec.  84. )  Those  who  come  not 
unto  the  Lord  "lieth  in  sin,  and  groaneth 
under  darkness  and  under  the  bondage 
of  sin.  And  by  this  you  may  know 
they  are  under  the  bondage  of  sin,  be- 
cause they  come  not  unto  me.  For  who- 
so cometh  not  unto  me  is  under  the 
bondage  of  sin."  (See  D.  &  C.  84:49- 
51.) 

Those  belonging  to  the  priesthood 
should  pause  occasionally  and  reflect 
upon  the  great  things  made  known, 
without  which  the  term  "salvation" 
could  have  little  meaning,  but  with 
which  is  the  promise  of  "eternal  life,"  an 
objective  worthy  of  every  human  ef- 
fort. 

The  great  sin  of  all  ages  has  been 
that  of  idolatry—the  mother  of  all  vices. 
For  this  reason,  and  knowing  the  great 
influence  of  Satan  in  the  earth,  the  Lord 
declared  first  to  ancient  Israel: 

I  am  the  Lord  thy  God,  which  have 
brought  thee  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt,  out 
of  the  house  of  bondage.  Thou  shalt  have 
no  other  gods  before  me.  (Exodus  20:2,  3.) 

The  world  has  set  up  "other  gods," 
but  to  us  has  been  revealed  anew: 

1.  The  true  and  Living  God,  whom 
to  know  is  "life  eternal" 

2.  His  relationship  to  us,  his  children, 
made  in  his  image,  and  existing 
with  him  in  the  spirit  before  the 
earth  was  created  for  the  benefit 
and  blessing  of  his  offspring 

3.  Our  utter  dependence  upon  Jesus 
Christ,  the  "Only  Begotten  Son  of 
God  in  the  flesh,"  as  our  Savior 
and  Redeemer;  the  promise  that 
we  may  become  "joint  heirs"  with 
him  in  the  kingdom  of  our  Father, 
through  the  power  of  the  resur- 
rection and  our  obedience  to  the 
gospel  as  taught  by  our  Savior, 
and  restored  anew  through  the 
Prophet  Joseph  Smith 

With  the  loss  of  the  knowledge  of 
God,    and   man's   relationship   to   him 


came  the  loss  to  man  of  many  things 
pertaining  to  the  Lord's  plan  of  salva- 
tion. Revelation  ceased  being  a  con- 
tinuing living  thing  with  the  people  for 
their  guidance. 

The  earth  also  is  defiled  under  the  in- 
habitants thereof;  because  they  have  trans- 
gressed the  laws,  changed  the  ordinance, 
broken  the  everlasting  covenant.  Therefore 
hath  the  curse  devoured  the  earth,  and  they 
that  dwell  therein  are  desolate.  .  .  .  (Isaiah 
24:5,  6.) 

With  our  understanding  by  revela- 
tion of  things  pertaining  to  eternal  life 
we  are  indeed  a  favored  people.  With 
this  knowledge  there  is  born  a  faith  and 
hope  that  is  not  known  in  the  world, 
and  gives  true  purpose  to  life. 

The  problems  of  life  can  only  be 
solved  in  the  light  of  the  understanding 
of  basic  principles  governing  life,  the 
gospel  pattern.  With  this  understand- 
ing all  things  fit  into  a  harmonious  pat- 
tern, and  faith  is  justified,  and  true  joy 
is  derived.  This  is  as  it  should  be,  for 
"man  is  that  he  might  have  joy."  With- 
out this  understanding  the  pattern  be- 
comes distorted,  there  is  a  lack  of  har- 
mony, things  do  not  seem  to  bear  proper 
relationships  to  other  things,  with  a  re- 
sultant loss  of  faith.  Without  faith,  life 
appears  aimless  and  meaningless,  with 
confusion,  disappointment,  and  dis- 
content inevitable. 

Without  this  knowledge  men  cannot 
find  the  things  in  life  it  is  natural  for 
them  to  hope  for  and  expect  from  life. 

It  is  veritably  true  that  "man  is  saved 
no  faster  than  he  gains  knowledge,"  and 
that  "the  glory  of  God  is  intelligence." 
The  religion  of  the  Latter-day  Saints  is 
superior  to  all  others  because  it  pos- 
sesses by  revelation  greater  knowledge 
of  things  pertaining  to  eternal  truth.  It 
has  been  truly  said:  "The  man  will  live 
best,  who  has  the  best  recipe  for  living." 

Take  this  revealed  knowledge  of 
things  pertaining  to  eternal  life  from  us 
and  we  are  indeed  poor.  The  world 
generally  lacking  divine  revelation  lacks 
this  understanding.  There  is  no  price 
any  man  who  is  honest  in  heart  would- 
n't pay  for  knowledge  of  these  things  if 
he  were  but  sure  he  could  search  and 
find  it.  He  would  brave  the  wildest 
storm,  climb  the  highest  mountain,  ford 
the  most  raging  torrent.  There  would 
be  no  peril,  even  at  the  cost  of  life  that 
would  not  be  faced  gladly. 

We  are  the  possessors  of  this  "pearl 
of  great  price."  We  must  be  eternally 
vigilant  to  retain  it,  and  the  surest  way 
of  retaining  it  is  to  live  by  it  and  teach  it 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


CONDUCTED  BY  THE  GENERAL  PRIESTHOOD  COMMITTEE   OF  THE  COUNCIL  OF   THE 
TWELVE — JOSEPH    FIELDING   SMITH,    CHAIRMAN;     CHARLES   A.    CALLIS,    HAROLD   B. 
LEE,  SPENCER  W.  KIMBALL,  EZRA  TAFT  BENSON,  MARION  G.  ROMNEY,  THOMAS  E.  MC- 
KAY, CLIFFORD  E.  YOUNG,  ALMA  SONNE,  LEVI  EDGAR  YOUNG,  ANTOINE  R.  IVINS 


NO-LIQUOR-TOBACCO 
COLUMN 

Conducted  by 
Dr.  Joseph  F.  Merrill 


L^onhdentia  I 
^rrmual  IKeports 


'"Phe  reports  from  all  the  quorums 
should  by  this  time  have  been  com- 
pleted, and  the  stake  reports  made 
ready  for  transmittal  to  the  general 
priesthood  committee's  office.  Stakes 
not  having  completed  their  reports 
should  make  every  effort  to  complete 
them  at  once.  Reports  received  too 
late  lose  much  of  their  value  to  the 
general  office. 

The  reports  will  reveal  the  strengths 
and  weaknesses  of  the  various  quo- 
rums. It  is  urged,  therefore,  that  they 
receive  consideration  in  the  various  de- 
partments of  the  next  priesthood  leader- 
ship meeting.  It  is  urged  that  individual 
quorum  reports  be  given  early  consid- 
eration in  each  quorum  presidencies' 
council  meeting.  These  reports  will 
prove  valuable  to  the  quorums  only 
insofar  as  plans  are  laid  and  made  op- 
erative to  correct  any  condition  that  is 
not  wholesome  in  the  quorum.  Ap- 
proach to  the  respective  problems  may 
vary  from  place  to  place,  and  there 
may  be  varied  degrees  of  effectiveness 
according  to  the  approach.  However, 
presidents  of  quorums  who  meet  fre- 


quently and  under  the  inspiration  of  the 
Spirit  of  the  Lord  and  who  plan  in  the 
interests  of  their  quorums,  are  on  the 
way  toward  more  effective  quorum  su- 
pervision. 

The  quorum  presidency  is  remiss  in 
its  duty  which  is  not  striving  constantly 
to  serve  the  best  interests  of  its  quorum, 
and  to  improve  the  effectiveness  of  its 
presidency. 

The  responsibility  of  presidency  is 
indeed  great.  The  responsibility  of 
membership  in  a  priesthood  quorum  is 
great.  In  this  the  new  year,  it  would  be 
most  fitting  for  each  member,  and  each 
quorum  president,  to  resolve  that  "each 
tomorrow"  will  find  him  "farther  than 
today." 

And  beside  this,  giving  all  diligence,  add 
to  your  faith  virtue;  and  to  virtue  knowl- 
edge; and  to  knowledge  temperance;  and  to 
temperance  patience;  and  to  patience  godli- 
ness; and  to  godliness  brotherly  kindness; 
and  to  brotherly  kindness  charity.  For  if 
these  things  be  in  you,  and  abound,  they 
make  you  that  ye  shall  neither  be  barren  nor 
unfruitful  in  the  knowledge  of  our  Lord  lesus 
Christ.  But  he  that  lacketh  these  things  is 
blind,  and  cannot  see  afar  off,  and  hath  for- 
gotten that  he  was  purged  from  his  old  sins. 
Wherefore  the  rather,  brethren,  give  dili- 
gence to  make  your  calling  and  election 
sure:  for  if  ye  do  these  things,  ye  shall 
never  fall.  (II  Peter  1:5-10.) 


to  others.  None  need  suppose  that  he 
can  do  too  much  for  the  building  up  of 
the  kingdom  of  God  in  the  earth.  This 
great  work  requires  consecration  and 
dedication.  Sad  will  be  the  man  who 
neglects  his  solemn  duty,  while  great 
shall  be  the  joy  of  those  who  devote 
their  talents  and  energy  to  the  bringing 
of  souls  unto  Christ;  who  bear  faithful 
witness  of  him  in  the  earth. 

The  priesthood  bearer  has  special 
obligations  in  this  most  important  work. 
The  priesthood  must  give  leadership 
thereto.  The  priesthood  is  the  power 
through  which  the  Lord  will  accomplish 
his  purposes  in  the  earth.  The  slothful 
and  negligent  servant  will  forfeit  his 
blessings  and  lose  the  promise.  The 
faithful  servant  will  "enter  into  the  joy" 
of  his  Lord.  The  Savior  said: 

I  must  work  the  works  of  him  that  sent 
me,  while  it  is  day:  the  night  cometh,  when 
no  man  can  work. 

This  is  a  good  resolve  to  every  brother 
in  every  priesthood  quorum. 

JANUARY  1947 


.  .  .  work  the  works  of  him  that  sent  you, 
while  it  is  day.  (John  9:4.) 

Where   would   I   be,  without   these 
things? 


15 


cLadt  Ujear  and  ^Jk 

HPhe  year  1946  is  now  history.  It  has 
been  an  eventful  year.  It  has  been 
a  year  of  great  achievement  for  many 
quorums  of  priesthood  within  the 
Church.  If  there  are  any  who  have 
neglected  opportunities,  this  is  an  ap- 
propriate time  to  resolve  that  mistakes 
of  the  past  will  not  be  those  of  the  fu- 
ture. 

The  Lord  would  have  us  look  ahead. 
He  expects  that  there  be  a  constant 
effort  toward  the  ideal.  This  requires 
that  each  priesthood  quorum  make  in 
this  year  a  little  greater  effort  than  ever 
toward  the  perfecting  of  the  lives  of  its 
members;  toward  an  increased  service; 
toward  a  more  united  quorum;  toward 
all  righteous  endeavor. 


Idaho  Initiatives  Fail 

HPhe  Idaho  Civic  Forces  sponsored 
three  initiatives  which  were  placed 
on  the  November  ballot,  but  they  went 
down  to  defeat  in  the  election.  We  are 
sorry  for  this  and  greatly  sympathize 
with  those  who  worked  untiringly  for 
the  success  of  these  measures.  One  of 
them  would  have  given  "local  option" 
to  the  counties  in  Idaho;  another  would 
have  repealed  the  law  permitting  the 
slot  machine  and  gambling;  the  third 
would  have  tightened  up  current  laws 
relative  to  the  liquor  traffic,  and  pro- 
hibited local  advertising  of  intoxicating 
alcoholic  beverages. 

All  these  measures  were  vigorously 
opposed  by  the  liquor  interests.  Bill- 
boards, newspaper  ads,  leaflets,  the 
press,  the  radio,  and  other  means  of 
publicity  were  lavishly  used,  including 
the  efforts  of  a  large  number  of  paid 
canvassers  and  workers.  So  many  half- 
truths  and  falsehoods  were  widely  pub- 
licized that  many  electors  became  con- 
fused and  therefore  did  not  vote  at  all 
on  the  proposed  laws.  The  measures 
were  defeated  not  by  a  majority  of  all 
who  voted  in  the  election  but  by  a 
majority  who  voted  on  the  proposed 
measures. 

The  results  teach  a  lesson — the  need 
for  more  education  of  the  public,  the 
longer  time  of  preparation  for  an  elec- 
tion, and  more  complete  organization 
of  proponents.  Undoubtedly  the  great 
majority  of  the  voters  in  Idaho  desire 
good  government,  good  laws,  law  en- 
forcement, and  the  elimination — at  least 
strict  control — of  demoralizing  agen- 
cies. Yes,  education  and  hard  work  by 
right-minded  citizens  will  yet  win  in 
Idaho.  Let  none  of  them  be  discour- 
aged. 

International  Luther  League 
Speaks  Out 

The  following  statement  issued  by 
the  board  of  directors  of  the  Interna- 
tional Luther  League  was  printed  as  a 
paid  advertisement  in  the  Minneapolis, 
Minnesota,  Sunday  Tribune  of  May 
19,  1946,  by  order  of  the  board: 

Our  young  people  are  being  made  the 
target  of  insidious  liquor  advertising.  They 
are  being  subjected  to  pressure  from  all 
sides  to  look  upon  drinking  as  an  innocent 
habit.  Even  teen-age  boys  and  girls  are 
becoming  victims  of  alcohol.  The  result  is 
an  increasing  spiritual  breakdown  and  an 
inevitable  moral  collapse,  indicated  already 
in  the  widespread  prevalence  of  juvenile 
deliquency. 

In  the  face  of  these  conditions  .  .  .  the 

(Concluded  on  page  46) 

43 


«  RHRDNIG  PRIE1THDDD 

CONDUCTED  UNDER  THE  SUPERVISION  OF  THE   PRESIDING  BISHOPRIC.    EDITED  BY  LEE  A.  PALMER. 


WARD  YOUTH   LEADERSHIP 
OUTLINE  OF  STUDY 

FEBRUARY  1947 

Note:  This  course  of  study  is  pre- 
pared under  the  direction  of  the  Pre- 
siding Bishopric  for  presentation  dur- 
ing the  monthly  meeting  of  the  ward 
youth  leadership  to  ■  be  conducted  by 
the  bishopric  in  each  ward.  Members 
of  the  ward  Aaronic  Priesthood  com- 
mittee and  of  the  ward  committee  for 
Latter-day  Saint  girls  are  expected  to 
attend  this   meeting. 

/~\ur  problem:  How  can  we  make 
attendance  at  sacrament  meeting 
more  attractive  to  boys  and  girls? 

The  responsibility  for  what  takes 
place  in  sacrament  meeting  rests  square- 
ly on  the  shoulders  of  the  bishop. 
Though  the  responsibility  is  his,  it  is 
one  all  members  of  the  ward  should 
share.  For  this  reason  we  discuss  it 
here.  Perhaps  we  can  find  ways  to 
lend  tangible  support  and  encourage- 
ment to  the  bishop.  We  may  be  able  to 
suggest  how  youth  may  find  increased 
interest  in  this  sacred  service. 

The  interest  of  our  boys  and  girls  in 
sacrament  meeting  will  depend,  we  be- 
lieve, on  two  things :  ( 1 )  the  degree  to 
which  sacrament  meetings  fulfil  their 
purpose,  and  (2)  the  extent  to  which 
youth  is  used  to  help  realize  this  pur- 
pose. 

The  Purpose  of  Sacrament 
Meeting 

The  Lord  commanded  us  (see  D.  & 
C.  59:9-12)  to  "go  to  the  house  of 
prayer  and  offer  up  thy  sacraments 
upon  my  holy  day."  Central  to  the 
sacrament  meeting  is  the  privilege  of 
partaking  of  the  sacrament.  This  we 
do  for  two  reasons :  ( 1 )  to  remember 
the  life,  teachings,  spirit,  and  also  the 


suffering,  sacrificial  love,  and  death  of 
our  Savior,  and  (2)  to  renew  the  bap- 
tismal pledge  to  be  his  true  disciples 
"at  all  times  and  in  all  things,  and  in  all 
places."  (Compare  Mosiah  18:8-10 
with  Moroni  4:3.)  The  primary  pur- 
pose of  the  sacrament  meeting  then,  is 
to  worship  by  remembering  and  by  re- 
newing our  faith  in  the  Lord  Jesus 
Christ. 

Two  other  intimately  related  pur- 
poses should  be  kept  in  mind.  People 
come  to  sacrament  meeting  to  be  built 
up  in  the  faith — to  receive  hope,  com- 
fort, encouragement,  and  inspiration — 
and  also  to  gain  a  greater  understand- 
ing of  the  principles  of  the  gospel.  Each 
sacrament  meeting  should  be  planned 
and  conducted  to  create  the  spirit  of 
worship,  to  build  faith,  and  to  increase 
our  appreciation  of  the  gospel.  A  poor 
or  mediocre  meeting  is  one  which  fails 
to  realize  these  purposes;  a  good  sac- 
rament meeting  is  one  which  fulfils 
them. 

Boys  and  girls  are  naturally  quite 
idealistic,  full  of  faith,  and  eager  to 
learn.  They  can  be  responsive  to  the 
true  purposes  of  a  sacrament  meeting. 
This  has  been  demonstrated. 

Some  things  mar  the  spirit  of  wor- 
ship. Often  the  worst  offender  is  a 
long  series  of  announcements  which 
neither  promote  worship,  build  faith, 
nor  teach  the  gospel.  Let  us  put  them 
on  a  bulletin  board,  on  a  printed  page, 
or  take  them  to  the  homes  of  people. 
Except  in  emergencies,  they  have  no 
place  in  a  sacrament  meeting.  Tardi- 
ness, lack  of  attention  to  details,  talk- 
ing on  the  stand  or  in  the  body  of  the 
hall  by  adults,  unnecessary  disturbances 
incident  to  moving  windows  during  the 
services,  an  untidy  or  unclean  meeting- 
house, poor  ventilation,  and  ill-chosen 


music  further  inhibit  the  spirit  of  wor- 
ship. 

The  purposes  of  the  sacrament 
meeting  are  enhanced  most  by  quiet, 
dignified,  reverent,  orderly,  and  punctu- 
al administration,  careful  selection  of 
music,  adequate  attention  to  little 
things,  tactful  suggestions  to  those  who 
shall  speak,  and  by  a  simple,  sacred, 
and  beautiful  administration  and  pass- 
ing of  the  sacrament. 

The  purposes  of  the  sacrament  meet- 
ing are  taught  best  by  simply  revealing 
them  in  the  fine  quality  of  the  service. 
Other  things  can  be  done  too,  however, 
which  will  help  boys  and  girls  appre- 
ciate the  meaning  of  the  sacrament. 

We  can  also  teach  them  the  meaning 
and  purpose  of  the  sacrament  in  places 
other  than  in  the  sacrament  meeting. 
Each  leader  of  youth  should  have  a 
good  understanding  of  the  subject  him- 
self. Then  all  of  us,  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  bishop,  might  well  ask  our- 
selves: where  are  we  teaching  the 
meaning  of  the  sacrament  to  our  young 
people?  Do  we  just  talk  to  the  boys 
about  their  specific  duties  or  do  we 
relate  their  duties  to  the  overall  pur- 
pose of  the  sacrament? 

Let  us  not  overdo  it  but  as  a  group 
examine  ourselves  in  this  respect  and 
decide  just  when,  where,  and  who  shall 
teach  the  fuller  meaning  of  the  sacra- 
ment to  all  age  groups  in  the  ward. 
Priesthood  quorums,  Sunday  School, 
and  Mutual  Improvement  Association 
classes,  and  personal  counseling  afford 
us  opportunities.  Check  your  courses 
of  study.  Is  everyone  receiving  a  fine 
lesson  on  the  meaning  of  the  sacrament? 

(Next  month  we  shall  suggest  several 

specific  ways  in  which  boys  and  girls 

can  feel  a  greater  interest  in  sacrament 

{Concluded  on  page  52) 


SHELLEY  STAKE  AARONIC  PRIESTHOOD  AND  GIRLS'  CHORUS 

Combined  Youth  Chorus,  representing  all  wards  in  the  Shelley  Stake,  furnished  the  music  for  their  recent  quarterly  conference.    Bishop  Joseph  L.  Wirthlin  of 

the  Presiding  Bishopric  attended  the  conference  and  gave  an  enthusiastic  account  of  the  performance.    Members  of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood  and  the  Latter-day  Saint 

girl  groups  practised  in  their  respective  wards  for  several  weeks,  then  came  together  for  three  all-stake  rehearsals  in  preparation  for  the  conference.    The  chorus  was 

under  the  direction  of  Lynn  Barker.    Over  two  hundred  young  men  and  young  women  participated.  —Photograph  by  L.   W.  Bacon 


44 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


CONDUCTED  UNDER  THE  SUPERVISION  OF  THE  PRESIDING  BISHOPRIC.    EDITED  BY  HENRY  G.  TEMPEST. 


PRESENT  WARD  TEACHING 

FORMS  TO  BE  USED 

UNTIL  JULY  1947 

Tn  the  past,  the  Presiding  Bish- 
op's office  has  supplied  the 
wards  with  new  ward  teachers' 
report  forms  at  the  beginning  of 
each  calendar  year.  However,  the 
year  1947  will  be  an  exception. 
The  press  delivered  the  1946  sup- 
plies so  late  that  to  avoid  waste 
it  is  thought  advisable  to  use  the 
present  forms  until  July  1947.  At 
that  time  new  forms  will  be  avail- 
able to  cover  the  period  from  July 
1947,  to  December  1948.  There- 
after, the  forms  will  be  prepared 
to  cover  the  usual  twelve  month 
period,  beginning  January  of  each 
year. 


CHART  OF  ORGANIZATION  OF 

WARD  COMMITTEE  ON  WARD  TEACHING 


Ujowth  S^peakc 


ppeal 

WHAT  I  LIKE  MOST  ABOUT  THE 
WARD  TEACHERS'  VISIT 

(Excerpts  from  a  talk  given  by 
Denzle  Williams,  a  deacon.  Name 
o/  ward  and  stake  were  omitted 
when  submitted  to  the  Presiding 
Bishop's  office. ) 


DENZLE  WILLIAMS 

f  like  our  ward  teacher  because  he  is 
dependable.  We  are  sure  that  some- 
time during  the  month  he  will  visit  our 
home  with  the  ward  teachers'  message. 
If  it  happens  we  are  not  at  home  we  are 
sure  he  will  return  at  a  later  date  to 
give  us  the  message  he  has  for  us,  which 
makes  us  children  feel  the  importance 
of  the  ward  teacher's  visit. 

JANUARY  1947 


BISHOP 

Chairman  of 

Ward  Committee 

FIRST 
COUNSELOR 

SECOND 
COUNSELOR 

DISTRICT 
SUPERVISOR 

DISTRICT 
SUPERVISOR 

DISTRICT 
SUPERVISOR 

ASSISTANT 
WARD  CLERK 

HPhe  ward  committee  on  ward  teach- 
ing, as  indicated  in  the  above  chart, 
is  composed  of  the  following  members : 
The  bishop,  who  is  the  chairman;  his 
two  counselors;  three  district  super- 
visors; and  the  secretary  (assistant 
ward  clerk). 

The  bishop,  as  presiding  authority 
and  the  one  responsible  for  the  spiritual 
and  temporal  welfare  of  his  members, 
is  the  chairman.  He  cannot  delegate 
this  authority  to  others.  His  counselors 
should,  however,  share  this  responsibil- 
ity with  him;  and,  as  presiding  officers  in 
the  ward,  they  will  work  together  in 
the  promotion  of  the  ward  teaching 
program. 

The  ward  should  be  divided  geo- 
graphically into  three  districts,  with 
each  area  having,  if  possible,  an  equal 
number  of  families.  One  member  of  the 
bishopric  should  be  assigned  to  each  of 
the  three  districts,  and  he  will  be  direct- 
ly responsible  for  ward  teaching  in  his 
respective  district. 

To  aid  in  the  discharge  of  this  re- 
sponsibility, three  district  supervisors 
should  be  appointed,  with  one  super- 
visor  to    assist    each   member    of   the 


bishopric.  The  district  supervisor 
should  endeavor  to  relieve  the  bishop- 
ric of  as  much  of  the  detail  work  as  is 
possible,  following  through  on  personal 
contacts,  assignments,  and  check-ups. 

The  appointment  of  a  secretary  (as- 
sistant ward  clerk)  completes  the  or- 
ganization of  the  ward  committee.  The 
secretary  is  responsible  for  the  com- 
piling of  the  ward  report  on  a  monthly 
basis,  and  to  aid  the  bishopric,  the  quo- 
rums, the  ward  clerk,  and  the  ward 
teachers,  with  transfers,  new  arrivals, 
and  any  other  information  that  will  be 
of  assistance  in  coordinating  the  work. 

It  is  the  primary  responsibility  of  the 
ward  committee  to  see  that  each  district 
is  thoroughly  organized  with  a  member 
of  the  bishopric  at  the  head,  a  district 
supervisor  and  a  sufficient  corps  of 
ward  teachers  that  will  only  require 
each  pair  of  teachers  to  visit  a  reason- 
able number  of  homes  monthly. 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  bishopric  to  se- 
lect the  best  qualified  members  of  the 
Melchizedek  Priesthood  to  serve  as 
ward  teachers.  All  worthy  teachers  and 
priests  of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood 
should  be  called  to  assist  these  brethren 
in  ward  teaching. 


I  like  his  attitude  and  friendly  way 
when  he  enters  the  home.  He  always 
shakes  hands  with  each  member  of  the 
family  from  the  eldest  to  the  youngest 
and  makes  each  one  of  us  feel  that  the 
message  is  for  us.  He  brings  with  him 
a   young   man   from   the   teachers'   or 


priests'  quorum  and  he  takes  his  turn 
in  giving  the  lesson. 

I  especially  like  some  of  the  lessons, 
such  as  tithing.  After  hearing  that  mes- 
sage I  was  impressed  with  the  impor- 
tance of  paying  a  full  tithing.    I  have 

(Concluded  on  page  50) 
45 


^BEHEBLDBlUs^ 


Alpha  Loader  Jaques 
of  Sugar  City,  Idaho 

Alpha  Loader  Jacques,  handcart 
emigrant,  pioneer,  business  and 
civic  leader,  was  born  in  a  tent  on 
the  plains  at  Cutler's  Park  a  few 
miles  west  of  Florence,  Nebraska, 
August  27,  1856.  Alpha's  parents,  John 
and  Zilpah  Jaques,  emigrated  from 
England  in  1856  with  their  daughter, 
Flora.  In  their  company  were  five  sis- 
ters and  a  brother  of  Mrs.  Jaques,  to- 
gether with  her  parents,  James  and 
Amy  Loader.  (See  The  Improvement 
Eva,  December  1946,  p.  790.) 


ALPHA  L.  JAQUES 

Becoming  a  part  of  Martin's  hand- 
cart company,  the  Jaques  family  suf- 
fered untold  hardships  with  their  fellow 
emigrants.  Grandfather  Loader  was 
buried  at  Ash  Hollow.  Flora  Jaques 
died  en  route  to  Salt  Lake  valley,  but 
her  body  was  carried  to  the  end  of  the 
journey  for  burial.     Arriving  in   Salt 


Lake  City,  little  hope  was  held  for 
baby  Jaques,  but  after  Elder  Franklin 
D.  Richards  administered  to  him,  he 
immediately  began  to  mend.  Some  years 
later  he  played  baseball  in  the  same 
group  with  President  Heber  J.  Grant. 

In  1876  Alpha  Jacques  was  married 
to  Amy  Ricks  in  the  Endowment  House 
by  Elder  Joseph  F.  Smith  of  the  Coun- 
cil of  the  Twelve.  In  1885,  in  company 
with  Seymour  Hinckley,  Brother  Jaques 
drove  a  team  from  Cache  valley  to  Rex- 
burg,  Idaho,  his  wife  following  on  the 
train  to  Market  Lake  (Roberts)  soon 
after.  Making  their  home  in  Rexburg 
for  eighteen  months,  they  then  moved 
to  the  new  Salem  community  about  five 
miles  north,  where  five  of  their  children 
contracted  the  deadly  diphtheria  of  that 
day.  Receiving  valuable  aid  from  "Dr." 
Nick  Wilson  of  Shoshone  Indian  fame, 
they  saved  all  but  one  of  their  children. 

Alpha  Jaques  hauled  logs  from 
Warm  River,  some  thirty  miles  distant, 
with  which  to  build  the  first  church  in 
the  community.  He  was  a  school 
trustee  for  seven  years  and  president  of 
the  Salem  Irrigation  Company  for 
forty  years.  Until  1941,  he  raised  sugar 
beets  on  his  small  farm,  doing  much  of 
the  thinning  and  harvesting  of  the  beets 
himself. 

Until  his  death  at  eighty-nine  he  had 
one  of  the  best  gardens  in  Sugar  City 
each  summer.  Alpha  was  the  second 
child  of  John  Jaques,  author  of  the 
words  of  the  song,  "O  Say,  What  Is 
Truth?"  and  for  eleven  years  assistant 
Church  Historian.  (As  dictated  to  and 
at  the  request  of  Leon  M.  Strong. ) 


NO-LIQUOR-TOBACCO  COLUMN 


( Concluded  from  page  43 ) 
board    of    directors    of    the    International 
Young  People's  Luther  League  adopts  the 
following : 

1.  We  vigorously  oppose  the  legalized 
liquor  traffic  which  is  sweeping  an 
ever  greater  number  of  American 
youth  into  a  stream  of  drunkenness, 
immorality,  and  crime. 

2.  We  vigorously  protest  the  treacher- 
ous and  misleading  liquor  advertising 
which  is  directed  primarily  at  the  youth 
of  America,  presenting  the  use  of  liquor 
as  desirable  and  unharmful. 

3.  We  call  upon  the  Christian  youth  of 
our  land  to  take  a  firm  stand,  out  of 
faith  in  Christ  and  love  for  his  right- 
eousness, against  the  liquor  traffic  and 
the  rising  tide  of  intemperance. 

4.  We  extend  the  support  of  the  young 
people  we  represent  to  the  law  enforc- 
ing agencies  of  our  various  communi- 
ties to  combat  and  correct  the  existing 
conditions. 

46 


5.  We  urge  the  support  of  our  Christian 
young  people  of  the  many  temperance 
organizations  which  are  at  work  in  our 
communities  to  conquer  this  liquor 
menace  and  to  foster  law  enforcement 
and  sobriety. 

"The  Voice"  Comments: 

No  nation  has  ever  been  able  to  drink 
itself  prosperous. 

There  is  one  way  and  only  one  way  to 
"control"  the  liquor  traffic  and  that  is  by 
police  action  backed  up  by  the  power  of 
public  opinion. 

Legislatures  cannot  "legislate"  morality. 
They  cannot  legislate  health.  They  can  pass 
laws  intended  to  reduce  the  prevalence  of 
disease. 

It  is  a  probability  that  during  the  year 
1947,  someone  you  know  and  love  will  be 
killed,  seriously  injured,  or  have  his  or  her 
life  placed  in  extreme  jeopardy  by  the  ir- 
responsibility of  a  had-been-drinking  driver. 
The  man  who  will  sell  him  the  liquor  is  no 


doubt   already   licensed    to  do  business   in 
partnership  with  your  government. 

Why  Spoil  a  Good  Movie? 

We  frequently  receive  letters  suggesting 
that  we  should  recommend  motion  pictures 
which  we  find  free  from  objectionable  fea- 
tures. We  have  not  undertaken  to  do  this 
because  there  are  so  few  motion  pictures 
offered  to  the  public  which  are  not  marred 
by  harmful  suggestion.  It  is  a  great  pity 
that  this  is  true. 

Drunken  Driving  on  Increase 

The  Deseret  News  recently  printed  a 
press  dispatch  from  Chicago  as  follows : 

Drunken  driving  remains  a  leading  factor 
in  the  new  higher  cost  of  automobile  pub- 
lic liability  and  property  damage  insurance. 

A  nationwide  survey  by  the  American 
Business  Men's  Research  Foundation  among 
companies  writing  this  form  of  insurance 
brings  out  that  there  is  no  question  but  that 
the  postwar  period  has  brought  a  tremen 
dous  increase  in  driving  after  drinking. 

Ups  Insurance  Rates 

The  increase  in  drunken  driving  and  the 
added  cost  of  repairs,  together  with  higher 
demands  for  injuries,  have  all  combined  to 
force  automobile  insurance  companies  to 
increase  their  rates. 

Experience  of  insurance  companies  with 
the  increase  in  drunken  driving  is  in  agree- 
ment with  findings  of  the  National  Safety 
Council,  which  recently  states  that  drunken 
driving  accidents  are  at  the  highest  fre- 
quency in  history,  the  Foundation  said,  in 
releasing  the  survey  facts. 

Young  Drivers 

Much  of  the  increase,  company  execu- 
tives said  in  response  to  questioning,  is 
found  among  younger  drivers.  A  large  share 
of  this  is  attributed  to  readjustment  and 
aftermath  of  the  war. 

Citing  comments  of  insurance  executives, 
the  Foundation  noted  that  drunken  driving 
is  one  of  the  major  factors  in  increasing 
the  severity  of  claims.  .  .  .  There  has  been  a 
decided  increase  in  drunken  driving,  not 
only  in  the  older  generation  but  also  in  the 
younger  people  as  well,  particularly  the  re- 
turning G.I.,  and,  in  many  cases,  drunken 
driving  has  been  an  important  factor. 

These  executives  cite  the  experience  that 
claims  arising  from  drunken  driving  cost  the 
companies  from  two  to  three  and  four  times 
the  normal  rate.  Courts  and  juries,  they 
cite,  are  becoming  increasingly  severe 
where  drunken  driving  is  concerned. 

Much  of  the  increased  insurance  cost  can 
be  eliminated,  they  said  in  comments  to  the 
Foundation,  when  public  and  police  apathy 
toward  drunken  drivers  is  abolished. 

Should  not  laws  be  made  in  every 
state  prohibiting  a  drinking  or  drunken 
driver  to  be  at  the  control  wheel  of  any 
motorcar  on  the  public  highways?  Al- 
cohol in  the  blood  of  a  motorcar  driver 
can  easily  and  quickly  be  ascertained. 
Thousands  of  lives  are  sacrificed  an- 
nually in  this  country  because  alcohol 
lessened  the  efficiency  of  drivers  at  mo- 
torcar controls.  Should  not  a  general 
move  be  made  to  lessen  or  eliminate 
this  needless  sacrifice? 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Brigham  Young 
Concerning  the  Holy  Ghost 

{Concluded  irom  page  5) 
them.  But  the  case  is  quite  different 
with  those  whose  minds  are  not  opened 
and  instructed  by  the  power  of  God. 
Sermonizing,  dividing,  and  subdividing 
subjects,  and  building  up  a  fine  super- 
structure, a  fanciful  and  aerial  build- 
ing, calculated  to  fascinate  the  mind, 
coupled  with  the  choicest  eloquence  of 
the  world,  will  produce  no  good  to 
them.  The  sentiments  of  my  mind,  and 
the  manner  of  my  life,  are  to  obtain 
knowledge  by  the  power  of  the  Holy 
Ghost.  _Brigham  Young,  Journal  of 
Discourses,  1:89,  90. 


New  Year  Celebrations 
in  Pioneer  Times 

(Concluded  from  page  19) 

followed  the  musicians  as  they  ser- 
enaded at  the  homes  of  the  First 
Presidency.  At  President  Young's 
home  "the  governor  saluted  the  two 
bands  with  a  'Happy  New  Year,' 
and  received  in  exchange  some  ex- 
cellent music." 

In  the  afternoon  of  that  historic 
day,  the  Social  Hall  was  dedicated, 
and  what  a  time  of  celebration  it  was 
— speeches,  songs,  drama,  and  danc- 
ing. 

For  years  the  pioneers  celebrated 
the  dawn  of  the  new  year  much  as 
they  did  in  1 853.  Often  the  brethren 
engaged  in  shooting  matches,  the 
losers  paying  for  a  banquet. 

In  1855  during  the  New  Year's 
Day  celebration  in  Social  Hall,  one 
of  the  United  States  officials  of  the 
Territory  of  Utah  was  invited  to 
take  part  on  the  program.  His  speech 
included  these  significant  words: 

I  can  scarcely  realize  that  we  are  here, 
ten  or  fifteen  hundred  miles  from  civiliza- 
tion; and  yet  we  are  in  the  very  midst  of  it, 
not  only  civilization  but  the  most  perfect 
refinement.  I  am  reminded  of  the  words  of 
Daniel  Webster  at  a  celebration  of  the 
landing  of  the  Pilgrim  Fathers.  "The  same 
heaven  is  over  our  heads,"  he  said,  "the 
same  earth  under  our  feet,  but  all  else — how 
changed."  The  same  remarks  may  be  ap- 
propriately applied  to  this  territory.  When 
we  consider  that  only  seven  years  have 
passed  since  this  people  landed  here  with 
scarcely  sufficient  food  to  support  them 
until  they  could  raise  a  crop,  and  behold 
now  the  splendor,  the  magnificence  and  the 
taste  that  has  been  displayed  on  this  occa- 
sion, we  may  wonder  and  be  astonished, 
and  yet  my  soul  ascribes  it  to  the  Provi- 
dence of  that  Good  Being  who  controls  all 
things  for  his  glory  and  the  well-being  of 
his  creatures. 

JANUARY  1947 


The  new  year  was  a  time  of  cere  prayer  that  the  coming  year 
thanksgiving,  rejoicing,  and  merry-  might  be  a  little  less  severe  and  rig- 
making  in  the  settlements  the  pio-  orous  than  the  year  that  had  just 
neers  established.    It  was  their  sin-  passed  away. 


COATS 


handles   anything 
does   everything . 


This  "PLUS  hired  man"  handles  anything — manure,  sand,  gravel,  dirt,  cobs,  lime, 
coal,  snow— it  loads,  hauls,  mixes,  lifts,  excavates,  fills— by  finger  tip  control  from 
the  driver's  seat.  More  than  just  a  "loder,"  it  gives  you  many  extras  in  speed; 
economy,    ease   of   operation,    including: 

•  "Miracle"  Telescoping  Frame,  permits  loading  within  a  few  inches 
of  the  front  wheel,  3  foot  loading  clearance  at  peak  of  lift  with  30% 
less  strain  on  your  tractor. 

•  No-slip-no-bind,  tapered  wood  cone  clutch. 

•  Double  cable  controlled  lift,  prevents  frame  twist. 

•  All  steel  construction,  electrically  welded. 

•  Automatic  bucket  control,  prevents  swinging. 

•  Automatic  brake,  stops  and  holds  load  at  any  level. 

•  Strangest  factory  guarantee  in  the  industry. 

Fits  any  row  crop  tractor.  Hay  buck  and  snow  bucket  attachments  fit  loader  bucket. 
Ask  your  dealer  about  the  EXTRA  advantages  you  get  with  a  Coats  Loader,  or  write 
for  free  circular  NOW. 

.  .  .  there's  a  Coats  Loader  for  every 
make  and  type  of  tractor  except  crawlers  .  .  . 

MOUNTAIN  STATES  IMPLEMENT  CO. 

OGDEN,  UTAH 


Wf  OITER . . . 

A  COMPLETE 
ENGRAVING  SERVICE 

From    Missionary  Portraits   to   the   Largest 
Catalogues. 

Mail  Orders  Given  Prompt  Attention 

UTAH  ENGRAVING  CO. 

113  Regent  St.  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


HOTEL  LANKERSHIM 

7th  ft  RRORDWAY 


MODERATE  RATES 

L  D.  S.  Headquarters  in  Los  Armeies 

FRANK   R.  WISHON    Operator 

RAY  H.  BECKETT.  Manager 


LOS  ANGELES 

''TWO  PERSONS      -      ONE  CHARGE" 


47 


THE  "VALLEY  FORGE" 


:■:■:■:-:; ;;::-:--V:::':':'  :;.■:■':■  :  '■:'::: 


':!M&'X:'m±~:&.'7S 


at 


In  Winter  Quarters  on  the  Pio- 
neer Trail  the  sufferings  of  a 
stricken  and  homeless  people 
were  almost  beyond  endurance. 
Winter  Quarters  has  been  called  by 
one  man  the  "Valley  Forge"  of  Mor- 
mondom.  Day  after  day  the  burial 
wagons  drove  out  to  the  pitiful  cem- 
etery with  the  broken  and  emaciated 
remains  of  Saints  whose  strength 
had  not  been  equal  to  the  task  im- 
posed upon  them.  The  usual  diet  of 
those  driven  souls  was  corn  bread, 
salt  bacon,  and  a  little  milk.  Scurvy, 
resulting  from  the  lack  of  vegetables 
and  fresh  meat,  was  making  such  in- 
cursions into  the  ranks  of  the  pio- 
neers that  it  was  feared  before  long 
that  all  might  be  sleeping  on  the  hill. 
It  was  heartbreaking.  Daily  there 
came  among  them  some  who  had  been 
left  behind  because  of  the  disregard- 
ed promise  of  their  enemies  that  they 
would  not  be  molested  until  they 
were  stronger.  They  at  least  had  the 
privilege  of  dying  among  their 
friends.  Their  coming  added  im- 
measurably to  the  burden  and  to  the 
severity  of  the  disease. 

One  day  President  Brigham 
Young  went  to  the  crude  cabin  oc- 
cupied by  the  family  of  Lorenzo 
Young.  "Lorenzo,"  he  said,  "if  you 
will  hitch  up  your  horses  and  go 
down  into  Missouri,  the  Lord  will 
open  the  way  so  that  you  can  bring 
us  some  hogs  and  give  this  people 
fresh  meat."  It  would  have  been  dif- 
ficult to  imagine  anything  less  likely 
than  that  the  Missourians  would 
take  part  in  any  transaction  that 
would  benefit  the  Latter-day  Saints. 

Nevertheless,  Lorenzo  Young 
went.  ( People  didn't  ask  questions 
or  do  what  they  thought  best  in  those 
48 


days  when  they  were  given  assign- 
ments.) Brother  Young  had  only 
three  horses.  These  he  hitched  to  his 
wagon  and  set  out.  The  first  night 
he  stayed  with  a  wealthy  man.  A 
fine  horse  caught  his  eye,  and  he 
asked  his  host  how  much  he  wanted 
for  him. 

"That's  Messenger,"  the  man  re- 
plied, "and  he's  one  of  the  best  ani- 
mals I  have.  I'll  take  one  dollar  for 
each  mile  I've  driven  him  today." 
He  had  that  day  driven  Messenger 
thirty-five  miles,  and  Lorenzo  Young 
gave  him  thirty-five  dollars  for  the 
animal. 

\T17hen  Brother  Young  got  to  St. 
Joseph,  he  found  a  condition 
that  he  had  not  thought  to  find  any 
place  in  Missouri.  Whereas  he  had 
expected  to  encounter  bitterness  and 
anger,  he  found  friendliness  and 
some  show  of  hospitality.  How  had 
this  come  about? 

Some  little  time  before,  a  family  of 
Saints  had  left  Winter  Quarters  and 
gone  to  St.  Joseph.  One  of  the  girls 
of  the  family  had  obtained  employ- 
ment in  a  tavern  and  had  spread 
word  of  the  sufferings  of  the  pio- 
neers. Her  stories  had  touched  the 
hearts  of  the  people  of  the  commu- 
nity. Some  of  them  even  offered  to 
give  merchandise  to  the  people  on 
the  plains.  Brother  Young,  however, 
soon  gave  them  to  understand  that 
he  wasn't  after  charity.  His  was  a 
business  trip. 

The  first  thing  he  did  was  to  bor- 
row a  thousand  dollars  from  a  Jew, 
and  what  do  you  think  he  did  with 
the  thousand  dollars?  He  went  out 
and  bought  forty  acres  of  unhar- 
vested  corn.    He  paid  four  dollars 


oirmonaom 

A  True  Short  Short  Story 
By  J.  N.  WASHBURN 


an  acre  for  it  and  estimated  that  he 
would  get  sixty  bushels  to  the  acre. 
He  gathered  the  corn  and  put  it  into 
bins.  Then  he  advertised  for  pigs. 

He  got  his  pigs.  It  requires  a  live- 
ly imagination  to  picture  what  hap- 
pened after  that.  In  these  days  of 
near  meat  famine  we  can  at  least 
enjoy  the  telling  of  the  story. 

Tn  that  country  there  are  hundreds 

of  miles  of  oaks,  and  the  pigs  feed 
well  upon  the  acorns  with  little 
trouble  and  no  expense  for  anyone. 
When  Lorenzo  Young  asked  for 
hogs,  the  farmers  began  to  round 
them  up. 

They  came  singly,  in  twos,  in 
herds.  Before  very  long  Brother 
Young  had  all  the  hogs  he  wanted, 
a  thousand  head.  They  weighed 
from  one  hundred  fifty  to  four  hun- 
dred pounds.  What  do  you  think  he 
paid  for  them?  The  astounding  price 
of  seventy-five  cents  a  head! 

Thus  the  Saints  got  their  fresh 
food  and  were  enabled  to  continue 
their  journey  with  some  assurance  of 
health.  Did  the  Lord  provide  any 
more  miraculously  for  Hagar  in  the 
desert  or  for  the  children  of  Israel 
in  the  wilderness  or  for  the  widow  to 
whom  he  sent  the  Prophet  Elijah? 

There  we  have  our  formula:  a 
people  in  need,  humbled,  broken  in 
spirit,  and  chastened  to  the  dust;  a 
great  cause,  worthy  of  the  notice  of 
God;  human  longing  and  effort — ef- 
fort that  knows  no  place  to  stop; 
sacrifice,  and  often  suffering;  dark 
clouds  all  about  that  threaten  to 
overwhelm;  the  prayers  of  faith. 

We  have  most  of  these  ingredients 
now.  We  can  enjoy  the  help  of 
heaven  today  in  our  extremity  if  we 
will  but  put  forth  the  effort  that  is 
within  our  power.  Let  us  emulate  the 
faith  of  our  fathers  at  Valley  Forge 
and  Winter  Quarters;  let  us  give  as 
they  gave,  work  as  they  worked, 
hope  as  they  hoped.  We  may  then 
safely  trust  to  the  future,  that  liberty 
will  once  more  come. 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


On  The  Bookrack 

(Continued  from  page  40) 
SYNOPSIS  LIFE  HISTORY  OF  JENS 
CHRISTENSEN  WESTERGAARD 
(J.  C.  Westergaard.  Published  by  the 
author.  1961  S.  E.  26th  Avenue,  Port- 
land 15,  Oregon.  155  pages.) 
IN  the  ripeness  of  his  years,  (he  was 
eighty-eight  years  of  age  March  4,  1946) , 
Brother  Westergaard  relates  in  this  book 
the  story  of  his  life  and  of  the  life  of  his 
wife  Petrine.  In  a  true  Latter-day  Saint  spir- 
it, he  tells  of  his  early  life  in  Denmark,  his 
conversion  to  the  Church,  the  new  life  and 
many  struggles  as  an  emigrant  in  America, 
his  later  missionary  experiences,  the  begin- 
nings of  the  gospel  work  in  Portland,  Ore- 
gon, largely  due  to  his  active  faith,  and 
other  intimate  details  of  his  many  years. 
He  does  not  forget  to  enumerate  the  bless- 
ings that  have  come  to  him.  It  is  a  plain, 
unvarnished  tale  well  told  which  reveals 
to  the  thoughtful  reader  the  strength  of 
"Mormonism."  On  his  eighty-eighth  birth- 
day, he  wrote,  "The  closer  comes  the 
journey's  end,  the  more  highly  we  esteem 
character  and  the  less  we  grapple  for 
riches.  The  nearer  draws  the  parting  day, 
the  more  deeply  we  cherish  the  peace  of  an 
untroubled  conscience  and  the  less  we  value 
the  superficial  approval  of  man."  That  is 
a  good  message  to  all,  young  or  old. 

— /.  A.  W, 
AUTOBIOGRAPHY  OF 
JOHN  CUTHERS  (1876-1946) 
(160  pages.    Cloth  $1.50,  paper  $1.00.) 

AT  about  twenty-six  years  of  age  the 
author  left  his  native  England,  where 
he  was  born  of  "Mormon"  parents,  for  Utah 
and  later  for  California.  The  book  tells  the 
simple  story  of  devotion  and  service  familiar 
to  all  faithful  Latter-day  Saints.  After  a 
brief  biographical  sketch,  he  gives  the  story 
of  Arnold,  Nottingham,  his  native  village: 
then  he  prints  a  number  of  letters  written 
to  him  in  the  course  of  his  Church  work; 
followed  by  a  collection  of  his  essays,  ser- 
mons, talks,  debates,  and  poems. 

The  volume  is  really  Brother  Cuthers' 
Book  of  Remembrance.  Clearly,  he  has 
lived  a  wholesome,  useful  life. — /.  A.  W. 

THE  COUNTRY  YEAR 
(Mark  Van  Doren.    William  Sloane 
Associates,  New  York.    1946. 
136  pages.    $2.75.) 

USING  the  seasons  as  a  framework  for  his 
poems,  the  publishers  have  begun  with 
Mr.  Van  Doren's  spring  poems  and  have 
concluded  with  his  longest  poem,  "A  Winter 
Diary,"  which  is  particularly  stimulating. 
One  section  will  appeal  to  Latter-day  Saints 
especially  a  selection  from  which  follows: 

.  .  .  So,  in  December,  we  ourselves  stand 

ready. 
The   season  we  have  dared  is  strong   and 

heady, 
But  there  is  man  a  weapon  we  can  trust. 
Five   cellar  shelves  that  were  but  layered 

dust 
Are  wiped  to  kitchen  neatness,  and  confine 
Clear  jellies  that  will  soothe  us  when  we 

dine: 
Crab-apple,    quince,    and    hardly    ripened 

grape, 
With  jam  from  every  berry,  and  the  shape 
Of  cherries  showing  pressed  against  the  jar; 
Whole  pears;  and  where  the  tall  half-gallons 

are, 
Tomatoes  with  their  golden  seeds;  and  blunt 
Cucumbers    that    the    early    ground-worms 

hunt. 

Certainly,  those  who  love  the  land  will  be 
delighted  with  this  book;  and  those  who 
don't  will  find  that  they  have  been  missing 
something  and  will  hasten  to  change  their 
minds. — M.  C.  J.      (Concluded  on  page  50) 

JANUARY  1947 


New  Books  For  The  New  Year 


In  his  book,  TO  WHOM 
IT  MAY  CONCERN, 
Marvin  O.  Ashton  still 
"gets  his  arm  around 
folks,"  guiding  them  in- 
to the  right  path  .  .  . 
showing  where  life's 
better  values  lie. 

"Bigotry  and  intolerance 
have  made  more  scorched 
earth  than  all  the  fires  in 
history." 

"We  are  all  God's  people 
or    we    wouldn't    be    here." 

"Stories  are  to  a  lesson 
what  raisins  are  to  a 
cookie." 

Everyone  who  dips  into 
this  book,  even  for  a 
page  or  two,  will  have 
a  wiser,  more  whole- 
some   outlook    on    life. 

Illustrated       S3, 00 

*       * '"■'■* 

NAUVOO,  THE  BEAUTIFUL 

By  E.  Cecil  McGavin 

The  complete  story  of  Nauvoo,  from 
swamp  land  to  largest  city  in  Illinois 
— and  on  to  the  present.  Every  reader 
of  L.  D.  S.  Church  or  American  history 
will  find  it  interesting  and  worth 
while.    Illustrated.    $3.00. 

*■      .*      >f 

THE  GOLDEN  PLATES 

By  Florence  Pierce 

This  is  a  beautiful  book — a  worthy 
addition  to  Utah's  Centennial  litera- 
ture. The  cover  is  a  rich  golden  color. 
Subject  matter:  The  Book  of  Mormon 
story,  with  emphasis  on  the  various 
plates  connected  with  it.  Illustrated. 
$2.00. 

*       *       * 

THE  TEN  COMMANDMENTS 

By  Timberline  Riggs 

In  his  direct,  simple,  refreshing  style, 
the  author  considers  the  Ten  Com- 
mandments, showing  how  each  is 
necessary  in  the  foundation  of  suc- 
cessful living.  Pocket-sized  ...  an 
excellent  gift  item.     $1.00. 

x-    x-    * 

These — and  many  other  books — are 
ready  lor  you  at  Bookcraft.  Check  and 
mail  coupon  for  complete  list. 

BOOKCRAFT 

1186  South  Main,  Salt  Lake  City  4 


*      *      * 

UTAH,  THE  STORY  OF  HER 
PEOPLE 

By  Dr.  Milton  R.  Hunter 

Packed  with  authentic  stories,  this 
new  account  of  Utah — from  the  fur- 
trapper  period  to  the  Centennial — 
deserves  an  important  place  in  every 
home.     Illustrated.     $2.75. 

*       *       >f 


Order   Your 

Melchizedek    Priesthood    Text 
from 

BDDKCRAFT 

Text  for  1947: 

DOCUMENTARY    HISTORY 

OF  THE  CHURCH.  Vol.  1  ....$1.50 

Supplemental   Outline    .25 

By  Elder  Joseph  Fielding  Smith 

Total $1.75 

(See  order  form  below.) 


BOOKCRAFT 

1186    South    Main,    Salt    Lake    City    4.    Utah 

Please    send   the   books   checked   below: 

□  To  Whom  It  May  Concern  53.00 

□  Documentary   History    of    the   Church, 
Vol.   1  and  Outline  51.75 

□  Nauvoo,    the    Beautiful    $3.00 

□  The   Golden  Plates  52.00 

□  The   Ten   Commandments  _ 51.00 

□  Utah,   the  Story  of  Her  People  $2.75 

□  The   Temple   of   Promise   $1.50 

□  Payment    enclosed.  □  C.O.D. 

□  Check  here  if  you  would  like  a  complete 
list    of    Bookcraft    books. 

Name     \ 

Address     


^^^^^^^^^^^^^ 


ON  THE  BOOKRACK 


3 


oudanad 


dd 


of  Latter-day  Saints 
are  Achieving 


1 


wiDwvemevi 


ip 


t 


through  correspond- 
ence courses  offered 
by  the  Church  Univers- 
ity. Write  for  free  cata- 
log listing  more  than 
150  courses. 

BUREAU  OF  HOME  STUDY 
Extension  Division 


(JJtriah 


ayiawi   l/foiAna 
UlmverdLtu 

PROVO,  UTAH 


IIIIIIC2[IUIIIIIIIIC3lllilllUIIIC3!llllll!ll!IC]|||||||||IHC: 

ROHBOCK'S  SONS 

EXCLUSIVE  GROWERS  OF  ALL  ORIGINAL 

RICHARD  DIENER  NURSERY 

Seeds,  Plants  and  Bulbs 

OREM,  UTAH,  U.  S.  A. 

WRITE  FOR  FREE  CATALOGUE 
3IIIMIII!llli;3llllllllllilC31limilll!IC3llllll!tllllE]||lll! 


To  Help  .  .  . 
Build  A  Brighter  New  Year 
THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

12    Issues  $2.00 


(Concluded  from  page  49) 

THE  GOLDEN  PLATES 

(Florence    Pierce.    Salt  Lake  City,   Utah, 

1946.  195  pages.  $2.00.) 

HPhe  cover  of  this  book,  made  to  simulate 
■*■  the  golden  plates  about  which  the  book 
is  written,  is  most  attractive  and  should 
draw  people  to  it.  The  inside  of  the  book 
is  replete  with  cuts  which  greatly  enhance 
the  text.  The  book  will  make  a  very  good 
volume  to  add  to  one's  own  library  and  to 
give  to  others  who  are  interested  in  the 
Book  of  Mormon. 

The  book  will   make  an  especially  ap- 
pealing gift  book. — M.  C.  J. 

STORIES  FOR  TALKS  TO  BOYS 
(F.  H.  Cheney.  Association  Press,  New 
York.    1946.   356  pages.) 
f  I  'his  reprint  of  stories  is  well  worth  in- 

f"  vestigating  by  teachers  and  parents  of 
boys  and  girls,  for  they  are  pointed  and 
valuable  in  teaching  much-needed  lessons. 
Latter-day  Saints  will  be  particularly  hap- 
py at  the  inclusion  of  some  stories  which 
indicate  that  tobacco  is  not  good  for  young 
people.  This  collection  will  be  particularly 
helpful  in  indirect  character  building,  since 
the  moral  is  inherent  in  the  story  and  not 
pointedly  tacked  on. — M.  C.  /. 

MY  TALE  IS  TWISTED 

(Colonel    Stoopnagle.     M.S.    Mill    Co., 

New  York.  1946.  145  pages.  $2.00.) 

Crazily  delightful,  this  book  will  afford 
many  pleasant  home  minutes  with  the 
family  trying  to  outdistance  each  other  try- 
ing to  talk  'Stoopnagle."  While  we  can- 
not recommend  it  for  too  long  a  period  or 
for  anything  approximating  steady  diet, 
still  it's  good  for  a  change,  or  as  Stoop- 
nagle might  say  it,  "ill  stit  gis  ood  chor  a 
fange."  The  book  should  afford  complete 
relaxation  and  plenty  of  family  fun  for 
those  times  when  everyone  feels  like  letting 
down. — M,  C.  J. 

HAYDN— A  GOOD  LIFE 

(David  Ewen.    Henry  Holt  and  Company, 

New  York.   1946.  245  pages.   $2.75.) 

A  knowledge  of  the  lives  of  our  great 
artists  gives  us  a  keener  appreciation 
of   their  contribution   to  the  world.    This 


biography  of  Franz  Joseph  Haydn  by  a  ca- 
pable writer  on  music  gives  us  this  apprecia- 
tion. The  author  deals  lucidly  with  those 
factors  that  shaped  the  destiny  of  the  lad 
and  turned  him  from  the  vocation  of  priest 
which  his  parents  wished  him  to  become  to 
that  of  composer. 

There  is  much  to  be  gleaned  from  the 
book  for  those  who  as  parents  or  leaders 
work  with  youth.  And  there  is  likewise 
much  for  youth  to  gain  in  the  way  of  deter- 
mination, endurance — and  disregard  for 
poverty. — M.  C.  J. 

A  RIVER  NEVER  SLEEPS 
(Roderick  L.  Haig-Brown.    William  Mor- 
row and  Co.,  New  York.   1946. 
352  pages.    $4.00.) 

Men  will  dote  on  this  book,  dealing  as  it 
does  with  year-round  fishing — and 
women  will  obtain  an  insight  into  the  fas- 
cination that  lies  in  fishing.  But  the  book 
is  more  than  that,  it  is  the  keenest  kind  of 
nature  study,  introducing  the  reader  to  the 
voice  of  nature  as  she  speaks  through  her 
various  media:  the  river  itself,  the  wind, 
the  mountains,  the  lakes — and  man. 

For  those  who  live  in  crowded  city 
streets,  this  book  cannot  be  recommended 
too  highly  since  it  will  give  the  reader  a 
sense  of  calm  and  measured  leisureliness 
that  all  need  today. — M.  C.  J. 

NO  WOMAN'S  WORLD 
(Iris  Carpenter.  Houghton  Mifflin  Com- 
pany, Boston.  1946.  338  pages.  $3.00. 
rTTHis  realistic  account  of  "war  in  the 
■*■  rough"  was  written  by  a  woman  who 
experienced  that  war  and  saw  it  at  its  best 
and  its  worst.  The  title  might  well  be  ex- 
panded to  "No  One's  World,"  for  surely  nc 
one  should  be  called  upon  to  pass  through 
most  of  the  experiences  recorded  so  graph- 
ically in  this  book.  The  book  deserves  to 
be  read,  if  only  to  make  all  of  its  readers 
determine  that  war  must  go  from  the  earth — 
and  set  about  to  find  a  sure  way  of  abolish- 
ing it.  If  war  is  to  be  abandoned  as  a  way 
of  settling  grievances,  women  must  take 
a  big  part  in  making  the  plans  for  outlawing 
it — and  so  No  Woman's  World,  this  re- 
viewer hopes,  will  forecast  womankind's 
dedication  to  the  cause  of  peace. — M.  C.  J. 


WARD  TEACHING 


(Concluded  from  page  45) 
tried  to  pay  an  honest  tithing  since  he 
told  me  of  the  blessings  that  come  from 
paying  a  full  tithing. 

Another  message  that  impressed  me 
was  on  reverence.  Reverence  is  the  key 
to  sincere  worship.  Without  it,  wor- 
ship is  but  a  pretense.  It  has  taught  me 
to  be  more  reverent  when  I  am  in  the 
house  of  the  Lord.  I  am  sure  that  all 
boys  that  heard  the  message  on  rever- 
ence are  better  boys  in  Church. 

My  ward  teacher  is  always  well- 
dressed,  which  indicates  that  he  be- 
lieves he  should  be  clean  and  neat  and 
well-dressed  while  doing  the  Lord's 
work.  I  hope  that  when  I  become  a 
teacher,  and  am  asked  to  go  ward 
teaching,  that  I  will  be  able  to  go  with 
a  man  just  like  him. 

When  he  comes,  we  try  to  show  re- 


50 


spect  and  set  aside  anything  that  we 
might  be  doing,  and  he  in  turn  shows 
his  respect  by  making  the  lesson  short 
if  any  of  the  family  has  appointments 
to  keep. 

I  feel  that  if  I  have  any  problems  1 
could  go  to  him,  and  he  would  give  me 
good  advice,  and  he  wouldn't  tell  anyone 
else!  Because  our  ward  teacher  comes 
every  month,  we  have  become  very 
close  friends,  and  we  look  forward  to 
his  visits.  I  have  heard  some  boys  say 
that  they  didn't  like  the  ward  teachers 
because  they  stayed  too  long  and  talked 
about  everything  but  the  lesson.  But  this 
isn't  so  with  our  ward  teacher.  After 
the  family  is  seated,  he  gives  his  lesson, 
then  we  have  an  opportunity  to  ask  any 
questions  we  want  to.  Then  he  tells 
each  one  of  us  good  night,  shakes  our 
hand,  and  leaves. 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Scouts  of  the  World 

(Concluded  from  page  21 ) 
cheerful  smile.  The  Scout  oath  and 
law,  with  slight  verbal  variations  in 
different  countries,  are  known  the 
world  around.  Scouting  has  been  or- 
ganized in  practically  every  civilized 
country  in  the  world. 

Scouting  has  been  adjudged  a 
potential  factor  in  the  promotion  of 
world  peace.  At  a  recent  gathering 
of  Scout  leaders,  one  of  our  national 
Scouters  stated  that  the  final  chap- 
ters of  peace  will  be  written  around 
scouting  principles  of  the  Scout  oath, 
Scout  law,  and  world  brotherhood. 
The  total  active  world  membership 
is  now  over  three  million.  More  than 
seventy-three  different  nationalities 
have  adopted  the  Scout  program  for 
their  youth.  There  have  been  Scout 
troops  in  Alaska  and  in  India,  in 
China,  and  in  Czechoslovakia — all 
carrying  on  the  same  basic  program 
— all  striving  toward  and  dedicated 
to  the  same  general  ideals  of  useful 
living  and  friendliness. 

Scouting  has  come  to  be  an  ac- 
cepted program  for  any  and  all  of 
the  various  religious,  racial,  and 
class  groups  of  the  boyhood  of 
America  and  the  world.  The  idea  of 
"Scout  Brotherhood"  has  swept 
around  the  world. 

Scouting  has  promoted  interna- 
tional good  will  and  friendship,  by 
emphasizing  those  points  which  na- 
tions have  in  common,  not  their  dif- 
ferences. 


HOME 
By  Miranda  Snow  Walton 

Oerhaps  there  is  no  beauty  in  the  land 

■*■      from  which  you  came; 

Perhaps  it's  just  a  barren  place,  but  you 

love  it,  just  the  same; 
Perhaps  the  house  is  not  so  much;  it  may  be 

just  a  shack, 
But  it  is  home,  and  all  you  want  is  the  joy 

of  going  back. 
For  home  is  not  a  land,  nor  place;  home's 

not  a  house  you  own; 
A  house  can  be  a  prison  to  a  man  who  is 

alone! 
But  home  is  where  two  hearts  have  loved, — 

love  cherished  through  the  years; 
Home  is  where  a  dear  caress  has  healed 

your  pain  and  tears. 
Home  is  where  a  dream  is  born,  where  an- 
other's faith  in  you, 
Like  a  blessed  benediction,  gives  you  cour- 
age, holds  you  true. 
Home   is  something   you  are  bound  to  by 

affection's  golden  chain, 
And  no  evil  dims  its  luster;  time  nor  distance 

cannot  stain. 
When  the  years  are  long  and  lonely,  and 

the  heart  too  old  to  roam. 
Grant,  dear  God,  that  in  some  heaven,  each 

man  finds  his  way  back  home. 

JANUARY  1947 


Guatamalan  Petroglyphs 
Book  of  Mormon 


AND   THE 


including  many  Indian  Legends  that  confirm  the 

Book  of  Mormon 

By  James  W.  LeSueur 

(Author  of  "Indian  Legends") 
Mesa,  Arizona 


Published 
By  Dec.  15th 

$1.25 

delivered 


For  Sale  by  the  author  and 

DESERET  BOOK  STORE 
Salt  Lake  City 


Royal  Baking  Company 
Salt  Lake  &  Ogden 


HAVE 

'THE  VOICE  OF  THE 

CHURCH" 

IN  YOUR  HOME 

THE 

IMPROVEMENT 

ERA 

12 

Issues                           $2.00 

( Continued  from  page  27 ) 
"Wake  up,  Lena,  I  want  you  to 
make  the  mush  and  feed  the  boys.   I 
am  going  to  borrow  a  team." 

Rosamay  knew  instantly  where 
Ma  was  going.  "I  want  to  go,  too." 
Then  as  her  mother  hesitated, 
"Please,  please,  let  me  go." 

After  a  moment  Ma  said,  "Get 
ready  then.  I'll  see  if  Sister  Dunn 
will  let  the  boys  and  Lena  stay  with 
her." 

Rosamay  had  never  moved  so  fast 
in  her  life.  She  was  washed  and 
dressed  in  two  shakes  of  a  lamb's 
tail.  She  didn't  look  at  Lena,  but 
when  Rile  Neilson  came  driving  into 
the  yard  with  Ma  on  the  seat  by 
him,  Lena  set  up  a  howl.  Ma  told 
her  to  take  three  eggs  and  go  to 
Mortenson's  for  candy;  Rosamay 
almost  wished  she  was  staying. 

When  they  left  the  babies  at 
Dunn's,  Brother  Dunn  said  there 
was  no  great  hurry,  Pa  might  have 
been  held  up  at  the  mill,  but  Sister 
Dunn  said  she  would  have  been 
hunting  him  yesterday. 

They  were  across  the  creek  and 
on  to  the  sandhills  when  Rosamay 
mentioned  the  dog's  howling  last 
night. 

"That's  bad,"  Rile  shook  his 
head.  "That's  bad.  I  left  the  mill 
Monday,  and,  if  I'd  a  knowed  Joe 
was  in  Conejos,  I'd  a  waited  for 
him.  Funny  I  didn't  see  him.  A 
man's  got  no  business  driving  alone 
these  days.    The  Rio  Grande  was 


GREEN  HILL  FAR  AWAY 

so  high  the  day  I  crossed  I  liked  to 
lost  my  team  fording  it.  I  shore  hope 
Joe  ain't  tried  to  cross  since  then." 

Rosamay  was  standing  in  the 
wagon  holding  on  to  the  back  of  the 
seat.  When  Ma  turned  quickly, 
her  bonnet  fell  back,  and  Rosamay 
saw  her  eyes.  They  made  her  feel 
sick. 

"Then  the  river  might  have  held 
him  up?" 

"It's  the  river  you're  worrying 
about,  ain't  it?  You  don't  expect 
him  to  run  away,  do  you?" 

Ma  sort  of  collapsed  and  pulled 
the  bonnet  over  her  face  again. 
Rosamay  knew  she  had  been  think- 
ing just  that;  but  Rile,  thinking  he 
had  hurt  her  feelings,  tried  to 
smooth  things  over. 

"He  might  have  gone  by  Del 
Norte  and  the  bridge,"  he  said,  "but 
he's  had  more  than  time  enough  for 
that,  too." 


M, 


Aaronic  Priesthood 

(Concluded  from  page  44) 
meetings      by      greater      participation 
therein. ) 

Questions 

1.  What  are  the  purposes  of  a  sac- 
rament meeting? 

2.  Using  a  blackboard,  list  in  two  op- 
posite columns:  (1)  things  which  pro- 
mote these  purposes,  and  (2)  things 
which  mar  their  realization. 

3.  Why  do  we  partake  of  the  sac- 
rament? 

4.  What  is  the  relationship  between 
baptism  and  the  sacrament? 

5.  When,  where,  and  by  whom  is 
each  group  of  boys  and  girls  being 
taught  the  meaning  of  the  sacrament? 

References 

Read  Mosiah  18:8-14  in  conjunction 
with  Moroni  4  and  5;  III  Nephi  18;  and 
D.&C.  59:9-12. 

52 


.a  still  didn't  talk,  but 
Rile  didn't  seem  to  notice.  He  went 
on  to  tell  how  his  wagon  had  over- 
turned once  when  he  was  fording 
the  Rio  Grande,  and  he  had  to  cut 
the  team  loose  to  save  it.  Then  he 
told  how  bad  the  gray  wolves  had 
been  for  a  few  years — as  if  Ma 
didn't  know.  Once  a  pack  had 
jumped  him  when  he  was  watering 
in  the  east  field.  He'd  had  to  beat 
them  off  with  his  shovel.  Rosamay 
wished  there  was  a  pack  of  gray 
wolves  right  behind  them  to  make 
this  slow-pokey  team  pick  up  its 
heels.  No — o,  she  didn't,  either. 
What  if  they  went  clean  to  Conejos 
and  still  hadn't  found  Pa?  That 
would  make  a  great  how-do-you-do 
in  the  ward.  It  would  mean  the  end 
of  everything. 

They  reached  the  top  of  the  last 
sandhill.  Ahead  a  dark  gash  snaked 
its  way  south.  That  was  the  canyon 
of  the  Rio  Grande;  beyond  it  was 
a  huddle  of  dark  rocky  hills. 

They  left  the  wagon  and  walked 
to  the  one  place  where  the  river  wall 
was  broken.  One  look  at  it  and  there 
was  no  use  hoping.  Pa  was  gone,  by 
the  river  or  the — the  other  way.  The 
water  was  frothy  at  the  mouth  and 
slapped  at  them  like  everything 
when  they  went  too  close. 

"I  never  seen  it  so  high  and  wild," 
Rile  said,  and  all  the  bragging  was 
gone  from  his  voice.  "I'll  follow 
down  the  canyon  a  piece  and  see 
what  I  can  see." 


That  meant  he  thought  Pa  had 
tried  to  cross.  Knowing  Pa  you 
couldn't  tell.  Sometimes  he- — he 
tried  things,  like  carrying  a  calf  once 
when  he  couldn't  make  it  lead.  If 
she  never,  never  saw  him  again,  she 
prayed  he  wasn't  in  this  wicked 
river. 

While  Rile  was  gone,  Ma  stood 
so  close  to  the  water  her  shoes  got 
wet.  Rosamay  tugged  at  her  hand 
trying  to  pull  her  back.  She  might 
as  well  have  tugged  at  Lite  Moun- 
tain; then  she  tried  just  waiting,  but 
the  swirling  water  made  her  so  dizzy 
she  was  afraid  she  would  fall  in. 
She  moved  back  and  sat  on  a  big 
rock.  Beyond  that  huddle  of  dark 
rocky  hills  was  Manassa  and  way 
beyond  there  was  Conejos  and  the 
flour  mill,  but  where  was  Pa  ? 

When  she  could  not  stand  it  one 
minute  longer,  Rosamay  started  to 
cry.  Ma  heard  above  the  roar  of  the 
water.  She  looked  at  Rosamay  as  if 
she  hadn't  known  she  was  there, 
then  taking  her  by  the  hand  she 
started  walking  along  the  rim  of 
the  canyon.  Once  they  stopped  and 
looked  across  to  the  other  side 
where  someone  had  camped  not  long 
ago. 

Rile  came  back.  He  had  been  a 
couple  of  miles  downstream,  he  said, 
but  the  sand  bars  were  all  under 
water,  and  he  didn't  see  any  wreck- 
age.  When  he  looked  at  Ma,  his 
face  went  gray  under  its  sunburn. 
He  tried  to  talk  to  her,  but  she 
didn't  hear. 

"He  could  have  tried  to  ford  it 
without  realizing  how  high  the  water 
was.  I  did  that  once  myself.  Them 
high  walls  are  deceiving.  If  he  tried 
to  cross,  he  is  probably  halfway  to 
Mexico  by  now." 

Ma  heard  that.  "If  he  tried  it, 
he'd  make  it  across." 


R, 


.osamay's  heart  warmed. 
Why,  Pa  knew  more  about  rivers 
and  teams  in  a  minute  than  Rile 
would  ever  know,  and  he  could 
swim,  too,  better  than  anyone  in 
town.   But  then  if  he  hadn't  tried — 

"We'd  better  be  getting  back," 
Rile  said  at  last,  but  he  said  it  three 
times  before  Ma  turned.  "I'll  get 
some  help  and  come  back.  Some  of 
us  had  better  make  a  trip  to  Conejos 
to  see  if  he  ever  left  there."  He 
walked  toward  the  wagon. 

"Good-bye,  Pa."  Rosamay  said 
the  words  in  her  heart.    This  was 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Green  Hill  Far  Away 

really  good-bye.  Ma,  too,  turned 
for  a  last  look. 

A  strong  wind  came  puffing  at 
them  like  a  wave  of  good-bye  from 
the  river.  Something — there  was 
something — moving  with  the  wind 
— there,  among  the  rocks  back  from 
the  rim.  Rosamay  snatched  her 
hand  from  Ma's  and  went  dashing 
toward  it. 

It  was  something.  With  a  loud 
shout  Rosamay  took  the  corner  of 
that  something  and  pulled  it  from 
under  the  rock  that  anchored  it.  It 
was  Pa's  big  red  handkerchief. 
The  wind  had  caught  the  loose  cor- 
ner and  waved  it  at  them.  Ma  had 
it  almost  as  soon  as  Rosamay  did  and 
was  untying  the  knot  in  it.  Inside 
was  a  piece  of  brown  wrapping 
paper  with  the  writing  made  by  a 
burned  match.  Rile  had  followed 
them  and  over  Ma's  shoulder  he 
read  aloud : 

'Taken  outfit  by  bridge,  Joe."  Rile 
exclaimed,  then  "Paper  in  hat  cros- 
sen — got  lumber." 

Wasn't  that  just  like  Pa  to  tell 
the  news  last?  'Magine  him  swim- 
ming that  awful  river  with  his  hat 
on  so  tight  the  paper  didn't  get  wet. 
All  Ma  said  was:  "I  knew  he  could 
cross  if  he  took  a  notion." 

Rile  must  not  have  liked  it  'cause 
she  didn't  get  excited.  "Do  you 
realize  what  that  means?"  he  ex- 
ploded. "He's  been  afraid  to  risk 
his  outfit  so  he  risked  his  neck  to 
keep  you  from  worrying." 

"You  didn't  need  to  tell  me  that.  I 
knew  it." 

"Well,  he  ain't  good  enough  to 
swim  it  when  the  water  is  this  high." 
Rile  was  still  nettled.  "He  must 
have  put  the  note  there  four,  five 
days  ago,  but  no  matter  when,  he 
took  a  big  chance  swimming  that 
stream.  Probably  swum  a  horse 
across  and  held  onto  its  tail." 

Going  home  was  easy.  Ma  held 
Rosamay  close  to  her.  and  once 
when  her  bonnet  fell  back,  Ma 
kissed  her  several  times  on  the  fore- 
head. Her  lips  weren't  tight  at  all 
but  soft  and  warm.  Rosamay  felt 
herself  going  to  sleep,  when  sud- 
denly, as  plain  as  day,  she  saw  her 
Green  Hill  Far  Away,  and  a  singing 
went  through  her.  She  loved  her 
fancy  name,  for  it  was  Pa's 
"choose."  He  was  sure  to  bring 
candy,  flour,  and  lumber,  and — and 
now  what  was  it  about  lumber? 

JANUARY  1947 


•  ■♦ 


its 


f.  W 


Yes,  giving  a  gift  of 
Glade's  fine  Chocolates 
is  superlative  expres- 
sion of  esteem.  It  flat- 
ters any  one  to  know 
that  you  thought  of 
highest  quality  when 
you  thought  of  her— 
or  him.  And  you're  al- 
ways certain  .  .  .  when 
it's  candy  for  a  child. 
...that  Glade's  is  fresh 
and  pure  —  and  good ! 


CHOCOLATES 

•  i*»t  CMlli   CQMFftNT    .    ML  I   l«fti  CHIT.  MU» 


You  Can't  Afford  to  Miss  One  Issue  of 


THE  CENTENNIAL 


IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


12  Issues 


$2.00 


53 


THE     CHURCH     MOVES     ON      (Concluded  horn  page  38) 


MISSIONARIES    WHO    ENTERED    THE    MISSIONARY 

HOME  NOVEMBER  18  AND  DEPARTED 

NOVEMBER  27,  1946 

Left  to  right,  first  row:  Merriner  LaRue  Jones, 
Cleone  Rogers  Stable,  Metta  Johnson,  Genevieve 
May,  Sam  Salter,  Don  B.  Colton,  director;  Effie  A. 
Boman,  Esther  Robinson,  Renee  Wood,  Oreen  Clark, 
LuDean  Archibald,  David  Rue  Keele. 

Second  row:  Dee  Blanchard,  Donald  D.  Lamoreaux, 
Lee  H.  Hendrickson,  Donna  Facer,  Blanche  Godfrey, 
Dahlia  Louise  West,  Harry  G.  Willis,  Adolphine  Willis, 
Elfreda  F.  Bushman,  John  M.  Bushman,  Dean  U. 
Ottley,  Louise  Rohbock,  Willard  H.  Christensen. 

Third  row:  Christian  Raymond  Christensen,  James 
Edward  Holt,  James  Reid  Davis,  L.  Glade  Greenhalgh, 
Albern  Merrill  Holyoak,  Vaun  M.  Clements,  Earl  Ray 
McEntire,  Burns  Cox,  Hannah  H.  Cox,  Elvira  Bench, 


John  L.  Bench,  Eugene  R.  Clarke,  M.  Ray  Longhurst. 

Fourth  row:  Evelyn  M.  Taylor,  Norma  Sanders, 
Jennie  B.  Hill,  Margaret  Robinson,  J.  Samuel  New- 
man, Ada  C.  Newman,  Josephine  F.  Lundwall,  Nels  B. 
Lundwall,  Edward  Bruce  Wentz,  Richard  E.  Lund- 
strom,  Ruth  Shields,  Mary  Isabel!  Crook. 

Fifth  row:  V.  Wayne  Nelson,  Elvin  M.  Lunt,  Kay 
J.  Andersen,  Lloyd  Hubbard  Bodine,  Dale  M.  Rindlis- 
bacher,  A.  N.  Chaston,  Russell  Beattie,  Thomas 
Henry  Heal,  Eva  Ward  Heal,  Frank  C.  Davis,  Reed 
R.  Durtschi,  E.  Blaine  Sorensen,  Vance  Campbell, 
Connie  Oborn. 

Sixth  row:  Marion  Swain,  Garth  A.  Stephenson, 
Ashby  D.  Nelson,  Dean  F.  Redford,  Albert  W. 
Crosby,  Nick  R.  Petersen,  Kenneth  J.  Steele,  Douglas 
W.  Loosle,  Blanche  Jones  Houchen,  Ruth  Ellen  Hansen, 
Robert  B.  Anderson,  Harold  C.  Yancey,  George  B. 
Cart. 


Seventh  row:  Richard  W.  Stokes,  Glenn  A.  Patten, 
Don  J.  Christensen,  William  D.  Butler,  Francis  M 
Hathoock,  William  Le  Johnson,  Vernal  W.  Thompson, 
Gordon  E.  Nelson,  Joseph  H.  Clegg. 

Eighth  row:  Clifford  E.  Carter,  Edgar  L.  Wright, 
Arthur  L.  Preece,  Donald  I.  Benson,  Weston  E.  Porte/, 
Maria  E.  V,  Roothoff,  John  J.  Roothoff,  Ralph  E, 
Ranck,  James  P.  Neeley,  Glenn  H.  Robertson,  Oscar 
L.  Wilde,  W.  E.  Crane. 

Ninth  row:  Joseph  Grant  Stevenson,  Sterling  Loy 
Meldrum,  T.  Lawrence  Oliphant,  M.  J.  Tolley,  Clar- 
ence E.  Felix,  Jerrol  M.  Boyer,  Lloyd  W.  Brown,  Edwin 
Strobel,  Lowell  D.  Oswald,  Louis  J.  Bowers,  Jr., 
Robert  H.  Lindelof. 

Tenth  row:  Charles  DelMar,  John  L.  Willis,  Alvin 
Adams  Gabrielsen,  Maxel  Stevenson  Romney,  Rusself 
W.  Miles,  Emron  Merril  Pratt,  Vay  Simper,  Nelh 
Rupert  Silcox,  Clyde  K.  Rudd. 


(Concluded  from  page  22) 
work.  Just  as  she  finished  the  row 
she  saw,  from  the  corner  of  her  eye, 
Posey  slowly  rising.  Her  heart 
leaped  to  her  mouth,  dreading  what 
he  might  now  do.  Just  then  hoof- 
beats  sounded,  and  Jane  realized 
Charles  was  returning  home,  and 
that  the  Walton  dog  was  with  him. 
Posey  became  aware  of  these  sounds 
too,  and  realized  his  game  was  up. 
Grasping  his  gun,  with  a  blood 
curdling  whoop,  he  hurriedly  tried 
to  reach  his  horse,  but  could  not 
move  quite  fast  enough.  The  dog  be- 
came very  much  interested  in  the 
seat  of  Posey's  pants,  was  quite  suc- 
cessful in  obtaining  same,  and 
Posey,  sans  trousers  seat,  with  an- 
other yell,  mounted  his  horse  and 
raced  away. 

On  hearing  his  mother's  story, 
Charles  was  gravely  concerned, 
while  all  the  settlers  were  thrown 
into  consternation,  as  they  feared  an 
Indian  attack  would  be  made.  Days 
passed,  however,  and  gradually  their 
fears  were  forgotten.  Weeks  later, 
Posey  again  came  asking  for  food, 
and  as  he  slid  through  the  doorway 
he  averred,  "Me  no  mad,"  which 
caused  Jane  and  the  whole  village  to 
be  easy  in  their  minds  as  far  as  In- 
dians were  concerned.  Indeed,  a 
deep  and  lasting  friendship  sprang 
54 


PILGRIMS  OF  THE  WEST 

into  being  between  the  Walton  fam- 
ily and  the  Indians. 

"pOR  two  years  events  moved  hardly 
noticed  to  Pioneer  Day,  1891. 
This  being  a  big  day  in  Utah  and 
Church  history,  endeavors  were 
made  to  celebrate  it  as  joyously  as 
possible.  There  were  a  parade, 
sports  for  the  children,  and  at  night 
a  dance,  which  the  entire  country- 
side attended,  the  cowboys  inviting 
themselves  to  be  present.  Since 
money  was  practically  unknown, 
tickets  were  purchased  with  vegeta- 
bles, which  were  carefully  stacked 
and  later  given  to  those  in  need. 

Charles'  father  tuned  his  violin; 
Charles  himself  played  the  old  parlor 
organ.  Bishop  Jones  added  to  the 
hilarity  with  his  harmonica;  John 
Rogerson  called  the  dances.  The 
strains  of  "Twin  Sisters"  had  died 
away,  and  it  had  been  announced 
that  "Money  Musk"  would  be  the 
next  dance.  Suddenly  galloping 
horses,  shouts,  and  revolver  shots 
were  heard  outside.  It  proved  to  be 
Tom  Roach,  a  notorious  outlaw,  ac- 
companied by  a  friend.  As  Tom  was 
very  drunk,  his  friend  endeavored  to 
persuade  him  not  to  enter  the  dance 
hall.  With  an  oath,  Tom  turned  and 
shot  his  friend,  and  kicking  him 
where  he  fell,  reeled  into  the  room 


demanding  dances  of  every  pretty 
girl.  Pandemonium  reigned!  John 
Smith  pushed  two  girls  with  whom 
he  had  danced  to  a  rear  window, 
helped  them  through,  quickly  follow- 
ing himself.  After  getting  them 
home,  he  hastened  to  his  own  house, 
took  his  father's  Winchester  from 
the  wall,  and  raced  back.  Everything 
was  still  in  an  uproar,  Tom  Roach 
pushing  and  pulling  in  an  effort  to 
get  his  dance.  Smith  leveled  the 
Winchester,  but  the  outlaw,  sensing 
his  danger,  in  a  flash  pulled  Jane  in 
front  of  him.  The  report  sounded, 
and  Jane  murmuring,  "You  have 
hurt  me,"  dropped  to  the  floor 
dead.  Suddenly  sobered,  Tom 
Roach  rushed  out,  mounted  his  horse 
and  galloped  away.  A  posse  of  white 
men  was  quickly  made  up  to  search 
for  him.  To  show  their  love  of  the 
Walton  family,  the  Indians  made 
another  posse,  which  Posey  joined, 
vowing  eternal  vengeance  on  Roach. 
The  outlaw  was  never  found,  al- 
though the  Indians  kept  up  their 
search  long  after  the  white  men  gave 
up  in  despair.  Jane  was  gone,  but  to 
her  descendants  she  bequeathed 
many  noble  qualities,  such  as  kind- 
ness to  all  in  need,  an  intrepid  spirit 
with  which  to  face  the  trials  of  life, 
and  unswerving  obedience  to  the 
Church  Authorities. 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


THE  JOSEPH  SMITH  MONUMENT  AT  SOUTH  ROYALTON 


(Continued  from  page  18) 
Junius  Weils  himself  was  as  much 
of  a  drawing  card  as  his  great  pro- 
cession. Everyone  wanted  to  see  this 
western  gentleman  who  could  order 
and  direct  such  a  stupendous  piece 
of  business.  He  was  agreeable,  halt- 
ing many  times  in  the  midst  of  his 
busy  directing  to  answer  questions 
popped  at  him  by  men  and  women 
who  had  come  to  witness  this  great 
feat. 

Some  of  the  questions  asked  were 
personal.  A  great  many  had  to  do 
with  the  thoughts:  "What  are  these 
'Mormons'  going  to  do  next?"  "Will 
they  try  to  run  this  country?"  "Who 
told  them  they  could  come  here?" 
The  question  of  plural  marriage 
sometimes  came  up.  To  all  such 
gibes  and  questioning  Junius  Wells 
never  showed  the  slightest  peeve  or 
dudgeon.  Every  answer  was  pre- 
saged by  a  smile  or  a  cheery  greet- 
ing. 

HPhe  great  caravan  wound  slowly 
up  the  stiff  grade  along  the  nar- 
row highway  by  the  aid  of  men, 
horses,  windlass,  toil,  and  sweat  un- 
til it  came  to  the  Mcintosh  farm. 
Here  it  had  to  turn  off  across  a 
meadow  before  reaching  its  resting 
place  on  the  Sharon  knoll.  Time  was 
running  short.  It  was  definitely  ar- 
ranged that  the  dedication  of  the 
monument  was  to  take  place  on  De- 
cember 23,  1 905,  the  anniversary  of 
the  birth  of  the  Prophet  Joseph 
Smith,  and  it  was  now  mid-Decem- 
ber. A  little  swamp  hole  in  the 
meadow  became  a  serious  difficulty. 
Stones  were  dumped  into  the  hole. 
They  sank  from  sight.  An  effort 
was  made  to  build  a  corduroy  road 
across  the  swamp  but  every  time  it 
was  tried,  down  it  went  into  the 
quicksand.  As  Junius  said,  "My 
heart  sank  with  it."  He  was  truly 
disturbed.  Not  often  did  you  see  that 
courageous  spirit  so  down.  His  ef- 
forts had  failed.  With  all  the  horses 
and  men  at  his  disposal  he  had  not 
been  able  to  cross  the  diabolical  lit- 
tle swamp  hole  that  lay  in  his  path. 
That  night  some  friends  gathered 
to  console  him.  They  asked,  "What 
are  you  going  to  do  about  it  now, 
Mr.  Wells?"  Junius  never  showed 
ostentation  about  his  religion,  or 
tried  at  any  time  to  force  his  views 
on  others,  but  that  he  was  of  a  deep- 
ly religious  nature  there  can  be  no 
doubt.  After  thanking  them  cordial- 

JANUARY  1947 


ly  for  their  evident  kind  interest,  he 
quietly  said,  "Gentlemen,  do  you  be- 
lieve in  answers  to  prayer?"  Some 
allowed  maybe  they  did,  some 
snickered  a  little,  others  looked 
ashamed  and  said  nothing.  Junius 
wished  them  all  a  good  night  and 
said,  "I  am  going  to  pray  about  it." 
He  did.  His  great  heart  burst  forth  its 
petition  to  the  Unseen.  In  all  sincer- 
ity and  truth  he  asked  meekly  and 
humbly  for  the  help  of  the  great 
Forgiver  and  Lover  of  humanity. 
For  some  time  the  neighbors  had 
been  congratulating  Junius  on  the 
fine  "Mormon  weather"  he  had 
brought  with  him.  Day  after  day 
was  sunny,  warm,  and  pleasant — 
ideal  for  out  of  doors  work.  During 
the  night  that  his  friends  had  left  him 
on  his  knees  in  fervent  prayer  to  the 
God  in  whom  he  so  devoutly  be- 
lieved, the  thermometer  dropped 
thirty  or  more  degrees.  The  next 
morning  when  Junius  arrived  at  the 
swamp  hole,  it  was  frozen  solid. 
The  horses  neighed,  the  whips 
cracked,  and  without  further  ado, 
the  great  wagon  with  its  load  rode 
over  the  hole  without  a  hitch. 

When  the  foundation  for  the  base 
of  the  monument  was  laid,  an  aper- 
ture of  about  two  feet  square  was 
left  in  the  center  of  the  base  before 
the  upper  base  stone  was  laid  over  it. 
It  was  then  that  Mr.  Wells  called  on 
his  clerical  help  and  had  them  issue 
an  invitation  to  all  the  local  celebri- 
ties, judiciary,  lawyers,  doctors, 
merchants,  and  rank  and  file,  bidding 
them  to  meet  him  at  his  hotel  for  a 
party.  Everyone  was  requested  to 
bring  some  article  such  as  a  Bible, 


IN  OLD  NAUVOO 

By  Georgia  Moore  Eberling 

HPhe  ghosts  of  those  long-gone  still  walk 
*     today 
The  streets  of  old  Nauvoo.    You  hear  the 

tread 
Of  heavy  boots,  and  all  the  martyred  dead 
Move  silently  along  their  unseen  way. 

The  river  in  its  mist  of  silver-gray 
Rolls  restlessly  within  its  mighty  bed, 
And  whispers  of  a  bitter  day,  now  fled, 
Hints  of  dark  secrets  of  an  ancient  fray. 

The  world  moves  slowly  on  its  crimson 
course 

From  bigotry  to  tolerance  and  peace, 

And  slowly  comes  to  know  the  one  great 
Source 

Of  understanding,  where  all  conflicts  cease. 

When  Love  with  calm-eyed  Reason,  sup- 
plants Force, 

God's  plan  will  know  fruition  and  release. 


prayer  book,  old  newspaper,  photo- 
graphs of  their  families  or  some  such 
trinket.  Before  taking  leave  of  the 
party,  all  lined  up  single  file  to  pass 
by  the  table  in  the  center  of  the  room 
whereon  sat  a  shiny  copper  box.  As 
each  guest  passed  by,  he  or  she 
dropped  the  souvenir  or  article 
brought  with  him  into  the  box, 
These,  together  with  copies  of  the 
affidavits  showing  the  site  of  the 
birthplace  of  the  Prophet  and  a 
statement  concerning  the  erection  of 
the  monument  were  dropped  into  the 
box.  It  was  then  soldered  shut.  In 
the  morning  Junius  took  the  box  and 
laid  it  gently  and  reverently  in  the 
aperture  in  the  base  of  the  great 
monument.  It  was  then  cemented  in 
and  covered  for  all  time  with  the  big 
base  and  monument  above.  It  was  a 
great  thought  of  a  great  personality. 
Some  of  the  boys  called  him  "Genius 
Wells." 

H^HE  day  finally  came  to  raise  the 
great  pedestal  in  the  air  and  set 
it  down  on  end  upon  the  founda- 
tions atop  the  "die"  bearing  the  in- 
scription record.  A  great  crowd  as- 
sembled in  the  bleak  wind  on  Dairy 
Hill  with  coat  collars  turned  up  and 
earlaps  down.  Mr.  Howland,  the 
engineer  who  had  set  the  big  pillars 
up  in  front  of  the  Cathedral  of  St. 
John  the  Divine  in  New  York,  was  in 
charge.  Everyone  asked  the  same 
question.  "How  can  he  do  it?"  His 
contrivance  was  so  simple  it  was  a 
surprise  to  see  how  it  was  done.  Two 
uprights  with  a  cross  timber  atop,  all 
safely  guyed  to  "dead-men"  set 
firmly  in  the  ground,  the  pulleys 
down  from  the  crossbar  at  the  top, 
and  twelve  horses  marching  around 
on  sweeps  to  turn  the  windlass  like 
an  old-time  western  threshing  ma- 
chine, drew  the  big  shaft  up  and  up 
endwise  until  it  swung  free  in  the 
air.  It  was  then  let  down  slowly  and 
placed  in  the  exact  spot  that  had 
been  prepared  for  it.  Not  a  bump, 
scratch,  or  chip — a  perfect  drop  into 
place.  The  cap  was  sent  up  on  the 
pulleys  to  Mr.  Howland  to  lay  in 
place  in  a  bed  of  cement  on  the  head 
of  the  shaft.  Junius  told  him  that 
when  he  had  the  top  laid,  to  signal 
him  by  waving  his  cap. 

When  the  signal  was  finally  given, 

the  crowd  started  cheering,  but  only 

for  a  moment.   They  were  set  back 

on  their  heels  by  Wells  at  the  foot 

(Concluded  on  page  56) 

55 


THE  JOSEPH  SMITH  MONUMENT  AT  SOUTH  ROYALTON 


{ Concluded  from  page  55 ) 
of  the  monument.  He  was  waving  his 
arms  frantically  and  shouting,  "Stop! 
Stop!"  The  cheering  ceased  and  to 
the  surprise  of  all,  he  fell  upon  his 
knees  at  the  foot  of  the  monument 
and  offered  a  prayer — a  prayer  of 
thanksgiving  that  he  had  been  per- 
mitted to  do  this  thing.  When  he  had 
finished,  he  jumped  to  his  feet  and 
yelled,  "All  right,  boys,  now  I  am 
with  you,  let  her  go!"  Then  the 
crowd  did  yell  and  shout,  "Wells, 
Wells,  hurrah  for  Junius  Wells!" 

The  subsequent  dedication  serv- 
ices; the  beautiful  singing  of  Emma 


Lucy  Gates  the  granddaughter  of 
Brigham  Young,  and  Bob  Easton  the 
Metropolitan  Opera  tenor;  the 
soirees  and  all  the  other  ceremonies 
participated  in  by  the  Church  Au- 
thorities who  came  on  by  special 
train  from  Salt  Lake  City  is  all  a 
matter  of  record.  Junius  Wells  has 
passed  on  to  his  forefathers,  but  will 
long  be  remembered  in  South  Royal- 
ton  and  Sharon,  Vermont.  Some 
people  thought  it  was  an  extravagant 
outlay  of  time  and  money  to  place 
so  great  a  monument  in  so  remote  a 
place  where  it  could  be  seen  by  only 
a  limited  number  of  people.  Its  cost 


was  not  such  a  vast  sum  as  viewed 
in  these  days,  but  to  the  men  of 
Junius  Wells'  faith  it  is  a  shrine  of 
inestimable  value.  Many  people 
wend  their  way  up  Dairy  Hill  to  that 
spot  to  gain  inspiration  for  their 
work  in  life,  and  who  shall  say  their 
faith  is  in  vain?  Near  the  spot  where 
the  baby  Joseph  Smith  was  rocked  in 
his  old-fashioned  cradle  by  his  moth- 
er stands  the  tall  granite  shaft,  point- 
ing steadily  toward  the  blue  vault  of 
heaven  where  God  alone  is  supreme 
and  where  all  races,  creeds,  and 
tongues  are  equally  subject  to  his 
mercy  and  justice. 


(Continued  from  page  20) 
ant.  If  their  sense  of  good  taste  gets  in 
the  way,  they  may  not  want  to  make 
an  exhibition  of  themselves  in  pub- 
lic, and  if  their  feelings  are  at  all 
sensitive  or  protective,  they  may  not 
want  the  word  "smooching"  applied 
to  a  sincere  expression  of  their  feel- 
ings. 

And  the  long  view  at  your  age,  or 
almost  any  age  this  side  of  marriage, 
is  that  all  this  probably  will  not  last. 
It  is  impossible  for  anything  to  stand 
still,  and  since  this  thing  can  go  only 
so  far,  before  it  must  stop,  the 
chances  are  that  both  will  get  tired 
of  the  "stalemate,"  and  it  will  all 
"blow  up." 

'T'he  mother  knows  that  under  the 
intense  modern  stimulation  of 
movies,  books,  dancing,  cars,  it  is 
very  natural  for  the  romantic  inter- 
est of  the  average  boy  and  girl  to 
develop  rapidly  and  to  find  quick 
outlet  in  demonstration.  What  hap- 
pens may  be  something  like  this:  If 
it  is  the  first  love  experience  of  either 
or  both,  they  may  feel  very  near  and 
dear  and  wonderful.  They  feel  a  bit 
responsible  for  one  another  and  per- 
fectly sure  that  they  have  found  the 
right  one,  and  that  some  day,  in  the 
not  too  far  future,  they  will  marry. 
They  feel  that  never  will  there  be 
another  whom  they  could  care  for 
so  much.  At  first,  of  course,  they 
just  hold  hands,  or  if  they  are  in  the 
back  seat  of  the  car,  it's  late,  and 
she's  feeling  tired,  her  head  is  on  his 
shoulder.  Then  they  decide  that  a 
good-night  kiss  would  be  all  right. 
And  then,  in  a  very  little  while  one 
56 


LET'S  TALK  IT  OVER 

kiss  isri't  enough!  Perhaps  you  have 
noticed  that  I  have  been  dieting  re- 
cently. Do  you  know  why  I  never 
eat  a  piece  of  candy?  One  piece  of 
candy  wouldn't  be  so  terrible — even 
on  a  diet.  But  experience  has  taught 
me  that  if  I  eat  one,  I  want — and 
probably  take — ten.  So  with  a  kiss — 
one  calls  for  more — much  more. 
Somewhere  along  the  line, — in  all 
decency, — one  has  to  stop.  Then  it 
is  exactly  as  if  a  fast  racer  were 
brought  up  abruptly  against  a 
strong,  taut,  finish  line.  The  line 
will  neither  snap  nor  give,  as  the 
ordinary  finish  lines  does,  and  so  the 
racer  is  knocked  out.  Romance 
should  not  be  a  dash.  Speed  has  to 
be  controlled  sufficiently  so  that 
either  participant  can  stop  abruptly 
without  anyone's  being  greatly  in- 
jured. To  change  the  figure  a  bit — 
emotion  can  be  as  deadly  as  a  fast 
car— unless  the  person  at  the  wheel 
can  keep  it  under  complete  control. 
And  who  of  us  can  be  sure  of  that? 

"I  like  my  boy  friend— but  not  too 
well,"  says  our  young  correspond- 
ent. "I  can  handle  this.  I'm  not  go- 
ing to  be  swept  off  my  feet — he 
doesn't  mean  that  much  to  me.  A 
little  of  this  'come  hither'  will  keep 
him  at  my  call  so  I  can  get  around 
and  see  other  boys.  This  way,  I  may 
meet  the  right  one.  And  all  the  time 
I'm  waiting,  I'm  having  a  very  good 
time." 

Well,  is  she?  Can  you  have  a  good 
time  playing  around  with  someone 
who  really  doesn't  mean  anything  to 
you?  It  isn't  quite  honest,  and  dis- 
honesty of  any  kind  harms  the  per- 
petrator— first  and  last.  It  dulls  the 


fine,  full  power  of  our  own  ability  to 
care.  It  takes  some  of  the  ecstasy 
away.  I  believe  firmly  that  "smooch- 
ing" with  someone  for  whom  you 
don't  care,  is  even  more  dangerous 
than  getting  in  a  little  too  deep  with 
one  for  whom  you  do.  You  risk  los- 
ing much  in  the  last  instance,  but  you 
never  had  anything  to  begin  with  in 
the  first.  In  the  long  run,  my  little 
defender  of  "smooching"  would  be 
better  off  without  her  date.  Even 
right  now  she'd  probably  have  a 
great  deal  more  fun  popping  corn 
around  the  living  room  fire  with  her 
younger  brothers  and  sisters. 

I"  WRITE  you  all  this  because  usually, 
but  not  always,  it  is  the  boy  who 
initiates  the  idea.  In  general,  you  are 
the  aggressor.  It  flatters  a  girl  to 
think  that  you  want  a  little  loving 
from  her,  and  she  may  not  want  to 
offend  you.  But,  on  the  other  hand, 
sometimes  a  boy  thinks  that  a  girl 
expects  it,  and  that  if  he  doesn't  try 
something,  she  will  think  him  a  com- 
plete "dud."  There  are  all  kinds  of 
girls — just  as  there  are  all  kinds  of 
boys,  so  it  may  be  that  some  girls 
expect  this  type  of  attention  just  as  it 
may  be  that  some  boys  are  unwilling 
to  take  a  girl  out  who  will  not  cooper- 
ate. But  I  am  banking  on  your  desire 
for  only  the  best  in  life,  and  I  am 
counting  also  on  the  power  of  my 
young  friend  to  "grow  up"  and  look 
ahead,  and  when  I  say  that,  I  don't 
think  there  is  any  lasting  satisfaction 
in  "smooching"  for  either  of  you — 
for  any  of  you. 

Your  sister  Jane  once  said  to  me 
that  she  didn't  actually  like  all  this 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


LET'S  TALK  IT  OVER 


loving.  Oh,  it  had  its  pleasant  side, 
but  she  really  wanted  to  save  her 
kisses  for  the  "one  and  only,"  and — 
"if  you  are  actually  going  to  do  that, 
you  really  have  to  wait  until  you  are 
sure— wait  and  wait."  She  said  it 
with  a  little  shamefaced  laugh  be- 
cause she  felt  that  the  remark 
branded  her.  Some  of  us  older  wom- 
en who  have  had  the  satisfaction  of 
loving  deeply  in  marriage  could  un- 
derstand her  feelings,  but  it  would 
probably  have  been  laughed  at  by 
many  of  her  friends  because  it  is  na- 
tural for  the  young  to  want  to  be  part 
of  popular  thinking.  She  also  said 
that  she  thought  most  girls  indulged 
because  they  were  not  only  confused 
but  also  a  little  bored. 

To  me,  it  seemed  a  decidedly 
troublesome  idea  that  our  own  lack 
of  vitality  and  enthusiasm  should 
lead  us  in  paths  which  inevitably  end 
in  still  less  life  and  energy,  in  com- 
plete boredom.  With  this  in  mind, 
it  would  seem  highly  intelligent  for 
boys  to  take  out  girls  who  are  inter- 
esting and  vital — not  just  pretty  and 
tantalizing.  It  would  seem  smart  for 
girls  to  keep  themselves  rested  and 
gay  and  resistant.  I  wonder  if  late 
hours — (ending  in  early  hours)  — 
don't  bring  us  nearer  to  that  dullness 
of  mind  and  body  which  calls  for  the 
drug  of  "smooching"? 

I  can  hear  you  say,  "You're  getting 
pretty  serious  about  this,  Mother." 
I  don't  want  to  seem  too  serious,  yet 
it  gives  me  real  concern  to  believe 
that  the  main  reason  youngsters 
break  loose  is  because  they  are  not 
quick  witted  and  smart  enough  to 
think  up  a  better  form  of  entertain- 
ment. "Smooching"  is  the  lazy 
couple's  way  out.  It  takes  energy, 
tolerance,  good  nature,  quick  wit, 
and  real  tact  to  handle  the  situation. 
True,  not  every  girl  or  boy  possesses 
these  qualities— but  they  are  quali- 
ties worth  working  at. 

JANE  tried  to  pin  me  down  once  on 
methods. 

"Now,  Mother,"  she  said,  "Just 
use  your  imagination  a  little.  Here 
is  Dick,  and  here  am  I.  I  like  Dick. 
I  hope  Dick  likes  me.  He  asks  for  a 
good-night  kiss.  I  don't  want  to  kiss 
him.  I  like  him  very  much,  but  some- 
how I  don't  want  to  kiss  him.  Maybe 
I'm  afraid  I  like  him  too  well — may- 
be I'm  afraid  I  don't  like  him  well 
enough.  I  don't  know  exactly  how 
he  feels,  but  I  think  maybe  he  feels 

JANUARY  1947 


about  as  I  do,  only  he  is  willing  to 
risk  more — boys  seem  willing  often- 
er  than  girls.  Now,  how  do  I  not 
kiss  him  and  still  not  hurt  his  feel- 
ings? How  do  I  not  kiss  him  and  yet 
leave  him  liking  me  even  better,  I 
hope?" 

A  hard  one?  Perhaps.  I'm  not  so 
very  wise — but,  I  do  know  that  if 
they  both  like  each  other,  it  can  be 
done.  The  heavy  hand  is  out.  It  re- 
quires a  light  touch.  The  girl  who 
first  started  the  series  of  answers,  a 
sample  of  which  was,  "I  never  kiss 
anyone  unless  it's  exactly  3:16  on 
Monday  morning,"  had  something. 
But  it's  been  done  so  much  that  its 
freshness  has  vanished.  It  is  nothing 
but  a  "line,"  and  is  so  recognized.  A 
touch  of  humor  mixed  with  warm 
sincerity — a  girl's  own  way  of  an- 
swering— is  the  best. 

Betty's  reply  appealed  to  me,  "I 
think  I'd  probably  like  it  very  much, 
but  if  I  shouldn't,  I  just  don't  want 
to  find  it  out  tonight.  I  want  to  keep 
you  wondering  about  me." 

Maybe  there  is  too  much  of  the 
"come-on"  about  it.  She  may  have 
to  make  herself  clearer,  but  since  it 
was  essentially  true,  it  serves  well 
until  a  more  definite  move  becomes 
necessary. 

I  tell  you  this  because  I  think  it 
may  make  you  more  understanding. 
Perhaps  you  won't  want  to  put  a  girl 
you  like  "on  the  spot."  Let  me  try 
to  say  it  this  way: 

jCriendship  between  boys  and  girls 
or  men  and  women  is  not  so  much 
a  mad  race  as  a  journey,  ending,  we 
all  hope,  in  the  lasting  loveliness  of 
true  marriage.  This  journey  may  be 
long,  venturesome,  and  at  times,  un- 


mapped. You  will,  of  course,  have 
plenty  of  company  on  this  journey. 
But  remember,  that  one  doesn't  al- 
ways want,  need,  or  profit  from  too 
much  company  because  it  may  be 
that  you  will  see  beauty  where  others 
are  blind,  hear  music  where  others 
are  deaf,  and  have  inner  yearning 
which  the  crowd's  mad  dash  cannot 
satisfy.  Instead  of  racing  along  with 
the  world,  you  will  have  to  be  a  little 
choosey,  and  discriminating — even 
slow.  I  hope  you  will  walk  with  your 
girl  friends — not  asking  too  much  of 
them  or  of  yourself — just  happy  in 
good  company — content  to  let  them 
know  you  as  you  are  and  discover 
them  as  they  are.  I  hope  you  won't 
over-extend  yourself  lest  the  journey 
becomes  wearisome,  or  you  miss  its 
best  parts,  or  you  arrive  unfitted  for 
your  destination. 

Does  all  this  seem  too  fanciful  to 
you?  If  so,  we'll  try  again.  To  be 
worth  while,  a  friendship  should 
bring  out  the  best  in  both  of  you — 
that  is  one  of  the  ultimate  tests  of 
love.  Love  is  not  really  blind.  All 
the  virtue  it  sees,  actually  exists  and 
develops  under  its  warm  stimulation 
— but  "smooching"  puts  blinders  on 
us  all.  If  friendship  grows  without 
the  aid  of  too  many  caresses,  we 
come  to  know  and  understand  each 
other  unenslaved  by  our  senses.  On 
the  other  hand  we  miss  a  lot  of  hon- 
est feeling  in  our  romantic  lives  by 
drugging  our  senses  too  early  and 
too  much.  Emotion  can  be  satisfied 
in  happier  ways  if  wit  and  good 
sense  are  brought  to  this  greatest  ad- 
venture of  life.  Your  own  vast  en- 
ergy and  gaiety  should  lend  great 
help  to  this  happier  way — particu- 
larly if  you  feel,  as  I  do,  about 
"smooching" — that  "there's  no  fu- 
ture in  it."     your  loying  Mother 


HOLE  IN  THE  ROCK 


(Continued  from  page  17) 
cedar  berries,  and  held  a  promise  of 
warmth  for  the  journey. 

Kumen  Jones,  a  young  man  of 
twenty-four,  lithe  and  graceful  in 
spite  of  his  ill-fitting  pioneer  clothes, 
maneuvered  his  horse  to  the  low, 
white  gate  of  his  mother's  home, 
where  she  and  his  wife  waited  to  tell 
him  good-bye.  The  sprawling  log 
house  back  of  the  gate  was  little 
more  than  a  thin  shadow  in  the  gray 
dawn;  but  the  two  women  in  their 
white  wool  shawls  made  a  patch  of 
light  that  guided  him. 


"I've  not  forgotten  a  thing,"  he 
cried,  leaning  down  to  take  his  wife's 
hand.  "I'm  to  report  what  the  wom- 
en are  wearing,  what  the  prospects 
are  for  getting  some  leather  for 
shoes,  and  cloth  for  new  dresses. 
I'm  to  deliver  the  contents  of  my 
right  pocket  to  your  friends,  Mary, 
and  the  contents  of  my  left  pocket  to 
Mother's  friends.  Anything  else?" 

Mary  smiled  up  at  him,  knowing 

that   a  quirk  would  be  tugging  at 

the  corner  of  his  lips,  as  it  always 

was  when  he  was  happy.   It  was  all 

(Continued  on  page  58) 

57 


AS  MAN  EATS 
AND  DRINKS 


We  believe  that,  in  large  meas- 
ure, as  a  man  eats  and  drinks, 
so  is  he.  For  food,  nature  has 
given  us  fruits  of  the  sun  and 
soil.  These  are  priceless  treas- 
ures, conducive  to  health  of 
body  and  mind.  Besides  these, 
we  need   no   stimulants. 

You  who  agree,  will  be  inter- 
ested in  a  delicious  drink  that 
is  made  from  grain  and  fruit. 
And  this  delightful,  wholesome 
beverage  contains  no  caffeine, 
other  stimulants,  or  narcotics. 

FICGO  is  known  to  millions  of 
people  who  think  sanely  about 
food  and  drink.  It  is  made  of 
roasted  barley  and  tree-ripened 
California  figs.  It  is  a  boon  to 
non-coffee  drinkers  who  admit- 
tedly, and  rightly,  enjoy  a 
wholesome  hot  drink  with  their 
meals.  Wholesome  FICGO  can 
be  freely  recommended  as  a 
healthful  drink  for  the  whole 
family. 

LEONARD  H.  BALLIF,  President 

California    Ficgo    Company 

Los  Angeles,  California 


Centennial 
Headquarters 

Throughout  1947  Utahns 
and  tourists  alike  will 
make  the  Hotel  Temple 
Squaie  their  headquarters 
for  the  scores  of  Centen- 
nial events  scheduled  in 
Salt  Lake.  We  welcome 
you  heartily.  However, 
to  avoid  disappointment, 
won't  you  please  make 
your  reservations  well  in 
advance  of  your  visit? 
Thank   you I 

Hotel  Temple 
Square 

Clarence  L.  West,  Mgr. 


HOLE  IN  THE  ROCK 


{Continued  ivom  page  57) 
that  kept  his  face  from  being  too 
serious,  and  it  was  never  quite  ef- 
faced unless  he  was  displeased  or 
angry. 

"Poke  fun  if  you  like,"  she  said 
laughingly,  "only  don't  forget  to 
bring  me  a  present.  Flowers,  re- 
member. They'll  be  blooming  down 
there." 

"I'll  not  forget,  my  dear.  And  I 
have  a  real  surprise  planned,  if  I  can 
get  it  for  you.  And  don't  ask  any 
questions,"  he  warned.  "Or  you'll 
get  nothing." 

They  laughed  happily,  and  Mary 
stood  on  tiptoe  to  kiss  him  good- 
bye. 

"Go  on  with  you,  Kumen,"  Sage 
Treharne  said,  a  little  piqued  at  their 
confidential  voices.  "You're  as  anx- 
ious to  be  off  as  that  bad-mannered 
horse  you're  riding.  He'll  paw  my 
gate  down  if  he  has  to  wait  any 
longer.  Good-bye,  and  hurry  home." 

Mary  loosened  her  clinging  fingers 
from  Kumen's  hand  and  waved  to 
him  as  he  rode  off,  galloping 
after  the  fifty  other  horsemen  al- 
ready out  along  the  way.  "What  a 
feathery  morning!"  she  cried,  filling 
her  lungs  with  the  clean  smell  of 
spring  earth.  "How  I'd  love  to  be 
riding  away  in  it  as  Kumen  is." 

Sage  looked  at  Mary  in  wonder. 
There  were  times  when  she  could  see 
why  her  son  had  married  this  Danish 
girl  of  so  much  vitality.  That  feath- 
ery business,  now.  That  was  exactly 
the  way  the  air  seemed.  Maybe  Ku- 
men hadn't  made  a  mistake  after  all. 
She  liked  Mary  real  well  this  morn- 
ing. 

"We'll  get  the  log  cabin  quilt  into 
the  frames  and  have  it  out  again  be- 
fore Kumen  gets  back,"  she  said. 
"There  isn't  room  in  a  house  for  a 
man  and  a  quilt  at  the  same  time." 

"There    will   be    in    my   house,' 
Mary  said  quickly.   "Or  else  I'll  not 
make  quilts." 

Sage  Treharne  sniffed.  "Just  you 
try  it  once,  my  girl,"  she  advised. 
"You've  got  a  lot  to  learn  yet." 

Her  thin,  straight  nose  was  quiv- 
ering with  vexation  as  she  hurried 
toward  the  house. 

Mary  followed.  "I  wish  I  could 
ever  remember  to  think  first  and  talk 
afterward,"  she  sighed.  "I  always 
seem  to  say  and  do  the  wrong  things. 
Why  do  I,  when  I  want  so  much  to 
please?" 


58 


At  the  door,  Sage  Treharne 
turned  and  said  crisply,  "I  carried 
the  scraps  for  this  quilt  across  the 
plains  in  my  bustle,  as  you  very  well 
know,  because  there  wasn't  room 
any  place  else.  I've  hoarded  those 
few  silk  scraps  for  years,  for  Ku- 
men a  wedding  quilt.  I  don't  want 
to  be  another  dozen  years  getting 
them  quilted!" 

Mary  closed  her  lips  on  an  impa- 
tient retort.  Sage  was  old  and  set  in 
her  ways,  and  it  was  not  up  to  a 
daughter-in-law  to<  question  her.  But 
it  was  sometimes  hard  to  be  obedient 
and  domestic  when  spring  was  just 
around  the  corner. 

She  opened  the  door  for  Sage 
Treharne,  and,  together,  they  went 
inside. 

[™)own  the  street  from  the  Jones* 
house,  Mary's  mother  was  at 
that  minute  deciding  that  the  best 
way  to  spend  the  time,  while  her 
husband  was  gone,  was  to  make  a 
batch  of  soap.  Her  "Yense"  didn't 
like  the  smell  of  stale  grease  and 
ashes  lye,  but  she  loved  it.  Her 
nostrils  fairly  itched  for  the  frugal 
smell.  And  she  liked  the  sight  of.  the 
curlicued  old  cracklings  as  they 
melted  to  a  velvet  liquid  in  the  lye 
bath  and  went  rolling  from  circle  to 
center  of  the  big,  pot-bellied  kettle 
that  hung  from  a  tripod  in  the  back 
yard,  with  fire  flames  lapping  at  its 
sides. 

This  was  going  to  be  a  good  year, 
she  predicted,  getting  her  materials 
together  for  the  soap.  There  had 
been  plenty  of  snow,  and,  now,  an 
early  spring  for  the  planting  of 
crops.  They  were  surely  blessed. 
After  the  hardships  they  had  en- 
dured for  years,  it  was  good  to  set- 
tle down  and  just  live.  They  would 
prosper  this  year— barring  drought, 
crickets,  floods,  hailstorms,  and  In- 
dian raids! 

She  laughed  a  rare,  crisp  laugh, 
and  lighted  the  fire  under  the  big 
kettle.  Yes,  it  was  good  to  be  alive! 

Elsie  Nielson  was  a  small,  capable 
woman,  unassuming  and  quiet,  lov- 
ing her  home  and  her  family  and 
her  Danish  husband  inordinately. 
Where  other  women  were  Mrs. 
Bullock,  Miz  Duncan,  or  Sister 
Smith,  depending  upon  their  posi- 
tions in  the  Church,  or  in  civic  af- 
fairs, she  was  the  town's  Aunt  Elsie. 
Owing  to  the  prominence  and  de- 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


HOLE  IN  THE  ROCK 


pendability  of  her  husband  and  her 
pride  in  him,  there  were  times  when 
she  hardly  remembered  that  she  had 
another  name. 

Not  having  had  any  sons  of  her 
own,  her  love  for  her  daughter's  hus- 
band was  second  only  to  that  which 
she  lavished  on  her  "Yense."  Mary 
was  married  to  such  a  good  man,  she 
said  often,  and  someday  Julia  would 
be,  too.  And  then  she  would  have 
sons  enough  for  any  woman.  And 
that  was  something  to  be  thankful 
for.  Of  course,  she  had  to  remind 
herself,  Julia  wasn't  married  yet,  but 
the  man  she  would  marry  would  be 
good,  like  Kumen  and  her  papa, 
"Yense."  And  just  as  soon  as  she 
got  her  soap  made,  she  and  Julia 
would  go  up  to  the  Jones'  house  and 
work  on  Mary's  quilt.  Which,  of 
course,  wasn't  Mary's  quilt,  but 
Kumen's,  according  to  his  mother. 

Aunt  Elsie  poked  the  fire  angrily. 
Sage  Treharne  almost  never  spoke 
of  anything  as  if  it  were  Mary's — 
not  even  a  quilt.  Everything  was 
Kumen's.  And  she,  Mary's  mother, 
was  pretty  sure  that  she  knew  why. 
She  wasn't  the  town's  Aunt  Elsie  for 
nothing!  She  had  been  told  plenty 
about  how  Sage  was  worrying  over 
Mary's  not  having  a  baby.  But  what 
of  that?  Men  could  live  without  sons, 
couldn't  they! 

Measuring  and  stirring,  with  the 
vehemence  of  her  thinking  evident  in 
every  stroke,  Aunt  Elsie  made  her 
soap,  tasted  it  for  sharpness,  rubbed 
it  between  her  fingers  for  blend,  and 
pronounced  it  done.  She  scattered 
the  fire  brands  under  the  kettle  and, 
brushing  the  smudges  from  her 
hands  and  apron  she  went  into  the 
house. 

An  hour  later  Aunt  Elsie  and  her 
daughter  Julia  were  on  their  way  to 
Sage  Treharne's  house. 

'I  don't  see  anyone  else  going  to- 
ward Sage's  house,  Mother,"  Julia 
remarked,  looking  up  and  down  the 
street.  "Do  you  suppose  there  will 
be  some  others  there?" 

"Goodness,  I  hope  so!"  Aunt  Elsie 
exclaimed.  "It  will  be  dull  if  there 
isn  t. 

"I'll  bet  Arabella  Smith  will  be 
there,"  Julia  said. 

"Why,  of  course  she  will,"  her 
mother  agreed.  "She  and  Mary  are 
bosom  friends." 

Julia  took  her  mother's  arm  af- 
fectionately.   "I  think  there  is  an- 

JANUARY  1947 


other  reason  why  she'll  be  there, 
Mother,"  she  said.  "The  town's 
folk  say  it  is  because  Arabella  is  go- 
ing to  have  a  baby." 

Aunt  Elsie  was  scandalized.  "In 
my  day  young  girls  didn't  talk  about 
such  things,"  she  said  sharply,  for- 
getting to  skirt  the  mud  puddles. 
"And  besides,  what  could  that  have 
to  do  with  Mary?" 

"Influence,  they  say,  Mother. 
Silly,  isn't  it?"  Getting  no  answer, 
Julia  hurried  after  her  mother  in 
silence  to  the  Jones'  house.  Then, 
"Here  we  are,  Mother,"  she  said 
briskly,  "and  Sage  Treharne  is  look- 
ing out  of  the  door." 

"She  would  be!"  Aunt  Elsie  mut- 
tered. "We've  talked  along  until  we 
are  late,  and  Sage  can't  abide  people 
to  be  late." 

Sage  Treharre  greeted  them  with 
the  remark,  "Elsie,  do  you  know 
that  Ann  Decker  is  going  to  have  a 
baby?" 

Aunt  Elsie  started  guiltily.  "Well, 
what  of  it?"  she  snapped.  "Her  last 
one  is  two  years  old,  and  she  has  a 
perfect  right  to  have  another  one  if 
she  wants  to." 

"I  know  of  some  that  have  not  had 
even  one  yet,"  Sage  said  pointedly. 
"But  come  in,  come  right  on  in!" 

Julia  looked  quickly  at  Mary. 
What  a  cruel  thing  for  Sage  to  say. 

Mary's  face  was  scarlet.  She  be- 
gan to  quilt  rapidly,  but  her  eyes 
were  blinded  with  tears,  and  she 
pricked  her  fingers  till  the  blood  ran. 
She  dabbed  a  bit  of  white  wool  from 
the  edge  of  the  quilt  to  her  finger 
angrily.  Let  them  talk!  What  should 
she  care?  Arabella  had  told  her 
many  times  that  it  didn't  matter  what 
people  thought  and  said,  it  was  all 
in  the  way  you  took  things  yourself. 
But  Arabella  had  her  children,  two 
of  them.  It  was  easy  for  her  to  give 
advice.  She  had  never  been  the  sub- 
ject of  their  measuring  eyes  and 
speculative  tongues.  Please,  please 
God,  she  prayed,  let  me  be  as  others 
are.  Let  me  win  Sage's  love  by  giv- 
ing her  son  a  child! 

Dretending  to  be  tired  of  quilting, 
Mary  went  to  stand  at  the  win- 
dow, wondering  who  would  break 
the  silence  that  had  fallen  at  Sage's 
unkind  words.  But  no  one  spoke. 
There  was  the  click  of  scissors,  the 
(Continued  on  page  60) 


TODAY'S  GREAT 
CAKE  FLOUR  VALUE 

_  In  a  New  Package  _ 

•  Right  Size 

•  Right  Price 

•  Right  Quality 


T^HOU;,,// 


A6ffeffier#fi4ny7}'fbe  / 


An  Anchor  for  Modem  Life 
THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

12  Issues  $2.00 


59 


AMERICAS  FINEST 
IN  ITS  FIELD... 

XTOW  is  the  time  to  start 
those  ten  little  fingers 
roaming  over  the  keyboard 
of  a  piano.  And  .  .  .  that 
piano  should  be  the  new 
Betsy  Ross  Spinet.  Your 
children  will  adore  its  eye- 
filling  size  ...  it  will  fit  into 
any  room  and  harmonize 
with  any  decor  or  color 
schemes.  The  practice  pe- 
riods will  be  pleasure. 

DAYNES 

MUSIC  CO. 

A  Complete  Music  Store 

45-47  So.  Main  St..  Salt  Lake  City  1 
Convenient  Terms  Arranged 


*°1 


you  have  used  our  Costumes 
YOU  KNOW  THEY  ARE  THE 
BEST  for  your  play  or  opera 
production. 

INTERMOUNTAIN  COSTUME  CO. 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

10  ROOMS  FILLED  WITH  SPLENDID 
COSTUMES 


New  Features  .  .  . 

For  Your  Enjoyment 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

12   Issues                            $2.00 

HOLE  IN  THE  ROCK 


(Continued  from  page  59) 
slow  deep  breathing  of  restraint, 
and  that  was  all.  But  there  was  al- 
ways one  shining  hope  for  her.  Soon 
she  would  be  living  in  a  home  of  her 
own,  alone  with  Kumen.  There  it 
stood  now,  framed  in  the  window 
like  a  picture,  needing  only  the  doors 
and  windows  for  its  completion. 
How  proud  she  was  of  it!  She  and 
Kumen  had  moulded  every  brick  and 
hewn  every  timber  that  had  gone 
into  it.  It  would  have  glass  windows 
and  a  board  floor,  too;  and  few  pio- 
neer houses  had  those  luxuries.  Soon 
she'd  move  from  Sage  Treharne's 
log  house — three  rooms  in  a  row — 
into  her  own  home  of  brick  and  lum- 
ber, and  for  the  moment  she  was 
happy.  But  try  as  she  would  to  have 
faith,  to  hope  that  she  would  have  a 
child,  there  was  the  dull  conviction 
that  she  never  would.  And  without 
children  a  house  was  never  home. 

Poor  Kumen,  Mary  sighed,  trac- 
ing a  pattern  in  the  soft  slivers  of 
the  wood  of  the  window  sill,  perhaps 
he'll  wish,  someday,  that  he  had 
married  one  of  the  pretty  Welch 
girls  his  mother  wanted  to  pick  out. 
As  it  was,  Sage  never  let  her  forget 
that  she  was  a  big  Danish  girl  who 


couldn't  do  her  woman's  part  by  giv- 
ing her  husband  a  son. 

Mary's  eyes  flashed  as  she  turned 
from  the  window.  They  had  no  right 
to  keep  talking  about  her  all  the  time. 
Let  them  like  it  or  not,  Kumen  had 
married  her.  Nothing,  nothing  in  all 
the  world  could  take  that  assurance 
away  from  her.  She  tossed  her  head 
and  went  back  to  the  quilt,  but 
through  all  her  life  she  remembered 
the  bitterness  of  that  hour  with  its 
frightening  implications. 

Into  that  mood  came  the  news 
crier's  voice.  Louder  and  more  ter- 
rifying with  each  racing  step  came 
the  cry:  "Deseret  News!  Deseret 
telegraph  News!" 

Dimly  and  far  off,  as  though  it  had 
come  out  of  Kumen's  year-long 
dream,  Mary  heard  young  Henry 
Lunt's  words:  "It's  a  new  mission, 
Sister  Jones.  Another  new  mission!" 

The  quilting  needles  flashed  in 
the  last  cold  rays  of  the  sun  that  slid 
past  the  red  hills.  Night  settled  upon 
the  town,  spreading  a  physical 
gloom  to  oppress  their  already  heavy 
hearts.  A  vulture  flew  over  the  roof 
tops  and  into  the  shadows  to  wait 
the  onslaught  of  a  new  day. 
( To  be  continued) 


HOW  THE  DESERT  WAS  TAMED 


{Continued  from  page  15) 
about  the  country  to  be  entered  but 
illustrates  and  explains  the  methods 
used  by  the  Pioneers,  intelligent 
people,  on  the  long  trek  to  the  "val- 
ley," and  in  reducing  the  "great 
desert"  and  "great  sandy  plain"  to 
the  needs  of  communities  of  men.  It 
is  characteristic  of  Latter-day  Saints 
to  expect  help  from  heaven,  but  also 
to  be  prepared  to  use  it  practically 
when  it  is  received.  It  is  equally  true 
of  their  belief  that  by  self-help  they 
may  best  invite  divine  help. 

"\X7hen  the  Latter-day  Saints  set 
out  from  Nauvoo,  they  knew 
they  were  going  into  the  heart  of  the 
Great  West.  Just  where  they  would 
settle  had  not  been  finally  decided. 
But  they  were  certain  that  when  the 
right  place  was  found,  the  leader 
and  the  followers  would  know.  Brig- 
ham  Young  indeed  declared  that  in  a 
vision  he  had  seen  the  place  of  set- 
tlement, even  to  the  location  of  the 
temple.  He  would  recognize  it  when 
he  saw  it. 

So  it  happened.    After  a  trek  of 


60 


over  fifteen  hundred  miles,  the  lead- 
er looked  down  upon  the  Salt  Lake 
valley,  and  exclaimed,  "This  is  the 
place,"  The  Pioneers  were  prepared 
for  the  tasks  awaiting  them.  There- 
fore, they  conquered,  they  had  the 
world's  knowledge  of  the  place, 
meager  as  it  was,  in  their  possession; 
and  they  had  brought  with  them 
enough  of  tools  and  food  to  begin  the 
work  of  conquest. 

Preparation  for  their  work  was  a 
first  factor  in  their  work  of  redeem- 
ing the  desert.  That  is  the  first  les- 
son taught  by  the  Pioneers. 

II 

The  Conquerors  Come 

'J'he  evacuation  of  Nauvoo  was 
forced  on  the  Saints  in  the  dead 
of  winter.  The  first  company,  headed 
by  John  Smith,  ferried  across  the 
Mississippi  among  ice  floes  on  Feb- 
ruary fourth,  eighteen  hundred  and 
forty-six. 

John  R.  Young,  a  lad  of  nine 
years,  awaking  from  his  night's  sleep 
amidst  much  hustle  and  bustle  in  the 

*THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


HOW  THE  DESERT  WAS  TAMED 


join  the  main  body  of  the  Church. 

The    pioneers    who    settled    in    the 
house,  saw  two  men  carrying  out  the      states  of  the  Union.   Members  were      Great  Basin  of  North  America  were, 
household  goods  and  loading  them      also  won  from  European  groups  that      therefore,  a  mixture  of  many  nation- 
into  two  wagons.  "My  mother  looks      had   settled   in   the    United   States,      alities. 
pale,  and  when  I  ask  her  'What  is      such  as  the  Norwegian  settlement  of 
the  matter?' she  takes  me  in  her  arms,      LaSalle  in  Wisconsin.    The  British 


kisses  me  and  says,  'We  are  going  to 
leave  our  home,  and  will  never  see  it 
again.'  " 

Other  companies,  from  Nauvoo 
and  elsewhere,  followed  in  steady 
succession.       ^he    temperature    fell. 


Mission,  opened  in  1837,  and  the 
Scandinavian  Mission,  opened  in 
1850,  brought  through  the  years  a 
flow  of  tens  of  thousands  of  new 
Church  members.  From  other  Eu- 
ropean  countries  came  believers  in 


The  river  was  frozen  over  part  of  the     the  new-found  gospel,  though  not  in 


time.  But  the  evacuation  continued. 
Soon  the  westward  trail  through 
Iowa  became  a  highway.  The 
Church  as  a  whole  was  moving  to 
the  promised  but  unknown  place  of 
peace  in  the  West. 

Temporary  settlements  were  made 
on  the  way,  where  the  earlier  com- 
panies grew  crops  for  4ater  ones,  and 
otherwise  arranged  to  help  the  mov- 
ing Saints.  The  chief  of  these  was 
Winter  Quarters,  near  what  is  now 
Omaha,  Nebraska,  where  a  veritable 
temporary  city  was  built. 

In  the  spring  of  1847,  Brigham 
Young  led  the  Pioneer  party  over  the 
plains  and  mountains  to  the  valley 
of  the  Great  Salt  Lake,  which  he 
recognized  from  his  vision  to  be  the 
place  of  settlement. 

Thenceforth,  until  1869,  when  the 
railroad  came,  there  streamed  across 
the  plains  orderly  companies  of 
"Mormons"  bound  for  the  Utah 
haven.  They  came  with  ox  teams, 
handcarts,  and  on  foot.  The  whole 
story  has  no  parallel  in  the  world's 
history. 

Suffering  there  was  and  plenty  of 
it  among  the  emigrants.  Birth  and 
death  became  commonplace  on  the 
emigrant  route.  A  monument  in 
Omaha  honors  the  memory  of  those 
who  laid  down  their  lives  on  this 
march.  It  is  estimated  that  six  thou- 
sand emigrants  found  their  graves 
by  the  "Mormon"  trail  during  the 
twenty- three  years  following  the  set- 
tlement in  the  Salt  Lake  valley. 

X17ho  were  these  people — the  in- 
trepid "Mormon"  pioneers  of 
the  intermountain  West  of  North 
America — the  people  who  dared  to 
enter  the  unsettled  scarcely  charted 
wilderness  to  make  their  homes? 

The  founders  of  the  Church,  and 
the  first  converts,  were  mostly  Amer- 
icans with  pedigrees  running  back  to 
the  early  settlement  of  New  Eng- 
land. As  the  Church  grew,  converts 
were    gathered    in    from    the   other 

JANUARY  1947 


such  large  numbers.  Whatever  their 
origin,  the  new  converts  sought  to 


These  conquerors  of  desert  places 
were  generally  of  the  stout  middle 
class  in  nineteenth  century  society, 
such  as  farmers,  tradesmen,  small 
merchants,  and  a  sprinkling  of 
schoolteachers  and  other  profession- 
al people.  In  the  middle  of  the  last 
century  college  training  was  very 
limited;  yet  the  Church  gathered  in 
a  number  of  college  men.  As  in  every 
{Continued  on  page  62) 


cX  (D.  S.  iBjuudnsLdudu 

Mastery  of  a  useful 
skill  is  a  long  step  to- 
ward financial  inde- 
pendence. 


Enroll  now  for  the  Winter  Term.  Day  and  evening  classes 
.  .  .  low  tuition  .  .  .  excellent  staff,  buildings,  and  equip- 
ment. 

Write  for  detailed  information 

L  D.  5.   BUSINESS    COLLEGE 


70  North  Main 


Tel.  3-2765 


Salt  Lake  City  1.  Utah 


Salt  Lake's  Newest  Service 

VOCATIONAL  COUNSELING 

Designed  to  help  you  determine  the  type  of  work  you  are  best  suited  for  from  the 
standpoint  of  earning  power  and  self-satisfaction.  We  employ  the  latest  scientific 
material  to  give  assistance  in  choosing  the  proper  vocation. 

Psychological  Tests  to  Determine 
•  INTEREST  •  PERSONALITY  •  APTITUDE 


Special  Attention  Given  High  School  and  College  Students   in  suggested  courses 
take  in  order  to  follow  the  work  they  are  best  suited  for. 

OTHER  COUNSELING  SERVICE  INCLUDES: 

•  Personality  and   Emotional   Problems 

•  Child   Problems — Emotional,  Social,   Educational 
®   Domestic  and   Personal    Problems 

Day  and  Evening  Appointments 

\l.  E.  LAKSEN  CO. 


to 


PERSONNEL  CONSULTANTS 
WE  EMPLOY  QUALIFIED,  UTAH  PERSONNEL 


140  WEST  2ND  SOUTH 


PHONE  5-5708  or  7-7018 


61 


HOW  THE  DESERT  WAS  TAMED 


{Continued  from  page  61 ) 
group   there   were    some   ne'er-do- 
wells,    but    they    were    few,    since 
"Mormon"  life  did  not  lend  much 
satisfaction  to  such  people. 


SAYS 


"Recently  the  Newmont  Mining 
Company,  one  of  the  nation's  larg- 
er mining  companies,  announced  its 
intention  of  developing  certain  min- 
eral ground  in  Utah.  We  should 
encourage  more  outside  capital  to 
take  a  hand  in  development  of  our 
resources.  For  each  dollar  of  ore 
produced,   90c    stays   in   Utah." 


S   METAL  MINING  INDUSTRY   S 
=  OF  UTAH  P 


IN  USE  for  OVER  FIFTY  YEARS 

Aids  in  treatment  of  Canker,  simple 
sore  throat  and  other  minor  mouth 
and  throat  irritations. 

HALLS  REMEDY 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


62 


Different  as  they  were  in  origin, 
training,  and  life's  experience,  they 
had  some  qualities  in  common. 

They  were  lovers  of  truth.  Nearly 
all  of  them,  only  after  long  inquiry — 
Brigham  Young  took  two  years  to 
make  up  his  mind  about  "Mormon- 
ism" — yielded  to  the  new  message, 
and  then  because  doctrine  for  doc- 
trine they  found  the  scriptures  and 
"Mormon"  claims  to  be  in  harmony. 
Those  alone  to  whom  truth  loomed 
large  would  make  the  sacrifices  re- 
quired, parting  with  old  and  cher- 
ished beliefs,  facing  contempt  and 
ridicule,  separating  from  family  and 
friends,  and  often  adopting  a  new 
land  with  new  ways.  That  same  love 
of  truth  explains  today  the  educa- 
tional growth  among  the  "Mormon" 
people,  now  second  to  none  in  the 
world. 

Then,  they  had  a  common  pur- 
pose. They  were  to  prepare  the 
world  for  the  Lord's  coming;  they 
were  to  build  on  earth  the  kingdom 
of  God;  they  were,  because  of  their 
acceptance  of  truth,  a  chosen  peo- 
ple; they  had  a  mission  to  perform. 
To  have  available  three  meals  a  day 
and  the  other  usual  creature  com- 
forts would  not  satisfy  them  or  be 
the  end  of  their  existence.  They  had 
a  spiritual  purpose.  Whatever  they 
did — plowing,  building,  or  explor- 
ing, was  done  to  establish  the  king- 
dom of  God.  With  such  a  common 
purpose,  minor  differences  vanished; 
the  people  moved  forward  as  one 
body  to  accomplish  desired  ends. 
Such  a  group  is  always  irresistible. 
For  them  the  taming  of  the  desert, 
or  other  huge  tasks,  could  have  no 
terror.  They  had  the  courage  born 
of  the  conviction  that  they  were  on 
the  Lord's  side.  They  were  ready  to 
surrender  themselves  and  all  they 
had  to  the  cause  in  which  they  be- 
lieved, which  was  the  common  cause 
of  the  pioneers.  By  such  surrender 
a  group  is  always  victorious. 

It  took  faith,  vision,  and  courage 
to  project  a  great  city  in  the  Salt 
Lake  valley,  before  a  dwelling  house 
was  built,  or  to  lay  the  foundations 
of  the  four  million  dollar  temple, 
while  sagebrush  still  grew  in  the 
streets  of  Salt  Lake  City.  But  this  il- 
lustrates the  unique  quality  of  the 
people,  which  made  them  conquerors 
of  the  desert. 

"Mormon"  migration  to  Utah 
was  orderly  and  proceeded  accord- 


ing to  careful  planning  by  the 
Church.  This  was  in  great  contrast 
to  the  helter-skelter,  hurried  travel 
of  other  homeseekers  or  gold  seek- 
ers along  the  trails  to  Oregon  or  Cal- 
ifornia. Before  the  people  left  Nau- 
voo,  they  were  organized  in  com- 
panies, each  with  officers  to  lead, 
guide,  or  restrain.  When  the  major 
and  more  difficult  crossing  of  the 
plains  began,  the  word  of  the  Lord 
came  to  Brigham  Young,  outlining  in 
detail  the  organization  of  the  emi- 
grant companies.  The  emigrants 
were  to  be  organized  with  "captains 
of  hundreds,  captains  of  fifties,  and 
captains  of  tens,  with  a  president  and 
his  two  counselors  at  their  head." 
They  were  further  to  covenant  that 
they  would  walk  in  "all  the  ordi- 
nances of  the  Lord."  No  military 
movement  could  have  been  planned 
or  executed  better.  The  successful 
moving  of  a  whole  city,  and  of  innu- 
merable people  later,  over  desert  and 
mountain,  under  conditions  strange 
to  the  travelers,  is  an  achievement 
second  to  none  in  history's  annals 
It  was  made  possible  not  only  by 
skilful  leaders  of  huge  natural  gifts, 
but  also  because  the  people  were  of 
high  intelligence  and  were  so  certain 
of  their  destiny  under  the  gospel 
banner  that  they  were  willing  to  con- 
form to  the  regulations  laid  down. 

The  conquerors  of  the  desert  were 
fitted  for  the  task  before  them.  They 
were  strong  men  and  women. 

Many  a  problem  now  disturbing 
the  countries  of  the  world  would 
vanish  if  men  had  a  common  pur- 
pose. The  United  States  came  into 
being  because  the  majority  of  the 
people  of  the  colonies  were  united  in 
their  desire  for  liberty.  Within  our 
own  age,  countries  have  suffered 
irreparable  shock,  through  division 
among  themselves.  Even  evil  gains 
strength  when  many  men  support  it. 
A  group  or  a  nation  united  upon  a 
common  righteous  principle  will  in 
the  end  be  successful  in  solving  its 
problems.  When  many  countries  do 
so,  the  world's  problems  will  be 
solved.  That  happy  condition,  when 
it  comes,  will  not  mean  the  end  of 
independent  thinking  or  free  speech. 
Nor  does  it  mean  restricted  action. 
But  it  does  mean  that  whatever  is 
thought,  said,  or  done,  should  in  the 
end  contribute  to  the  common  pur- 
pose, which  in  our  land  would  mean 
a  higher  and  more  complete  freedom. 
(  To  be  continued ) 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


EVIDENCES  AND  RECONCILIATIONS 


(Concluded  from  page  33) 
and  Alphonso  Young,   James  Em- 
mett,  George  D.  Watt,  and  Daniel 
Spencer  were  requested  to  go. 

"Voted  the  above  persons  to  be 
notified  to  meet  with  the  council  on 
Friday  evening  next,  at  the  assembly 
room. 

"Willard  Richards,  Clerk."* 

Two  days  later  on  the  23rd  of 
February,  the  Prophet  met  with  the 
Twelve  concerning  the  expedition. 

"I  told  them  I  wanted  an  explora- 
tion of  all  that  mountain  country  .  .  . 
'Send  twenty-five  men:  let  them 
preach  the  gospel  wherever  they  go. 
Let  that  man  go  that  can  raise  $500, 
a  good  horse  and  mule,  a  double-bar- 
rel gun,  one-barrel  rifle,  and  the 
other  smooth  bore,  a  saddle  and 
bridle,  a  pair  of  revolving  pistols, 
bowie-knife,  and  a  good  sabre.  Ap- 
point a  leader,  and  let  them  beat  up 
for  volunteers.  I  want  every  man 
that  goes  to  be  a  king  and  a  priest. 
When  he  gets  on  the  mountains  he 
may  want  to  talk  with  his  God; 
when  with  the  savage  nations  have 
power  to  govern,  etc.  If  we  don't  get 
volunteers,  wait  till  after  the  elec- 
tion. 

There  was  no  lack  of  volunteers. 
Within  a  week  over  twenty  men  had 
volunteered."  The  proposed  expedi- 
tion was  widely  known.  In  a  letter 
written  to  James  Arlington  Bennett, 
March  4,  1844,  Willard  Richards, 
under  the  Prophet's  instruction, 
says,  "We  are  now  fitting  out  a 
noble  company  to  explore  Oregon 
and  California."7  On  March  11, 
the  Prophet  spoke  to  the  Council 
about  the  desirability  of  securing  "a 
resting  place  in  the  mountains,  or 
some  uninhabited  region,  where  we 
can  enjoy  the  liberty  of  conscience 
guaranteed  to  us  by  the  Constitu- 
tion of  our  country."8  Anticipating 
this  westward  movement,  the  Proph- 
et also  wrote  and  sent  to  Congress, 
"An  Ordinance  for  the  Protection  of 
the  Citizens  of  the  United  States 
Emigrating  to  the  Territories,  and 
for  the  Extension  of  the  Principles 
of  Universal  Liberty."9  This  docu- 
ment, which  Congress  ignored,  was 
clearly  designed  to  protect  the  mi- 
gration of  the  whole  people  after  a 
suitable  location  had  been  found. 

tibid..   VI:223 

Bibid.,  VI:224   (The  national  election  would  be  held 
the  following  November.) 
«ibid.,    VI:223-227 
■'ibid.,    VI:232 
8ibid.,    VI: 261 
eibid..  VI 1 275 

JANUARY  1947 


During  this  time,  while  the  ex- 
pedition was  being  formed,  the  per- 
secutions of  the  people  reached  an 
unprecedented  height.  At  last,  the 
life  of  the  Prophet  was  seriously  en- 
dangered. For  his  own  safety,  he 
left  Nauvoo,  and  as  would  appear 
from  the  records,  intended  to  go 
westward  himself,  to  explore  the 
country.  He  was  recalled  to  Nauvoo 
before  the  journey  had  begun,  and, 
on  June  27,  he  and  his  brother  Hy- 
rum  were  foully  assassinated. 

There  can  be  no  question  about 
Joseph  Smith's  intention  to  move  the 
Latter-day  Saints  to  some  favorable 
spot  among  the  Rocky  Mountains.10 

After  the  martyrdom,  the  Twelve, 
with  Brigham  Young  at  the  head, 
took  over  the  leadership  of  the 
Church.  The  death  of  Joseph  Smith 
had  not  stilled  persecution.  An 
exodus  from  Nauvoo  was  inevitable. 
Several  places  of  refuge  were  pre- 
sented, as  Texas  and  Vancouver  Is- 
land, but  in  accordance  with  Joseph's 
prophecy,  the  then  unknown  west 
among  the  Rocky  Mountains  was 
chosen,  and  the  memorable  west- 
ward migration  began. 

Brigham  Young  in  all  that  he  did, 
repeatedly  admitted  the  leadership 
of  Joseph  Smith,  even  in  the  journey 
to  the  Great  Salt  Lake  valley.  For 
example,  this  on  March  16,  1856: 

"The  Prophet  Joseph  has  been 
referred  to,  and  his  prophecy  that 
this  people  would  leave  Nauvoo  and 
be  planted  in  the  midst  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains.  We  see  it  fulfilled  .  .  . 
it  was  declared  to  the  people  long 
before  we  left  Nauvoo."u 

That  the  famous  trek  from  Nau- 
voo to  Salt  Lake  valley  was  a  fulfil- 
ment of  prophecy,  does  not  detract 
from  the  glorious  achievement  of 
Brigham  Young  and  his  fellow  pio- 
neers. That  he  repeatedly  admitted 
it,  publicly  and  privately,  and  gave 
the  Prophet  proper  credit,  rather  en- 
hances the  greatness  of  the  foremost 
pioneer.  President  Young's  loyalty 
to  the  Prophet  was  always  unsullied. 
To  him,  the  Prophet  was  the  great 
restorer  of  the  Lord's  eternal  truth. 
His  own  magnificent  work  in  car- 
rying out  the  prophecy,  subduing  the 
desert,  and  finding  peace  for  his 
people,  made  him  one  of  the  world's 
really  great  men. — J.  A.  W. 

uSee  also  B.  H.  Roberts,  Succession  in  the  Presi- 
dency of  the  Church,  Second  Edition,  pp.  113-117 

^Journal  of  Discourses.  111:257,  258.  See  also  IV: 
203:   VIII:356 


The  Salt  Lake  Tribune 

Presents  1947 

Through  the  365  days  of  1947,  you 
and  your  family  can  be  kept  fully 
informed  through  the  pages  of  the 
Salt  Lake  Tribune  .  This  complete 
newspaper  brings  you  five  great 
wire  services,  the  nation's  leading 
news  analysts  and  columnists,  a 
local  and  intermountain  staff 
trained  to  present  all  the  news  com- 
pletely, accurately,  promptly. 

Keep  abreast  in  1947  by  sub- 
scribing now  to  the  Salt  Lake 
Tribune.  If  you  are  in  carrier 
served  territory,  contact  your 
Tribune  carrier.  If  you  are  in 
the  mailing  area,  send  your 
subscription  directly  to  the 
circulation  department  of  the 
Salt  Lake  Tribune,  Salt  Lake 
City  1,  Utah. 


\y 


63 


s$r«i 


URPHGIm 


Robert  L.  Walton,  son  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Forrest  Walton  has  a  most 
unusual  number  of  grandmothers. 

They  are,  top  row,  left  to  right:  Mrs.  L.  J.  Storer,  Mrs.  William  Wal- 
ton, and  Mrs.  Lyle  Walton. 

Front  row:  Mrs.  Fred  Storer,  Mrs.  Mark  Herd,  Robert,  and  Mrs.  John 
Johnson.  At  the  time  of  his  birth  his  great-great-grandmother  Herd 
was  79  and  his  youngest  grandmother,  Mrs.  Lyle  Walton,  was  36. 

Reynolds,  Georgia 
Dear  Editors: 

Just  a  word  to  thank  you  for  such  a  magazine  as  the  Era.  Not 
living  near  enough  to  any  branch  of  the  Church  to  contact 
other  members,  the  Era  is  like  a  visit  from  one  of  the  General 
Authorities.  And  we  thank  God  and  you  for  this  wonderful 
messenger.  .  .  . 

Susie  R.  Cotney  and  family 


-§- 


A  Mouthful 

"You  take  another  mouthful  like  that,"  said  the  stern  father, 
"and  you'll  leave  the  table." 

"Another  mouthful  like  that,  Dad,  and  I'll  be  through,  any- 
way." 

Gentle  Hint 

"You've  been  a  pretty  sick  man,  and  you're  not  very  strong 
yet.  Try  to  be  careful." 

"All  right — and  you  remember  that,  too,  doctor,  when  you 
send  your  bill." 

''Where  There's  A  Will..." 

Some  people  are  planning  a  Scotch  vacation  again  this  year — 
staying  at  home  and  letting  their  minds  wander. 

The  Wrong  Approach 

"The  thing  for  you  to  do,  young  man,  is  to  forget  all  your 
troubles  and  bury  yourself  in  your  work." 
"Gosh — -and  me  a  well-digger." 


Cart  Before  the  Horse 


"Won't  you  drop  my  coat  off  in  town  when  you  go?" 

"Sure — where  do  you  want  me  to  drop  it?" 

"I'll  tell  you  when  we  get  there — I'll  be  inside  it." 

The  High  Cost 

"I've  put  a  fortune  into  my  daughter's  face!" 

"Plastic  surgeons'  bills  mount  up?" 

"No.   It's  her  appetite  that  keeps  me  broke." 

Secret  Diplomacy 

Actually,  women  keep  secrets  as  well  as  men — it  just  takes 
more  of  them. 

The  Answer 

Nature  couldn't  make  us  perfect,  so  she  did  the  next  best 
thing — blinded  us  to  our  own  faults. 

He  Didn't  Give  Two  Toots 

The  young  man  entered  a  jewelry  store  to  buy  an  engage- 
ment ring. 

He  picked  up  a  sparkling  diamond  and  asked  its  price. 

"That  one  is  one  hundred  dollars,"  the  jeweler  replied. 

The  young  man  whistled  in  surprise.  He  pointed  to  another 
ring  and  asked:    "How  about  that  one?" 

"That  one,  sir,"  said  the  jeweler,  "is  two  whistles!" 

Reason  Enough 

"Do  you  know  why  I  refused  you?",  said  the  girl   to  the 
man  that  had  just  asked  her  to  marry  him. 
"I  can't  think." 
"That's  right,"  she  said  sweetly. 

Economy  Plus 

An  economist  can  be  defined  many  ways: 

Someone  who  has  a  plan  to  do  something  with  someone  else's 
money. 

A  man  who  tells  you  what  to  do  with  your  money  after  you 
have  done  something  else  with  it. 

A  man  who  can  save  money  by  cutting  down  on  some  other 
person's  expenses. 

It  Always  Works 

When  you  need  a  helping  hand — try  the  one  at  the  end  of 
your  own  arm. 

Style  Note 

As  for  many  years  past,  next  year  will  find  little  change  in 
men's  pockets. 

It  Always  Broadens  Something 

"They  tell  me  Jones  has  traveled  extensively.  Has  it  broad- 
ened his  point  of  view?" 

"Can't  say  that  it  has-— but  it's  sure  lengthened  his  con- 
versation." 


64 


Utah  Stake  r/./. A.,  ProYO,  Utah,  boasts  one  hundred  percent  attendance  of  all  the  Junior  M.I. A.  girls  between  the  ages  of  15  and  76  enrolled.  The 
Stake  Rose  Bouquet  was  tied  November  8,  1946.  Bach  of  the  ten  wards  previously  tied  the  bouquet  in  the  individual  wards.  There  were  one  hundred  six- 
teen girls  in  all.    Sister  Zelma  W.  Colton  is  president  of  the  stake  Y.W.M.I.A. 

THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


To  a  man  counting  the  days 


Just  waiting  gets  on  a  fellow's 
nerves,  we  know.  But  cooping 
yourself  up  won't  speed  the 
welcome  word— "IT'S  HERE!" 
So  until  your  new  car  arrives, 
let  Chevron  Supreme  Gasoline 
help  you  have  more  fun  in  the 
old  one.  This  great  premium 
gasoline  will  help  restore  pep 
the  old  car  lost  long  ago. 


Wherever  you  go  on  Chevron 
Supreme,  your  car  gets  a 
gasoline  that's  exactly  right 
for  local  driving  conditions. 
To  make  this  possible  a  spe- 
cial Chevron  Supreme  is  "tai- 
lored" to  fit  each  different  cli- 
mate and  altitude  zone  in  the 
West.  So,  whether  you  drive  a 
pre-war  veteran  or  a  sleek  '46, 
it's  good  going  on  Chevron 
Supreme  Gasoline. 


STOP   AT   THESE   SIGNS 


FOR  STANDARD  OF  CALIFORNIA  PRODUCTS 


CHARGE  IT  .  .  .  that's  the  modern, 
easy  way  to  buy.  You  can  handle 
car  expenses  the  same  way,  too, 
with  a  Chevron  Credit  Card.  Good 
everywhere,  apply  for  yours  today, 


THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

RETURN     POSTAGE    GUARANTEED 
SALT    LAKE    CITY    1,    UTAH 


Xtftt: Si sssa ™™ set tit:  ,.,., 

:■:« ,'''..;::.;■..';■.    :-:.f:  :■■,:■..'*.:;':■■■..::;:;,:. 

.:        ■        ■ 


"'♦Wpi 


RAMPART  OF  PROTECTION 

Through  cloud  and  storm,  sunlight  and  darkness,  here  is  enduring 
protection  --  breaking  the  fierce  rush  of  the  wind ...  catching  the 
snows  of  winter . . .  providing  countless  needs  for  those  who  live 
in  the  valleys  below. 

For  your  "world" -- your  home --you  can  erect  a  rampart  of 
protection  ...  and  the  safest,  quickest  way  is  to  carry,  NOW, 
sufficient  life  insurance.